THE DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF BEAUFORT, 
N. C. AND THE SURROUNDING REGION. 
By W. P. HAY and C. A. SHORE. 
.3* 
Contribution from the United States Fisheries Biological Station, Beaufort, N. C. 
INTRODUCTION. 
The following report on the decapod crustaceans of the region surrounding Beaufort, 
N. C, was begun by the junior author in 1904, while a student in the University of North 
Carolina, and was worked on actively for three years. During that time the crustacean 
material which had accumulated at the United States fisheries laboratory was studied 
and identified, much collecting was done and descriptions of most of the species known 
to occur in the region were prepared for publication. An extensive series of photo- 
graphs was also made for the purpose of illustrating the paper. 
At this point other duties intervened and made it necessary to permanently abandon 
all hope of completing the report. 
In 1912 the senior author took up the work. It was hoped at first to bring the 
paper to an early conclusion, but it soon became evident that several seasons' work 
would be reqxiired to produce a satisfactory result. The nomenclature and synonymy 
of the species already described had to be brought up to date, the rather extensive 
collections of five or six years had to be worked over, and numerous additional descrip- 
tions and photographs had to be prepared. As the work progressed it became clearly 
evident that the needs of the student of crustaceans would be best served by the prepara- 
tion of entirely new and uniform descriptions of all the species. Although this involved 
the rewriting of all the descriptions of the junior author and the preparation of a new series 
of photographs, the task was undertaken and pushed forward as rapidly as other duties 
would permit. It is now brought to a conclusion with the belief that future collecting 
will add but few species to the list. 
The growth of our knowledge of the crustac^n fauna of the Beaufort region 
has been slow and extends over many years. The first collector, of whose work we have 
a record, was WilUam Stimpson, who visited Beaufort, in company with T. N. Gill, 
in 1 860. In his brief account of this trip" he gives a list of 38 species of decapod crusta- 
ceans which he had collected. In 1871 Elliott Coues, at that time an Army surgeon, 
stationed at Fort Macon, published the second of his " Notes on the fauna of Fort 
Macon, N. C, and vicinity (No. 2)"^ which included a list of 27 species of decapods, 
a Amer. Jour. Sciences and Arts, series 2, vol. xxrx, p. 442-445. i860. 
6 Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. xxm, p. 120-124. 1871. 
372 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
8 of which were additions to Stimpson's list. Seven years later Coues and Yarrow, 
in the fifth installment of " Notes on the fauna of Fort Macon, N. C, and vicinity (No. 
5)"° gave a short hst of 6 species, 2 of which had not appeared in any previous list. 
An appendix to the same paper, by J. S. Kingsley, entitled "A list of the decapod crus- 
taceans of the Atlantic coast whose range embraces Fort Macon," * included 63 species, 
of which 51 were definitely credited to Beaufort or Fort Macon and 3 were additions 
to the fauna. A year later the same author published a paper under the title, "On 
a collection of crustaceans from Virginia, North Carolina, and Florida, with a revision 
of the genera of Crangonidae and Palffimonidae"" in which he mentions 36 species as 
having come from Beaufort or Fort Macon. Of these, 8 were new records. 
The collection which was the subject of Kingsley's report had been made by Prof. 
H. E. Webster, of Union College. It was later transferred, in part at least, to the United 
States National Museum and supplied the types of Lepidopa wehsteri Benedict and 
Pinnixa cristaia Rathbun, both of which were collected near Beaufort. 
During the years that Johns Hopkins University maintained its seaside laboratory 
at Beaufort, the crustaceans were studied by Dr. Brooks and a number of his students. 
A great deal was added to the knowledge of the habits and development of some of the 
species, but only one or two new ones were added to the fauna.'' 
The manuscript of the junior author included 87 species, but he omitted 8 which 
had been listed by the writers already mentioned. His additions to the fauna were 33 
species, making a total of 95 species for the Beaufort region. 
The careful and systematic survey of the ofiFshore fishing banks by the steamer 
Fish Hawk during the summers of 1914 and 1915, energetic shore and shallow water 
collecting by parties from the laboratory and the inclusion of the fresh-water species 
of the region have enabled the senior author to add 57 species to those already known, 
and the detection by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun of a hitherto unknown species of Parapinnixa 
brings the total to 153. 
The status of some of these species may justly be questioned, but it has been thought 
advisable to include all that have been reported from the region and all which, from 
what is known of their habits and distribution, are reasonably certain, sooner or later, 
to fall into the hands of the collector. There are also included several species which are 
perhaps, strictly speaking, deep-water forms ranging well beyond the 50-fathom line. 
In nearly all cases, however, they are represented in our collections by specimens from 
shallower water or are known to enter shallower water in localities not far to the north 
or to the south. The report thus becomes virtually a descriptive list of the decapod 
crustaceans of the Middle Atlantic coast, and, to a large measure, fills the gap between 
the various lists of New England, New York, and New Jersey crustaceans, and the 
Porto Rican fauna described by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun. It includes a large proportion 
of the species whose northern limit of distribution has been supposed to be in the neigh- 
borhood of Charleston, S. C, together with many that, up to the present, have not been 
known north of Florida or the West Indies. 
a Proc. Acad. Nat Sci. Phil., vol. XXX, p. 297-315. 1878. 
I> Ibid., p. 316-330. 
' Proc. Acad. Nat. Sci. Phil., vol. xx.xj, p. 3S3-427, pi. 14. 1879. 
d SUnopus kispidus, the larval form ol which was reported by Brooks and Herrick (Mem. Nat. Acad. Sci., V, 339-353) is not 
included in the present paper. The adult has not been collected north of the Bahamas. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 373 
The general aspect of the decapod fauna of the Beaufort region is subtropical. Un- 
questionably the great influx of species have been from the south, and the comparatively 
few northern ones that occur are evidently at a disadvantage. The Gulf Stream sweeping 
up along the coast at no great distance from the shore has doubtless been the route by 
which numerous crustaceans, often in the larval stages, have come northward. Some 
of these have been able to establish themselves while others are more or less regularly 
replaced by new individuals as the old ones are killed during the colder months of the 
year. The offshore fishing banks " offer peculiarly favorable conditions for the life of 
these tropical species of crustaceans, and of fishes, echinoderms, coelenterates, and 
sponges as well, and have 5delded some 30 species of decapods which have rarely, if 
ever, been taken closer to the shore. 
The Gulf Stream and the prevaihng south and southeast winds bring to the region, 
and often into the harbor, great quantities of drifting Sargassum among which large num- 
bers of the smaller pelagic crabs and shrimps have taken shelter. In nearly all cases, the 
females of these species are laden with eggs, but it is probable that few if any of these 
survive the journey into the shallower and quieter waters along the coast. Some of 
the pelagic species, however, are so constant in their occurrence and their larval forms 
are so frequently met with that it is evident that they breed at no great distance from, 
if not within, the region. 
For the truly local fauna, comprising the species that are firmly established and which 
can readily be obtained by ordinary methods of collecting, the shallow waters of the 
sounds and Beaufort Harbor, with their broad expanses of sand and mud flats, and the 
salt marshes which extend for miles along their margins offer an ideal home. The 
shrimps and swimming crabs are found in abundance in the deeper waters or among the 
eel grass near the marshes. Mud crabs and various burrowing species occur on the muddy 
bottoms, and myriads of fiddler crabs are to be seen on the mud flats along the margin 
of the marshes at low tide. In certain parts of the harbor there are areas of shelly bottom 
of considerable extent, and it is in such places that shrimps of the genus Sicyonia and 
crabs of the genera Lithadia, Spelceophorus and Heterocrypia occur. On the sandy bottoms 
the purse crabs {Persephona) and the box crabs (Hepatus) are occasionally found along 
with numbers of lady crabs (Ovalipes) and blue crabs, both Callinecies sapidus and 
C. ornatus. The sand flats, especially if there is an admixture of mud, are good collecting 
grounds for the burrowing and commensal species such as Upogebia affinis, Polyonyx 
macrocheles , and the various species of Pinnixa. Among the beds of oyster shells Upo- 
gebia and the species of Crangon are to be found. The sandy shores support such species 
as Emerita talpoida, Albunea gibbesii, and ArewBus cribrarius. These same shores, but 
in their higher levels, are inhabited by great numbers of the sand crabs (Ocypode albicans) 
whose curious appearance is certain to command the attention of even the most unob- 
servant visitor and whose fleetness of foot will astonish him. About the rock jetties and 
the wharves the agile wharf crabs {Sesarma cinerea) are always in evidence. The fresh 
waters of the region have been very inadequately explored but it may safely be said that 
not more than the three species of crawfishes and one species of shrimp described in this 
paper will be found there. 
a The location and character of these banks have been described by RadcUffe, Bureau of Fisheries, Economic Circular No. 8. 
374 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
In questions of nomenclature the authors have adhered rigidly to the "Code of 
Nomenclature" of the American Ornithologists' Union. 
As is usual in papers of this nature, the synonymies of this paper have proved to be 
one of the most difificult and laborious parts of its preparation. It has been found 
impracticable to include citations to all the literature, but such citations as are given 
have been carefully verified and a conscientious effort has been made to include all that 
may be of value and to exclude all that have no special bearing on the question at hand. 
The classification adopted is that of Borradaile ° and the characters of the families, 
suborders, and tribes have been taken almost bodily from his paper. The sequence of 
families and genera follows the one adopted by the United States National Museum. 
As far as possible the important diagnostic characters of the famiUes and genera 
have been incorporated in the keys and are often repeated, in part, in the species 
descriptions. In addition to this, because of the somewhat new classification that has 
been adopted, brief diagnoses of the families and higher groups have been included in 
dactyl 
propodut 
eplpod 
'ar/aus 
Fig. I. — A crustacean leg showing epipod and Fig. 2. — A subchelate 
exopod. limb of a crustacean. 
Fig. 3.— Chela of a crab. 
the body of the paper. It has not been thought necessary to include diagnoses of the 
genera as most of these have been sufficiently defined in Dr. Rathbun's report on the 
Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico, a paper which should be in the hands of anyone 
who attempts to work with the decapod crustaceans of our southern coast. 
Throughout the progress of their work, both authors have received the assistance 
of their associates in the Beaufort laboratory and the permanent force at the station 
on occasions too numerous and in ways too varied to be itemized. It is a pleasure, how- 
ever, to acknowledge the many evidences of friendly interest that have been shown. 
In a more definite maimer we are rnider many obligations to the Division of Marine 
Invertebrates of the United States National Museum, where Dr. Mary J. Rathbun, 
Dr. J. E. Benedict, and Mr. Waldo L. Schmitt have given us invaluable assistance. 
Through their kindness it has been possible to compare our materials with the accurately 
labeled specimens in the National Museum, to consult literature that otherwise would 
have been obtained only with great difficulty, and to obtain a final settlement of numerous 
perplexing questions of identification and nomenclature. 
« Annals and Magazine of Natural History, ser. 7, vol. xdc, p. 457-486. 1907. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 375 
KEY TO THE FAMILIES OF DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS WHICH ARE REPRESENTED IN THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
o. General form shrimplike — the abdomen well developed and, usually, with the cephalothorax also, 
compressed; pleopods always present in full number and used for swimming. (Suborder Nataniia). 
b. Pleura of second segment of abdomen not overlapping those of the first segment . . (Tribe Peneidea). 
c. First three pairs of legs chelate ; all of the legs well developed Family PeneiD/E (p- 377). 
cc. None of the legs chelate ; last two pairs of legs small or wanting. . . .Family Sergestid.® (p. 381). 
66. Pleura of second segment of abdomen overlapping those of the first segment. . . . (Tribe Caridea). 
c. Carpus of second pair of legs subdivided into two or more articles. 
d. Eyestalks short and usually covered by the carapace; first pair of legs stronger than the 
second pair Family Crangonid^E (p. 382). 
dd. Eyestalks of medium length or long, not covered by the carapace ; first pair of legs not stronger 
than the second pair. 
e. Rostrum small or wanting; eyestalks very long and slender; first two pairs of legs 
subequal Family Ogyrid.E (p. 388). 
ee. Rostrum well developed; eyestalks not abnormally lengthened; second pair of legs usually 
longer or stronger than first pair Family Hippoi.ytid.iE (p. 390). 
cc. Carpus of second pair of legs not subdivided. 
d. Rostrum well developed and compressed; first pair of legs not subchelate. 
e. Third pair of maxillipeds pediform; body slender Family Pal.Emonid.E (p. 392). 
ee. Third pair of maxillipeds very broad ; body short and thick . Family GnaThophyllid.E (p. 395) . 
dd. Rostrum short; not compressed; first pair of legs subchelate Family Cragonid.E (p. 396). 
aa. General form lobsterlike or crablike — the abdomen may be well developed or greatly reduced in 
size, but in either case it, and, usually, the cephalothorax also is depressed; pleopods reduced 
or absent, not used for swimming (Suborder Reptantia). 
b. Abdomen extended, symmetrical, well armored, with well-developed pleura and broad tail fin; 
third pair of legs like the first, either chelate or simple; branchiae numerous. 
c. Rostrum small or wanting; exopodites of uropods not sharply divided into two parts 
(Section Palinura). 
d. Bodysubcylindrical; antennae with strongly developed flagella. . Family Paunurid/E (p. 398). 
dd. Body strongly depressed; antennae short, squamiform Family ScyxlaiudjE (p. 398). 
cc. Rostrum well developed; exopodites of uropods divided into two parts by a suture 
(Section Astacura). 
d. Marine species; last segment of thorax coalesced with the one in front of it 
Family Homarid.e (p. 399). 
dd. Fresh -water species; last segment of thorax not coalesced with the one in front 
of it Family Astacid^E (p. 400). 
66. Abdomen bent upon itself or flexed beneath the thorax, or, rarely, soft and extended; pleura 
usually small or wanting; third pair of legs unlike the first, never chelate; branchiae usually few. 
c. Uropods usually present, often reduced in size, sometimes united with the telson; last thoracic 
sternum free ; carapace not fused with the epistome (Section Anomura) . 
d. Abdomen well developed. 
e. Abdomen symmetrical; tail fan well developed. 
/. Abdomen more or less flexed beneath the thorax; body depressed. Tribe Ga/a/te'rfea. 
g. Form somewhat lobsterlike; rostrum well developed. . .Family Gai,atheid.E (p. 401). 
gg. Form crablike; rostrum short and broad or wanting. Family Porcellanid^ (p. 403). 
ff. Abdomen extended, more or less membranous; cephalothorax compressed (Tribe 
Thalassinidea) Family Caluanassid^ (p. 406). 
ce. Abdomen tinsymmetrical ; tail fan reduced and adapted for holding the body in hollow 
objects. (Tribe Paguridea) Family Pagurid/E (p. 408). 
dd. Abdomen much reduced in size and flexed under the thorax; tail fan not adapted for swim- 
ming; rostrum small or wanting (Tribe Hippidea). 
e. First pair of legs simple; carapace subcylindrical Family H1PPID.E (p. 416). 
ee. First pair of legs subchelate; carapace depressed Family Albuneid^ (p. 414). 
cc. Uropods rarely present, never biramous; abdomen small and permanently flexed beneath the 
thorax; first pair of legs always chelate or subchelate (Section Brachyura). 
376 BULLETIN OK THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
d. Buccal frame roughly quadrate. 
e. Last pair of legs modified in form and dorsal in position; openings of oviducts on coxopo- 
dites; first pleopods present in the female (Tribe Dromiacea). 
f. Eyes completely sheltered by orbits Family DROMnD.fi (p. 417). 
Jf. Eyes not sheltered by orbits. 
g. Legs of moderate length; gills 13 or 14 on each side Family Homoud^ (p. 419). 
gg. Legs excessively long and slender; gills 8 on each side. Family Latreii,lid.B (p. 419). 
ee. Last pair of legs normal in form and position; openings of oviducts on the sternum; first 
pleopods wanting in the female (Tribe Brachygnatha). 
f. Body of medium width or broad in front; rostnun reduced or wanting; orbits well formed 
(Subtribe Brachyrhyncha). 
g. Free-living crabs with well-developed eyes and firm, hard carapace. 
k. Carapace broad, short, rounded anteriorly. 
i. Distal articles of last pair of legs broad and thin, paddlelike 
Family Portunid/8 (p. 426). 
it. Distal articles of last pair of legs not paddlelike. 
j. Anteimules folding longitudinally; outer maxillipeds long, overlapping the epi- 
stome Family Cancrid^ (p. 434). 
jj. Antennules folding transversely or obliquely transversely; outer maxillipeds 
usually not overlapping the epistome. 
k. Body usually transversely oval Family XANTmD.^ (p. 43s). 
kk. Body usually square or squarish Family GoNOPLACiD/fi (p. 442). 
hh. Carapace more or less quadrilateral; frontal region curved downward. 
i. Front broad, eyestalks of moderate length or short. . . .Family Grapsid^ (p. 447). 
n. Front of moderate width or narrow; eyestalks often very long 
Family Ocypodid^ (p. 450). 
gg. Small commensal crabs with very small eyes and orbits; carapace usually more or less 
membranous Family Pinnotherid^ (p. 442). 
ff. Body narrowed in front; rostrum usually distinct; orbits usually incomplete 
(Subtribe Oxyrhyncha). 
g. Chelipeds not a great deal larger than the other legs Family lNACHiD.a (p. 452). 
gg. Chelipeds much larger than any of the other legs Family PARTHENOPiD^fi (p. 461). 
dd. Buccal frame triangular, produced over the epistome (Tribe Oxysiomaia). 
e. First pair of legs chelate; body and legs normal; anteimse small. 
/. Front of body not specially produced and upturned; eyes of normal size; maxillipeds 
more nearly horizontal Family Calappid^ (p. 420). 
Jf. Front of body produced into a projecting, upturned mass bearing the small eyes close 
together and closed in front by the more nearly vertical maxillipeds 
Family LEUCOSnD.^ (p. 423). 
ee. First pair of legs subchelate; body more or less abnormal in shape; last one or two pairs of 
legs more dorsal than the others; antennae large Family Raninid^ (p. 420). 
Suborder NATANTIA. 
Decapod crustaceans of a shrimplike form having the abdomen strongly developed 
and compressed, with its first segment little, if any, smaller than the others and with five 
pairs of well-developed pleopods which are used for swimming. The cephalothorax is 
usually also compressed and the legs are slender except that any one of the first three 
pairs may be robust and chelate. Podobranchia are rarely present on the first three 
pairs of legs and never on the last two pairs. The rostrum is usually strongly developed 
and compressed. 
This important suborder, which comprises 185 genera, is divided into 3 tribes, of 
which 2 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 377 
Tribe PENEIDEA. 
Natantia having the third pair of legs chelate but not stouter than the two preceding 
pairs, the pleura of the first abdominal segment not overlapped by those of the second, 
the abdomen without a sharp bend and the first abdominal appendages of the male with 
a sexual apparatus. The gills are never developed as phyllobranchise. 
This tribe comprises 2 families, both of which have representatives in the Beaufort 
fauna. 
Family PENEIDAE. 
Peneidea having the last two pairs of legs well developed and the gills numerous. 
This family comprises 23 genera, of which 4 are represented in the Beaufort region. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Integument thin; abdomen smcxjth, not carinate anteriorly; trunk legs with exopodites; pleopods 
biramous (Subfamily PeneiruB). 
b. Endopodite of first maxilla elongate and segmented Peneus. 
66. Endopodite of first maxilla short and unsegmented. 
c. Exopodites present on all, or all but the last pair of legs; antennular flagella moderately long; 
no pleurobranchiae on the last two thoracic somites Trachy peneus. 
cc. Exopodites wanting on all the legs; antennular flagella short; no pleurobranch on the last thoracic 
somite Parapenceus. 
aa. Integument rigid; abdomen more or less carinate throughout its length and marked with fturows; 
trunk legs without exopodites; pleopods all uniramous (Subfamily Sicyonina:) Sicyonia. 
Genus PENEUS Weber. 
Peneus Weber, 1795, p. 94. 
PentEus Fabricius and most subsequent writers. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Dorsal stuiace of carapace with a carina extending from the rostrum nearly to the posterior margin 
and bordered on each side by a deep sulcus brasiliensis. 
aa. Dorsal carina about two-thirds as long as carapace and with shorter lateral sulci seliferus. 
Peneus brasiliensis Latreille. Shrimp. PI. xxv, fig. 6. 
Penceus brasiliensis Ivatreille, 1817, p. 156; Stimpson, 1S71, p. i32;Coues, 1871, p. 124; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330: Rathbun, 
1901, p. 100; Sumner, rgii, p. 665. 
Integument thin, polished, and translucent. Carapace with a high median carina, continuous in 
front with the rostrum; extending back almost to the posterior margin of the carapace, and bordered 
on each side by a deep and broad sulcus; posterior half of carina with a median longitudinal groove; 
anterior half arcuate, highest above orbit and with nine or ten sharp serrations, the posterior one of 
which is almost halfway back on the carapace and remote from the others while the anterior six or seven 
are on the rostrum proper. Lower margin of rostrum with two or three spines, the tip slender, hori- 
zontal, and imarmed. Anterior margin of carapace with a strong spine below the base of the eyestalk 
from which a carina extends backward nearly to the well-marked hepatic spine. Cervical groove 
extending only hallf way from hepatic spine to dorsal carina. A subhorizontal suture below the hepatic 
spine. 
Fourth, fifth, and sixth segments of the abdomen carinate, the sixth having the carina bordered 
on each side by a sulcus. Telson with a deep median groove and an acuminate tip. Eyes large and 
prominent , on rather slender stalks. Peduncle of first antenna slightly exceeding tip of rostrum . Second 
anteima with its scale longer than rostrum, flagellum about one and one-half times as long as body. 
Legs slender and rather short, the three anterior pairs chelate. Pleopods well developed, all except 
the first pair provided with two foliaceous branches. 
Length of a female, tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 158 mm. ; carapace, 52 mm. 
378 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
In Beaufort Harbor and neighboring localities, especially in the brackish creeks to tlie north and 
east of the town this species is abundant. In suitable places great schools of shrimps are found in 
the summer and fall and are caught for shipment to northern markets. These schools often consist of 
both P. brasthensts and P. sctiferus, though the former appears to be the more numerous Locally 
shrimps are eaten and are in some demand for use as fish bait. Large individuals are found throughout 
the summer, but those of immature size appear to be most abundant during the early months of the 
season. In the fall nearly all are full grown and are to be found in large schools outside the harbor 
where they are fished for with purse nets. At one haul in 1912 in the bight at Cape Lookout 240 boxes 
weighing about 150 pounds each, were taken and shipped from Beaufort to northern markets. 
Peneus setiferus (Linnaeus). Shrimp. PI. xxv, fig. 5. 
Cancer setiferus Linnseus, 1767, p. 1054. 
PentEus JJuviatilis Say, 1818, p. 336. 
Penceus setiferus Milne-Edwards. .S34-.840. p. 4.4 [.837I. .8j7. P. 414; Gibbes, 1850. p. 199; Stimpson, :87., p 133- Kinsley 
1878-79, p. 330; Fowler, 1912, p. 316. 
In form and general appearance similar to P. brasiliensis but with the median carina of the carapace 
continued backward only about two-thirds the length of the carapace, not grooved posterioriy with the 
lateral sulci terminating near the most posterior serration, and provided with nine or ten sharp teeth 
above, of which the anterior six are on the rostnim proper. Tip of rostrum long and slender the first 
spme being about opposite the eye, gently upcurved distally, except the tip which is sometimes 
depressed; lower surface with two teeth. Spine behind eye, hepatic spine and suture below the latter 
essentially as in P. brasiliensis, cervical groove shorter than in that species. 
Abdominal segments as in P. brasiliensis. 
Peduncle of first antenna considerably and scale of second antenna slightly shorter than rostrum; 
flagellum of second antenna twice as long as body. 
In life the animal is translucent, almost transparent, bluish white with dusky bands and patches 
composed of minute scattered black specks. The rostrum and sides are tinged with pink. The blades 
of the pleopods are marked with dark red. The antennae are dark brown. The uropods have the tips 
of their blades a very dark bro^vn purple with a narrow stripe of light greenish-yellow along the margin. 
After death the body whitens and the colors stand out with greater distinctness. 
The longer and more slender rostrum, longer antenna and the shorter sulci lateral to the dorsal 
carina of the carapace distinguish this species at once from P. brasiliensis. 
This shrimp appears to attain abundance earlier in the summer than does P. brasiliensis and comes 
to market dunng the last weeks of July or in early August. Several boat loads were seen late in July, 
1912, the first lots consisting of small specimens, the later ones nearly all full grown. 
Genus TRACHYPENEUS Alcock. 
Trachyt>efieus A\coz\l., 1901, p. 15. 
Trachypeneus constrictus (Stimpson). PI. xxv, fig. 9. 
Penmts cimslrtctus Stimpson. 1871, p. 13s; Kinesley, 1878-79, p. 330. 
Parapenceus constrictus &m\lh. 1885a, p. 174; Rathbun. 1901. p. loi. 
Integument smooth and polished, dorsal region of carapace with very fine short, appressed seta 
Carapace carinated on its anterior three-fourths, with a spine behind base of rostrum. Antennal and 
hepatic spines well developed. Lateral groove extending about three-fifths the length of carapace. 
Rostrum reaching middle of penultimate segment of first antenna, directed slightly upward its upper 
margin usually slightly arched and bearing usually seven (7-9) equidistant teeth diminishing in size 
toward extremity. Peduncle of first antenna extending beyond eye as far as length of eye- very pu- 
bescent above. Abdomen carinate from fourth to sixth segment. Telson with two rounded carina 
above, tapenng to a short, acuminate tip, armed on either side with a short spine. 
Length of a female, 54 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 18 mm.; rostrum, 6 mm. 
Color in life, translucent white, with purplish gray cloudings and blotches; appendages pinkish 
Specimens occasionally occur within the harbor. On the Blackfish Banks it is more common but 
IS never taken in large numbers. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 379 
Genus PARAPEN^US Smith. 
Parapen/Eus Smith, 1885a, p. 170. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES. 
a. Dorsal margin of rostrum with less than 12 teeth; eyes of moderate size politus. 
aa. Dorsal margin of rostrum with 12 to 15 teeth; eyes very large megalops. 
Parapenseus politus Smith. PI. xxv, fig. 7. 
ParapentEus politus Smith, r88i, p. 444; ibid., 1885a, p. 172. 
Integument smooth and polished, carapace not setose. Carapace with a low median carina, con- 
tinuous in front with the rostrum, extending back almost to the posterior margin and bearing a small 
spine some distance behind base of rostrum. Rostrum arched, distal half deflexed, about as long as 
eye and falling short of the first article of the antennulary peduncle, dorsal margin with six teeth dimin- 
ishing in size anteriorly, ventral margin heavily ciliate. Hepatic, antennal and branchiostegal spines 
well developed, the last placed a little behind the margin of the carapace. A shallow groove extends 
from behind the eye almost to the posterior margin of the carapace and another, extremely faint, runs 
upward from the inferior margin at the base of the second pair of legs. 
Abdomen two and one-fourth times as long as carapace; fourth, fifth, and sixth segments carinate, 
the carina ending on each segment in a small tooth. Sixth abdominal segment a little more than twice 
the length of the fifth. Telson tapering to a sharp point, furrowed above and with a slender spine on 
each side near the tip. 
Two specimens, 50 and 60 mm. long, respectively, were taken by the Fish Hawk off Beaufort Inlet 
in water not exceeding 180 fathoms deep. They differ somewhat, principally in the more strongly 
ctirved rostrum, from typical P. politus and were at first thought to be specifically distinct, but a careful 
comparison with the specimens of that species in the United States National Museum shows that these 
differences are too slight to be worthy of recognition. 
Parapenaeus megalops Smith. PI. xxv, fig. 8. 
ParapetuBus mesaiops S. I. Smith, 1885a, p. 172; Rathbun, 1901, p. 102. 
Covering of abdomen and carapace naked and smooth. Carapace carinate on its anterior half, the 
carina with a spine behind base of rostrum . Rostrum elevated, arched, terminal half very slender, upper 
surface armed with 12 to 15 spiniform teeth crowded posteriorly, but becoming more remote and 
smaller anteriorly; tip reaching to distal end of antennal scales in females; shorter in males. Antennal, 
hepatic, and branchiostegal spines well developed. No antennal suture. Eyes extremely large, extend- 
ing laterally beyond carapace. Anteimal peduncles extending beyond eyes less than length of eyes; 
terminal segment longer than penultimate. 
Foiuth to sixth segments of abdomen with a thin, sharp, median carina. Telson with a lateral as 
well as two dorsal carinae. 
Length of male, tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 91 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 24 mm.; ros- 
trum, 9 mm. 
A few specimens were dredged by the Fish Hawk in deep water off Cape I/xjkout. 
Genus SICYONIA H. Milne-Edwards. 
Sicyonia H. Milne-Edwards, 1830, p. 339. 
KEY TO THE SPEOES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Dorsal carina of carapace with three teeth. 
b. Rostrum with two teeth above and two or three spines at tip Uzvigata. 
bb. Rostrum with three or fom- teeth above; short; acute at tip brevirosiris. 
aa. Dorsal carina of carapace with two teeth. 
b. Rostrum with three teeth above and one below dorsalis. 
bb. Rostrum with two small teeth above edwardsii. 
Sicyonia laevigata Stimpson. PI. xxv, fig. i. 
Sicyonia lavigataStimpson, 1874, p. 131; Rathbxin, igor. p. 130. 
Integument rather firm , very finely granulate and more or less sculptured. Carapace with a median 
dorsal carina broken into three nearly equidistant, forwardly directed, acute teeth with tufts of seta 
between them. Rostrum upturned, its superior margin with two teeth, its tip truncate, with two or 
380 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
three spiniform teeth and reaching nearly to end of antennular peduncle. External maxillipeds con- 
siderably longer than antennal peduncle. Third pair of legs exceeding external maxillipeds by length 
of fingers and half the palm. 
Abdomen with a median dorsal carina which terminates on the first segment in an anteriorly directed 
tooth and on the last segment in a posteriorly directed one; side with shallow sulci, otherwise almost 
smooth. 
Length of a female, 30 mm. 
Color, yellowish brown, the cephalothorax darker than the abdomen and sometimes bluish or 
greenish. 
Sicyonia Uevigata is fairly common in Beaufort Harbor, especially on shelly bottoms. 
Sicyonia brevirostris Stimpson. PI. xxv, fig. 4. 
Sicyonia brevirostris Stimpson. 1874, p. 132. 
Integument firm, much sculptured, especially the abdomen; abdomen with scattered tubercles, 
whole body with a covering of very short and fine setae. Rostrum short, not equaling eyes, its upper 
margin with three teeth behind the acute tip. Median carina of carapace with three strong teeth. Anten- 
nal and hepatic spines well developed. Pedxmcle of antennule short, its terminal article a little more 
than half as long as penultimate. Peduncle of antenna a little shorter than external maxillipeds. 
Third pair of legs exceeding external maxillipeds by about two-thirds the length of the hand. 
Carina of abdomen prominent, fissured, and deeply notched behind on each segment; first segment 
with an anteriorly projecting tooth, fifth and sixth segments with backwardly directed ones. Antero- 
lateral angles of first, second, third, and fourth segments dentiform, those of the third and fourth devel- 
oped as stout, outwardly projecting, curved spines; posterior lateral angle of fifth segment spiniform. 
Length of a male, tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 78 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 27 mm.; 
rostrum, 3.5 mm. 
Three specimens, two males and a female, were dredged by the Fish Hawk in 17 and 63 fathoms 
outside the harbor. 
Sicyonia dorsalis Kingsley. PI. xxv, fig. 3. 
Sicyonia dorsalis Kingsley, 1878, p. 97; Kathbtm. 1901, p. 103. 
Integument fairly solid, both carapace and abdomen much sculptured. Carapace with a median 
dorsal carina with one tooth a little behind the middle and one much smaller near base of rostrum. 
Rostrum uptiuned, its superior margin with three teeth, its tip reaching slightly beyond eyes, notched 
at end and with small tooth on lower surface. External maxillipeds shorter than antennal peduncle. 
Peduncle of antennule short, the second article twice the length of third. Third pair of legs reaching 
slightly beyond external maxillipeds. 
Abdomen with a high median dorsal carina, the anterior and posterior teeth strong; a minute 
posterior tooth on fifth segment. Sixth segment with a posterolateral spine above which is a triangular 
tooth. Full-grown individuals with a posterolateral spine on third, fourth, and fifth segments also. 
A single small specimen, 34 mm. long, now in the laboratory collection, was dredged by the Fish 
Hawk a short distance off the inlet in igoa. Dr. Mary J. Rathbun records an example from Porto 
Rico 90 mm. long. 
Sicyonia edwardsii Miers. PI. xxv, fig. 2. 
Palemon carinattis Olivier, 1811, p. 667 (teste Milne-Edwards). 
Sicyonia carinata Milne-Edwards, 1S37, p. 344; ibid., 1834-1840, t. n. p. 410; Dana, 1852, p. 602; Bate, 18S8, p. 294. 
Sicyonia edwardsii Miers, 1881. p. 367. 
Integument, especially of the abdomen, firm. Carapace nearly smooth and ^vith fine scattered 
hairs; abdomen deeply sculptured and with scattered tubercles. Dorsal carina of carapace with two 
teeth. Rostrum directed obliquely upward, its upper margin nearly straight and armed with two 
small teeth; its tip notched and falling short of eyes. Anterior margin of carapace with a small spine 
below eye. Lateral spines well developed. External maxillipeds reaching terminal article of anten- 
nulary peduncle and exceeding antennary peduncle. Third pair of legs exceeding external maxillipeds 
by length of fingers. 
Abdomen with dorsal carina like that of S. brevirostris. Lateral angles of segments not produced 
into spines. 
The right of this species to be included in the Beaufort fauna rests, so far as is known, on a single 
specimen of 25 mm. long, dredged by the Fish Hawk in 141 fathoms off Beaufort Inlet. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAXJFORT, N. C, REGION. 381 
Family SERGESTIDAE. 
Peneidea having the last two pairs of legs reduced in size or lost and the gills few 
or wanting. 
Three genera are recognized, of which only the following is known from the Beaufort 
region. 
Genus LEUCIFER Milne-Edwards (=LUCIFER of most authors.). 
Leacifer Milne-Edwards, 1837, p. 468. 
Leucifer fazoni Borradaile. PI. xxvi, fig. 10. 
Lucifer typus. Faxon, 1879, p. 113, pi. 7, figs. 1-3. 
Lucifer sp. Brooks. 1883, pp. 57-137. 
Lwo/er /axcmi Borradaile, 1915, p. 228. 
Integument smooth, thin, and transparent. Anterior portion of cephalothorax greatly lengthened, 
bearing the eyes, antennules, and antennae far in front of the mouthparts and legs; abdomen strongly 
developed, with large swimmerets and tail fin. 
Anterior prolongation of cephalothorax about one and one-half times as long as posterior portion, 
nearly cylindrical, produced into a small rostrum, a spine on each side behind the eye, and a knoblike 
suborbital lobe. Posterior portion of cephalothorax with a small spine on each side in front. Eyes 
large and prominent, on stout conical stalks about one-third the length of the anterior part of the cephalo- 
thorax. Peduncle of antennules long and slender; basal article longer than the other two combined; 
third article shortest; flagella long and slender. Peduncle of antennae about half as long as first article 
of the antennular peduncle; flagellum slender, 
longer than that of the antennule; scale almost 
linear and fringed along its inner margin with long 
hairs. Mandibles without a palpus. Twopairsof 
maxillae and three pairs of maxillipeds, the last 
pair pediform, are present. Four pairs of slender 
legs, the first two pairs short, the last two of nearly Fro. ^.-Leucifer faxoni. d'.X lo. 
equal length and extending forward almost to the 
end of the cephalothorax. Abdomen much compressed, its segments deepest at the point of insertion of 
the swimmerets and there produced into a spiniform angle ; sixth segment as long as the two which precede 
it, its posterolateral angles spiniform, a small median spine above the base of the telson and, in the male, 
two strong lateral spines of which the posterior is curved and about twice as long as the anterior. Telson 
slender, about half as long as uropods, with a stout spine on each side and a prominent projection on the 
ventral side near the middle. Uropods about as long as the sixth segment, the outer branch strongly 
developed, the inner branch much shorter and narrower. 
Length, lo to 12 mm. 
Color, when alive, almost perfectly transparent; in alcohol, white. 
This interesting little shrimp is not uncommon in the waters of the harbor and has been taken in 
the tow nets throughout the summer. Egg-bearing females were collected June 30, 1912. Outside 
the harbor it is much more abundant, at times occurring in such great swarms that it constitutes a large 
proportion of the plankton material. 
The development of Leucifer was worked out by Dr. W. K. Brooks from material secured, largely, 
at least, at Beaufort, and his paper, already cited, is a zoological classic. His figures of the animal are 
the best that have been published and show conclusively that he was dealing with the species that is 
described above. Unfortunately in this, as in many other cases. Dr. Brooks made no effort to determine 
the proper specific name of his specimens. Faxon's description and figures show that he also was 
dealing with the present species to which, with some doubt, he applied the name Lucifer typus 
Milne-Edwards. In a recent paper, however, Borradaile shows that the Leucifer of the western Atlantic 
is not L. typus or any other hitherto described species, and proposes for it the name L.faxoni. 
It was the opinion of Dr. Brooks that Leucifer breeds in the marshes which border the harbor along 
the town front. His reasons for coming to such a conclusion are not altogether satisfactory, and in view 
of the fact that the shrimp is far more abundant outside than inside the harbor and that the genus is 
known the world over as a strictly pelagic one, it is very probable that he was mistaken. 
69571°— 18 25 
382 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Tribe CARIDEA. 
Natantia having the third pair of legs not chelate, the pleura of the first abdominal 
segment overlapped by those of the second segment, the abdomen usually with a sharp 
bend and the giUs always developed as phyllobranchiae. 
This large and important tribe comprises 153 genera, divided among 20 families. 
Of the latter, 5 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
Family CRANGONIDAE ( = ALPHEIDAE of most authors) . The snapping shrimps. 
Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate, the first pair usually much stronger 
than the others and often unsymmetrical, the carpus of the second pair of legs subdi- 
vided, the eyes small and usually covered by the carapace, the mandibles deeply cleft 
and the second maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. 
Of the 27 recognized genera the following are represented in the Beaufort region: 
KEY TO THE GENERA OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Eyestalks covered by the carapace. 
6. Hand of large cheliped cylindrical; trunk legs with exopodites Synalpheus. 
bb. Hand of large cheliped compressed; trunk legs without exopodites Crangon. 
aa. Eyestalks completely exposed Automate. 
Genus SYNALPHEUS. Bate. CoutiSre. 
Synalpkeus Bate, 1888, p. 572: Coutiferc, 1899, p. 334. 
KEV TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Rostrum comparatively broad, not longer than the 
supra-orbital lobes minus. 
aa. Rostrum comparatively slender, more or less ex- 
ceeding the supra-orbital lobes. 
b. Movable finger of small cheliped with a conspicu- 
ous bunch of curled hairs. Rostrum little 
longer than supra-orbital lobes . . . longicarpus. 
bb. Movable finger of small cheliped without a bunch 
of ciurled hairs. Rostrum considerably longer 
than supra-orbital lobes townsendi. 
Synalpheus minus (Say). PI. xxvi, fig. 3. 
Alphcus minus Say. 181S, p. 245. 
Synalpheus minus Couti^re, 1909. 
Similar in appearance to the two following species 
but with a much shorter and broader rostrum which 
has at the base about the same width as the supra- 
orbital spines and hardly exceeds them in length. 
The sides of the telson are not strongly convergent and 
the spines at its tip are about equal in length. The 
spine on the basal article of the antennule reaches to near the middle of the second article. The 
spine on the basal article of the antenna reaches to the end of the first article of the anteimule, while 
the spine of the second article slightly exceeds the third article of the antennule. The smaller cheliped 
does not bear a brush of hairs. The movable finger of the larger cheliped is heavy, but is not raised into 
a crest as in S. townsendi. The second pair of legs has the carpal articles in the proportion of 5 , i , i , i , 2 . 
Fig. 5. — Synalpheus minus. Aiter Couti^re. 
a. Front of carapace and appendages; b, second leg; c 
telson; d, large chela. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 
383 
Length, 12.5 mm.; carapace, 4 mm. 
One specimen which agrees closely with Couti^re 's description and figures was taken by the Fish 
Hawk on the fishing banks (station 7956) in 16 fathoms. 
This is unquestionably the Alpheus minus of Say and is almost equally certainly not the Alpheus 
minus of Kingsley, Brooks, Herrick, and others whose papers are commonly listed in the synonomy of 
the species. These authors, beyond any reasonable doubt, applied the name to the species now known 
as Crangon packardi, which is, as they stated, common in Beaufort Harbor, true Synalpheus minus, 
on the other hand, is not common anywhere in the region, and it is doubtful if it ever occurs in the har- 
bor. It has been recorded by Couti^re from farther south and is probably the species recorded by 
Smith <i from off Cape Hatteras, in 16 fathoms. 
Synalpheus longicarpus (Herrick). PI. xxvi, fig. 2. 
^H^ 
Alpheus saulcyi var. longicarpus Herrick, in Brooks and Herrick, 1892, p. 383 (part). 
Synalpheus longicarpus Couti^re, 1909. p. 53. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as abdomen, subcylindrical, and smooth; crossed by a very faint 
cervical groove; frontal border produced into a sharp-pointed lobe above each eye,- rostrum carinate, 
slender and slightly longer than supra-orbital lobes. 
Abdomen smooth, tapering ; telson with strongly con- 
vergent, sinuous sides and truncate tip which bears four 
slender spines, upper surface with four strong movable 
spines; sixth segment and basal article of uropod with flat 
marginal spines. 
Eyes small . Basal article of antennule with a spine 
on outer margin which does not reach to the end of the 
article. Basal and second articles of antenna each with 
a strong, acute, forwardly directed spine, of which the 
tip of the one on the second article exceeds the other 
and extends a little beyond the base of the third article 
of the antennule. Chelipeds very unequal, the smaller 
one with a conspicuous brush of curled hairs on the mov- 
able finger; the larger one cylindrical, with short fingers 
of which the movable one is much the larger and strongly 
curved. Second pair of legs with the carpus subdivided 
into five articles which have approximately the propor- 
tions of 4, I, I, I, 2. 
Length, 22 mm.; carapace, 9.5 mm. 
Color, a translucent milky white; the tip of the large 
chela brown. 
Many specimens of this snapping shrimp have been 
collected from the interior of sponges thrown upon the 
shore by the waves. On the fishing banks it is probably 
the commonest member of the genus, often occurring in enormous numbers in the large sponges which 
are to be obtained in that locality. In August, 1915, such a sponge about 2 feet in height, belonging 
to the genus Spirastrella, was brought in by the Fish Hawk. When cut open its larger canals were 
found to be full of S. longicarpus, several hundred of which were saved before the patience of the 
collector was exhausted . A considerable number of these shrimps were found to be infested with isopod 
parasites, one a species of Phryxus being attached to the lower surface of the abdomen, while the other, 
a species of a new genus, Synsynella,^ was an inhabitant of the branchial chamber. 
a Smith, Sidney 1.: Report Commissioner of Fisiieries for 1885, p. 54. 
b Phryius subcaudalis Hay and Synsynella»de/ormans Hay, Froc. U. S. Nat. Mus., 41, pp. 569-572, 1916. 
Fig. 6. — Synalpheus longicarpus. After Couti^re. 
Front of carapaceand appendages of female; fr.sameot 
male; c, large ciiela; d, fingers of small cheliped; e, one 
of the second pair of legs ;/, distal end of telson ; g. telson. 
384 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Synalpheus townsendi Couti^e. PL xxvi, fig. i. 
Synalpheus townsendi Coutifere, 1909, p. 32. 
Similar in form to S. longicarpus but with a much slenderer rostrum which considerably exceeds 
the supra-orbital lobes and reaches slightly beyond the distal end of the basal article of the antennule. 
The sides of the telson are not as strongly convergent and are slightly produced into little angles at 
the distal end and the inner pair of spines are slender and about three times as long as the outer one on 
each side. The spine on the basal article of the antennule 
reaches beyond the end of the article and slightly exceeds 
the rostrum. The spine of the basal article of the antenna 
extends to about the middle of the spine of the second arti- 
cle, while the latter slightly exceeds the distal end of the 
third article of the antennule. The smaller cheliped lacks 
the brush of curled hairs on the movable finger and the 
larger one has the upper margin of the movable finger ele- 
vated into a thick crest. Second pair of legs with the car- 
pus divided into five articles which have the approximate 
proportions of 5, 1.5, i, i, 2. 
Length of a female, 16 mm.; carapace, 7 mm. 
Color in life, body and legs a light pellucid pinkish red, 
the large chela, pink changing to green on the fingers. 
Five specimens of a little snapping shrimp which have 
been identified as this species were taken at the fishing 
banks (station 7943) in 13K fathoms of water. Another 
series was taken at the same locality (station 8293) from the 
interior of a large sponge dredged in 16 fathoms. They do 
not agree in all respects with Coutifere 's description and fig- 
ures, but appear to stand about halfway between his variety 
brevispinis and the typical form. The species has been 
previously reported from the coast of North Carolina and its presence on the fishing banks is not 
surprising. 
Genus CRANGON (=ALPHEUS of most authors). 
Crangon Weber, 179s, p. 94. 
Alpheus Fabricius, 1798. p. 380: Couti&re, 1899, p. 336. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUPORT REGION.<» 
a. Orbital lobes of carapace with a small spine in front .formosus. 
aa. Orbital lobes of carapace without a distinct spine. 
6. Orbital lobes forming a toothlike projection; large hand with a groove above and below along 
outer margin and between these grooves a tooth packardii. 
bb. Orbital lobes rounded; hand broad and notched on both margins. 
c. Base of rostrum passing gradually into the lateral dorsal surface heterochcBlis. 
cc. Base of rostrum with its borders sharply defined armillatus. 
Crangon formosus (Gibbes). PI. xxvi, fig. 5. 
Alpheus formosus Gibbes, 1850, p. 196; Rathbun, 1901, p. 106. 
Alpheus poeyi Gu&rin Meneville. 1857, p. 10. 
Carapace one-half as long as the abdomen, compressed, not grooved; rostrum beginning at pos- 
terior line of the eyes and reaching, or nearly reaching, the second article of the antennule, flat above, 
its margins concave at base but nearly parallel anteriorly and with scattered stiff hairs; the tip rounded, 
with two or three minute spines; orbital lobes with an acute, anteriorly directed spine much shorter 
than the rostrum. 
Fig. 7. — Synalpheus townsendi. 
a. Front of carapace and appendages; b, telson; 
, second leg; d. large cheliped. 
o In the account ot his trip to Bea>ifort, Stimpson (Amer. Jour. Sci. & Arts, ser. 2, vol. laax, p. 442-44S, i860) mentions 
Alpheus inlermedius as a member of the Beaufort fauna. It has been impossible to ascertain what spedes he had in mind and 
a thorough review of the literature has failed to bring to light any crustacean described under that tuune. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 385 
Antennules with the inner branch filiform; outer branch thick, but bearing near its tip a filiform 
extension; basal spine slightly exceeding the first article. Antennular scale slightly longer than the 
peduncle, basal spine shorter than basal spine of antennule. Chelae very unequal; the larger one com- 
pressed (but not nearly so much as in C. heterochcslis) smooth above and unnotched along the margins; 
movable finger about one-fourth as long as hand; smaller chela much slenderer, its inner surface with 
a stout spine overhanging the base of the movable finger; the latter about half as long as hand. Carpal 
articles of second pair of legs having the proportion 4, 1.7, i, 1,2. 
Length of an ovigerous female, 31 mm.; carapace, 11 mm. 
Color: Along the median line, extending from the distal end of the peduncles of the antennules 
to the base of the telson a narrow light stripe, light orange-yellow anteriorly merging into yellowish 
green and finally gray posteriorly; on each side of this a broad stripe of chocolate brown; below this, 
along each side, a stripe of white; and below this a stripe of light vinaceous brown followed on the 
abdomen by a border of ultramarine blue. The chelae are greenish brown with orange-red fingers. 
The antennules, antennae, and walking legs are ultramarine blue. The telson and tail fins are blotched 
and bordered with yellow. 
Two specimens, one a female with eggs almost ready to hatch, of this strikingly colored snapping 
shrimp were taken by the Fish Hawk on the fishing grounds at a depth of about 15 fathoms. The spe- 
cies was described by Gibbes from Key West, Fla., and since that time it has not been reported on the 
coast of the United States. It has, however, been collected in Porto Rico, Cuba, Bermudas, and Brazil. 
Crangon packardii (Kingsley). PI. xxvi, fig. 4. 
Alpheus packardiiKinz^ley, 1879 (1880), p. 417; Rathbun, 1901. p. 107. 
Alpheus bermudensis Bate. iSSS. p. 547. 
Alpheus minus Herrick, in Brooks and Herrick, 1892, p. 372. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as abdomen, somewhat compressed, cervical groove hardly 
evident; front produced into an obtuse angle above each eye; rostrum carinate, the carina extending 
back as far as base of eyestalks, the spiniform tip reaching second article of antennule. 
Abdomen compressed, smooth, tapering. Telson rather small, faintly grooved; upper surface with 
four strong, movable spines; tip fringed with small spines. 
Eyes well developed but completely covered by the carapace. Antennules with the inner branch 
slender, the outer one shorter and with its proximal four-fifths enlarged. Antenna a little longer than 
body, slender; scale as long as peduncle of antennule and with a strong apical spine ; basal segment with 
a strong spine on lower part of outer surface. Third maxillipeds slender, not reaching tip of antenna! 
scale, terminal segment with long hairs. Chelae unequal, the larger one broad and flattened, slightly 
sinuate along inner margin ; outer margin with a longitudinal groove above and below, the ridge between 
them ending in a strong tooth behind base of dactylus; dactylus heavy, ciu"ved, tootied at base; both 
fingers with setae at tips. Smaller hand about one-half as wide and three-fourths as long as the larger 
one, similarly formed but with a sharp spine above at base of dactylus; no basal tooth on dactylus and 
both fingers slenderer and more hairy. Carpus much reduced. Meros with a spiniform tooth near 
distal end and one or two small spines below. All the legs with scattering long hairs especially at the 
joints. Carpalarticlesof second pair of legs diminishing as follows: Second, first, fifth, third, and fourth. 
Length of a male, 27 mm. 
Color, gray. 
This, the commonest snapping shrimp of the region, is usually found on shelly bottoms and is 
frequently brought up in the dredge. It may also be found on wharf piles and among old oyster shells. 
Its snap, although readily enough noticed, is weak in comparison with that of its larger relative C. 
heterochcelis. 
This is, in all probability, the species indicated by the name Alpheus minor, in the older lists of 
the crustaceans of the Beaufort region. As determined by Couti^e, A Ipheus minor Say is a Synalpheus; 
it is apparently one of the rarest crustaceans of the region and was probably never recognized nor collected 
here until within a year or two. That the Alpheus minus (or minor) of Herrick, Brooks, and other 
students of the Johns Hopkins summer laboratory was Crangon packardii is conclusively proved by the 
colored figure in Herrick 's paper. 
386 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Fig. S. — Crangon heterochtsln . 
a. Front of caraiiace; b, small chela. 
Crangon heterochslis (Say). PI. xxvi, fig. 6. 
Alpheus heterochalis Say, 1818, p. 243: Milne-Edwards, 1837, t. n, p. 356; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 329,- Herrick, in Brooks 
and Herrick, 1892, p. 372; Rathbun, 1901, p. 107; Coutiere, 1910, p. 485. 
Carapace slightly more than half as long as abdomen, slightly compressed and without grooves; 
front produced into a rounded lobe above each eye; rostrum carinate, the carina not extending back 
as far as base of eyes talks and the tip falling short of second article 
of antennule; rostro-orbital depressions passing gradually into 
dorsal surface. Abdomen compressed, smooth, tapering; telson 
with subparallel sides and rounded tip; the four movable spines 
of the upper surface and those of the distal border relatively 
much weaker than in C. packardii. 
Eyes relatively small, covered by the carapace. Antennules 
with inner branch filiform, about half as long as antenna; outer 
branch with proximal half expanded. Antennae a little longer 
than body, very slender; scale with a strong apical spine which 
slightly exceeds the antennular peduncle; basal segment with a 
rather weak spine below. Chelae very unequal; the larger one 
much distorted, the upper and lower siufaces with irregular shal- 
low grooves and the outer and inner margins deeply notched 
near base of fingers; dactylus very broad and heavy, strongly 
curved and with a very large basal tooth. Smaller chela, in the 
male, mth the dactylus peculiarly flattened and expanded on 
its outer surface; fingers of small chela, in both sexes, much weaker, less ctirved, and more hairy 
than in the large chela. Carpal articles of second pair of legs diminish as follows: First, second, fifth, 
third, fourth. 
Length of a male, 40 mm.; carapace, 13 mm.; a female, 50 mm. 
Color, dark, translucent sea green, slightly flushed with purple on sides of carapace; with white 
markings on chelipeds; walking legs pale vermilion; tips of uropods blue, with a narrow border of 
orange on distal margin, the outer blade having in addition a patch of vermilion just above the blue, 
and a narrow white border; articular surfaces and points of ab- 
dominal segments and a small streak along cervical groove white. 
This species of snapping shrimp, while not as common in the 
Beaufort region as C. packardii, is far from rare and is locally often 
quite abtmdant. Its favorite habitat is around the edges of oyster 
reefs where it digs large burrows in the mud or conceals itself 
among the shells. When captured the loud snapping sound it 
makes, which is comparable to the cracking of a small whip, is sure 
to command attention. Females bearing their large masses of clear 
apple-green eggs have been taken early in July. An isopod para- 
site (Probopynis alphei Richardson) is occasionally found in the gill 
chamber of this snapping shrimp. 
Crangon armillatus (H. Milne-Edwards). PI. xxvn, fig. i. 
Alpheus armiUaius H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. n, p. 354; Couti&re, 1910, 
p. 485. 
Very closely resembling C. heterochzlis except in the rostrum 
and the small chela of the male. 
The rostrum has the form of a narrow crest which, just behind 
the eyes, widens abruptly into a triangular area the borders of which are slightly concave and very 
distinctly limit the rostro-orbital depressions, even slightly overhanging them in adult specimens. 
The dactylus of the small chela of the male lacks the setose crests and expanded external siuface so 
characteristic of C. heterochcelis . 
By Couti^e this species is said to be abtmdant and widely distributed along the Atlantic coast 
and often to accompany C. heterochcelis. At Beaufort, however, it does not appear to be common, a 
single specimen, dredged by the FuAHa7(;fe, being foralong time the onlyoneinthe laboratory collection, 
Fig. 9. — Crangon armillatus. 
Front of carapace; 6, small chela. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 
387 
but after the severe storm of September 4, 1913, another individual was found in a small boat that had 
been sunk off Pivers Islands. On August 20, 1914, 6 specimens, 3 males and 3 females, were collected 
under the rocks of the jetty east of Fort Macon. A male and female were found together in every case 
in a hollow under a flat rock. The males were colored much like C. heterochcBlis , except that the con- 
spicuous orange and vermilion areas on the tail fin were lacking. The females were a deep greenish 
blue with white marking on the large chela. During the night of August 20 a large male shed his 
shell but increased very little, if any, in length. _ To provide for the withdrawal of the large hand through 
the relatively very slender wrist a large oval area on the upper and inner surface of the proximal part 
of the shell of the hand is detached and the carpus, meros, and ischium, at least, are split lengthwise 
so that the hand is not drawn through them at all. 
Genus AUTOMATE De Man. 
Automate De Man, 1897, p. 529. 
Automate kingsleyi Hay. PI. xxvi, fig. 7. 
Automate kingsleyi Hay, 1917, p. 72. 
Cephalothorax about half as long as abdomen, subcylindrical, with a large sinus in front behind the 
eyestalks in which the rostrum appears as a small median projection. Eyestalks contiguous, broad at 
the base, corneal surface well developed 
and, in lateral view, with.a minute point on 
the anterior surface. Antennular and an- 
tennal peduncles very long, the former with 
a short scale which barely exceeds the 
basal article, and the latter with a long nar- 
row scale which extends to the middle of 
the terminal article. Third maxillipeds 
exceeding antennal peduncles by less than 
the length of their terminal article. Cheli- 
peds unequal and somewhat dissimilar, the 
larger one appearing to be stouter and 
rougher than its mate; fingers slightly gap- 
ing, the thumb in line with the hand and 
broad at base ; movable finger much narrow- 
er and rather strongly curved ; carpus short ; 
meros about as long as movable finger. Sec- 
ond pair of legs about as long as chelipeds 
but very slender, weakly chelate and with 
the carpus divided into five articles having the proportions of I , i^/.Vs 
Abdomen well developed, compressed, with strong swimmerets. 
Fig. 
Automate kingsleyi, type, 9 X4. 
a. Front of carapace and appendages, lateral view; h, the same, 
dorsal view; c, large hand; rf, second leg; e, telson and uropods. 
Telson tapering, armed above 
at each side with two spines, one of which is at about the middle of the length and the other at about 
halfway between the middle and the distal end; terminal spines well developed. Urftpods with oval 
blades. 
Length of a female (type) i6 mm. ; cephalothorax 4 mm. 
Color, in life almost transparent except for a small amount of red pigment on the appendages and 
telson. 
A single specimen, a female carrying orange-yellow eggs, was collected on Shark Shoal breakwater 
July 9, 1916, by Mr. O. W. Hyman. It was kept alive in the laboratory for over a month, during which 
time the eggs dropped off without hatching and the animal moulted twice without appreciably increasing 
in size. 
The species appears to be very close to A. evermanni Rathbun but differs in the length of the third 
maxillipeds, the proportions of the articles of the carpus of the second pair of legs, the arrangement 
of the spines of the dorsolateral stu^ace of the telson, the width of the caudal laminae and the slightly 
more developed rostrum. It also bears a good deal of resemblance to A. acanlhopus De Man, but it 
differs from it in having the scale of the second antenna longer than the basal article , the more extensive 
corneal siuface of the eyes and the outline of the front margin of the carapace. From both these species 
388 
BULLETIN OP THE BXIREAU OP FISHERIES. 
and from all theother species of the genus, it differs inthe shape of the hands. The specimen is a female; 
but the large hand is as broad and heavy and the palm is as short as the hand of the male of any other 
member of the genus. 
The species has been named in honor of Dr. J. S. Kingsley, to whose interest and industry much 
of oiu: knowledge of the Beaufort crustaceans is due. 
Family OGYRIDAE nov. 
Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate but of nearly equal size and not 
much, if any, larger than the other legs, the carpus of the second legs subdivided, the 
rostrum small or wanting, the eyestalks long, slender, and fully exposed but with the 
retinal surface reduced, the telson thick and obtusely pointed, the blades of the uropods 
curved outward, a thelycum present in the female. 
The family thus characterized is coterminous with the genus Ogyris and, probably, should stand 
between the Crangonidae and Hippolytidae. Couti^re, holding that Ogyris, Automate, and Pterocaris 
are closely related and that Automate is unquestionably akin to Crangon, places Ogyris in the family 
Alpheidae (= Crangonidae). It is evident, however, that Coutifere had based his conclusions on the 
descriptions and figures of other writers without having had an opportunity to examine specimens of 
either Ogjifu or Pterocaris and perhaps Automate also. Ortman, who had seen specimensof Ogyris, placed 
the genus in the family Hippolytidae. None of these observers appears to have noticed the presence of 
a thelycum in the female. Having before us representatives of Ogyris and Automate, as well as several 
typical genera of both the families mentioned, we have come to the conclusion that Ogyris differs too 
greatly and in too many characters to admit of our placing it in either family. Its resemblance to Auto- 
mate is very slight, and it appears also to be very different from Pterocaris. 
Genus OGYRIS Stimpson. 
Ogyris Stimpson, i860, p. 36. 
Ogjnris alphserostris Kingsley. PI. xxvi, fig. 9. 
Ogyris alphtzrosiris Kingsley, 1880, p. 420. 
Cephalothorax about half as long as abdomen, the carapace thin, polished, sparingly pubescent, 
lightly grooved and with a rather strong, movable spine on the median line a little behind the very small 
rostrum. Eyestalks about half 
as long as carapace, rather broad 
at base, becoming almost thread- 
li'ke distally but with the tip 
enlarged. Basal article of an- 
tennule with a strong external 
and a smaller superior spine, 
the entire peduncle about four- 
fifths as long as eyestalk; flagel- 
la of equal length. Antennal 
peduncle shorter than that of 
the antennule ; fiagellum slender 
and about twice as long as cara- 
pace; scale lanceolate, extend- 
ing to the distal end of second 
article of antennular peduncle. 
Third maxillipeds pediform, 
stronger and longer than any of 
the legs.their tips considerably 
exceeding the eyes. Legs all 
slender, alike on the two sides, 
Fig. II. — Ogyris alphtErostris, ? X4>^. 
a. Cephalothorax. dorsal view; 6. carapace, lateral view; 
manilliped; e, first leg; /, second leg; g, tip of fourth leg. X40: 
I, first maxilliped; j. second maxilliped; k, thelycum. 
c, mandible; d, third 
k, telson and uropods; 
the first and second pairs chelate, the second pair the longer and with its carpus subdivided into four 
articles which have the proportions of 7X. 2K. i. 2. Third and fourth legs normal, fifth legs much 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 389 
more slender. Thelycum consisting of an anterior thin plate bifurcate anteriorly and a posterior 
shorter emarginate plate which are situated on the sternum between the last three pairs of legs. Telson 
about as long as sixth abdominal segment, thickened and convex above, its margins sinuate and con- 
verging to a narrow, rounded tip. Both blades of uropods with their distal third curved outward. Plu- 
mose hairs, mostly long and slender, are present in abundance along the front of the carapace, the 
margins of the telson and uropods and the superior surface of most of the legs. 
Length, 27 mm.; carapace, 8.5 mm.; antenna, 16 mm. 
Color, a translucent white, flushed with pink and yellow on the tail fin and legs. 
A single specimen of this shrimp, an egg-laden female, was taken in the otter trawl in about 2 
fathoms of water o5 the ocean beach of Bogue Bank about a mile west of Fort Macon on July 30, 1914. It 
was taken to the laboratory and kept alive for several days in a small aquarium where its behavior, as 
well as its appearance, strongly suggested some thalassinid. 
The specimen is of unusual interest as it is the second one of the species and genus to be recorded from 
the Atlantic coast of the United States, and it throws a good deal of light on a very inadequately known 
group of crustaceans. There can be no reasonable doubt that it is correctly identified as O. alphcerostris 
since it agrees in all essential respects with Kingsley's description of that species, and the locality at 
which it was collected is reasonably near the type locality. Kingsley's specimen was collected by 
Prof. Webster on the ocean side of Northampton County, Va. , and is now in the collection of the United 
States National Museum. Unfortunately, however, it and several other specimens which would be of 
value in the present connection have been sent to Dr. H. Coutifere, 
of the Paris Museum, for study and no direct comparison can be 
made. Kingsley stated that it was in bad condition, and this fact 
may account for some of the discrepancies between his description 
and figure and the specimen in hand. 
At the present time four species of Ogyris are known : O. orientalis 
Stimpson <» from the China Sea and southern Japan, O. alpharostris 
Kingsley from the coasts of Virginia and North Carolina, O. occidentalis 
Ortmann * from the mouth of the Tocantins River and from south- 
western Louisiana, and O. sibogm De Man'' from the Sulu Sea and 
Saleh Bay in the Dutch East Indies. 
It has been assumed that the triarticulate carpus of the second ^°- "--Of^" alplusrostris. stema 
- , , „ ■ J }• J /^ jj.1 J ■ J' i- • 1. ii_ J. of last three thoracic segments show- 
pair of legs of O. ortentalis and O. alphcsrostris distmguishes them at ■ ^^^ thelycum x? 
once from O. occidentalis and O. sibogcE in which this part is described 
as being quadriarticulate. There is little doubt, however, that in the use of the term triarticulate both 
Stimpson and Kingsley referred to the articulations while Ortmann and De Man referred to the articles 
of the carpus, and that an examination of the specimens will show that throughout the genus the carpus 
is composed of four articles. It will also probably be found that in all four species there is a small rostrum 
and that the telson is thick, uneven above, and with sinuous sides. Assuming these characters to be 
present, O. alph<Brostris is distinguished from the others by its smooth, noncarinate carapace, O. occi- 
dentalis may be known by the presence of seven to nine teeth, and O. orientalis and O. sibogcE by the 
presence of four or five teeth on the dorsal carina of the carapace. The last two species may, per- 
haps, be distinguished from each other by the larger size of the rostrum and the more strongly devel- 
oped protuberance on the lateral margin of the telson in O. sibogce, but one is inclined to believe that 
they may prove to be identical. 
Whether a thelycum is present in the female of any other species of Ogyris than the one here described 
can not be ascertained. Such a structure is not mentioned in any other description, but that fact does 
not prove its absence. The specimens previously described have been, in nearly every instance, very 
small or more or less mutilated and imder such conditions the thelycum might easily have been overlooked 
or mistaken for something else. A thelycum is found in the shrimps of the family Peneidae and a some- 
what similar sperm receptacle is characteristic of the crawfishes of the family Astacidse, but its occur- 
rence and unusual development in Ogyris alphcerostris is most unexpected. 
" Proc. Acad. Nat. Sd. Phil, .xn, 36, i860. 
6 Ergibnisse dcr Plankton-Exped. der Huraboldt-Stiftung. Dekapoden and Schizopoden, 1893. 
cSiboga Expedition, Decapoda, monograph xxxixa. 
39° BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Family HIPPOLYTIDAE. 
Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate but the first pair not much stronger 
than the rest, the carpus of the second pair of legs subdivided, the eyes well developed 
and not covered by the carapace, the mandibles usually deeply cleft, and the second 
maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. 
Of the 27 genera now recognized, the following are represented in the Beaufort 
region. 
KEY TO THE GENER.'i OF THE BE.\UFORT REGION. 
a. Carpus of second pair of legs vary from two to five articles. 
b. Rostrum exceeding the eyestalks. 
c. Front margin of carapace with not more than one spine below the eye. 
d. Rostrum with teeth above and below Hippolyte. 
dd. Rostrum finely serrate above, coarsely serrate below Tozeuma. 
cc. Front margin of carapace with several small spines below the eye: rostrum toothed 
at the tiponly Latreutes. 
66. Rostrum not exceeding the eyestalks Concordia. 
aa. Carpus of second pair of legs composed of many articles Hippo lysmata. 
Genus HIPPOLYTE Leach. 
Hippolyle Leach. 1814, p. 431. 
Hippolyte pleuracantha (Stimpson). PI. xxvi, fig. 8. 
V irbiiis pUuroianihiis Stimv^on, 1874, p. 137; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 339; Fowler, 1913. p. 330, pi. 95. 
Carapace thin and smooth, anterior border with a spine below eye, side with a sharp hepatic spine 
behind base of antenna and a small spine on each side at base of rostrum. Rostrum rather stout at base, 
thin distally, slightly decurved, armed above with two or three teeth, below with one tooth near the 
tip and two farther back; tip reaching to extremity of antennular peduncle. Outer flagellum of anten- 
nule tliickened, about as long asantennal scale, and about four-fifths as long as inner flagellum. Antcnnal 
scale large, extending about one-third its length beyond tip of rostrum. First pair of legs small, chelate. 
Second pair of legs chelate, the carpus triarticulate. Dactyli of other legs broad, compressed, and armed 
along their inner edge with small spines. Abdomen strongly geniculated between the third and fourth 
segments. Posterior part of third segment raised and produced into a sort of hood which overhangs the 
fourth segment. Telson smooth above, margins with two small, movable spines on each side; tip tnm- 
cate and armed with slender spines. Dorsal surface of abdomen and thorax, tips of abdominal pleurse. 
and distal portion of eyestalks with tufts of plumose hairs. 
Length of adult females, 12 to 18 mm. 
Color, often a bright green but usually mottled brown or red. 
This little shrimp, like Tozeuma carolinense, is to be found in abundance on the submerged Zostera in 
various parts of the harbor. It may also be found in considerable numbers about the rock jetties off 
Fort Macon. Egg-bearing females occur throughout the summer. 
Genus LATREUTES Stimpson. 
Latreutes Stimpson. 1S60, p. 37 (96). 
Latreutes ensiferus (H. Milne-Edwards). PI. xxvi, fig. 13. 
Htfypolyte ensiferu-s H. Milne-Edwards, 1S34-1S40. t. n, p. 374. 
Latreutes ensiferus Stimpson, i860, p. 37 (96); Bate. 1S8S, p. 583; Rathbun, 1901, pt. 2. p. 114: Stunner, 1911. pt. 2, p. 664. 
Integument smooth and polished, body slender and but slightly humped at end of tliird abdominal 
somite . Carapace subcylindrical , with a small dorsal spine ; a strong postocular spine andaseriesof five to 
eight small spines along anterior margin below eye. Rostrum nearly as long as carapace, rather stout at 
base but rapidly tapering to a thin, deep, slightly upcur\'ed blade smooth above and below and serrate 
at the apex. Antennae very slender, longer than the body; scale almost as long as rostrum, tapering 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 391 
to a narrow point. First pair of legs short and stout; hand inflated, with short fingers and articulated at 
lower angle with carpus; carpus with its anterior margin excavate to receive the hand, its superior angle 
with a bundle of hairs. Second pair of legs slender, the carpus divided into three articles of which the 
central is the longest. Third, foiulh, and fifth legs slender, with long spines on inferior margin of 
propodi; dactyls bifurcate at tip. 
Telson narrow, tapering, upper siuiace with two pairs of small spines near margin, tip obtuse and 
armed with a strong median spine on either side of which are two slender spines. 
Length of a male, 12 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 5 mm.; rostrum, 2.5 mm. 
In life it is almost transparent and colorless. It lives among floating Sargassum and at times is 
easily taken in the harbor and along the sea beaches. An occasional individual is found to carry an 
isopod parasite {Probopyrus latreuticola Gissler)') in one of its branchial chambers. 
Genus TOZEUMA Stimpson. 
Tozcuitia Stimpson, i860, p. 26 (95). 
Tozeuma carolinense Kingsley. PI. xxvii, fig. 2. 
Tozeuma carolinensis Kingsley, 1878a, p. 90; ibid., 1880a, p. 413; Ratbbun (7'. carolinense), 1901, p. 114. 
Elongate, compressed. Carapace smooth and polished, its anterolateral angle with a spine, a 
triangular tooth below eye, and a strong spine on either side at base of rostrum. Rostrum slender, almost 
twice as long as remainder of carapace, rotmded and almost unarmed above, base somewhat flattended 
and horizontal, distally inclined slightly upward, serrated below and lamellate toward base. Outer 
flagellum of antennule thick and much shorter than inner, neither quite reaching tip of antennal scale. 
Antennae longer than rostrum; scale lanceolate, less than half as long as rostrum. Legs all short; first 
pair very short, stout, hand inflated, fingers curved, closing completely; second pair also chelate, very 
slender. Carpus triarticulate ; other legs with simple, curved dactyli. 
Abdomen strongly geniculated between third and fourth segments, the third segment of the male 
bearing a low hump; fifth segment with a spine on each side on posterior margin ; sixth segment with a 
posterolateral spine and a stronger one on each side at base of telson; telson with two pairs of dorsal 
spinules, posterior margin armed on each side with one long and one short spinule. 
Length of a male, 40 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 19 mm.; rostrum, 12 mm. 
Color usually green but sometimes gray or grayish red. 
Very common in nearly all parts of the harbor where there is a growth of Zostera. 
Genus CONCORDIA Kingsley. 
Concordia Kingsley, 1880, p. 415. 
Concordia gibberosus Kingsley. PI. xxvi, fig. 11. 
Concordia gibberosus Kingsley, i88oa, p. 415. 
Carapace, rather short, elevated and armed dorsally with five or six slender spines the first of which 
is near the extremity of the rostrum while the last is a little forward of the middle of the carapace, these 
teeth well separated and the carapace between them not carinate; rostrum short, little if any advanced 
beyond the eyes. Abdomen strongly bent in the middle; telson narrow, sides straight, tapering to an 
acute tip. Eyestalks short and stout. Antennules with the basal articles ciliate above, flagella short, 
the outer one stout and ciliate, the inner one slender. Antennal scale extending to about the middle of 
the flagella of the antennule; flagellum of antenna slender and about twice as long as the carapace. 
First pereiopods short, stout, fingers shorter than the palm; second pereiopods longer and slenderer, 
carpus composed of three articles of which the distal and proximal ones are of nearly equal length and 
considerably shorter than the intermediate one. The other pereiopods are slender, the propodal articles 
with a few minute spines on the posterior border, the dactyls short, curved and with spines on the 
concave margin. 
Length, 8 to 12 mm. 
This species has not been detected within recent years. The original specimen, collected at Fort 
Macon, by Prof. H. E. Webster and described by Kingsley, is preserved in the United States National 
Museum. Other specimens are from "off South Carolina, " and Punta Rassa, Fla. The type specimen 
lacks some of the pereiopods, but the others show that the carpus consists of three articles instead of two, 
as has been understood from Kingsley 's description. 
392 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Genus HIPPOLYSMATA Stimpson. 
Hippolysmata Stimpson, i860, p. 36 [95]. 
Hippolysmata wuidemanni (Gibbes). PI. xxvi, fig. 12. 
Hippotytt wurdemanni Gibbes, 1850, p. 197. 
Hippolysmata ■wurdemanni Kingsley, 1878a, p. 90: ibid, i8Soa, p. 41X. 
Carapace dorsally carinate on anterior half and w-ith a spine about midway between tip of rostrum 
and posterior margin. Rostrum reaching distal end of second article of peduncle of antennule, slightly 
decxu-ved, armed above with four teeth and below with three or fotir teeth. Anterior margin with a 
strong spine behind base of antenna. Antennules with the inner flagellum slender, about as long as 
body; outer flagellum with about 20 basal segments thickened and bearing at about the seventeenth 
segment a long slender flagellum similar to the inner one. Antennal scale long, narrow, truncate at 
tip and with a strong apical spine; flagellum considerably longer than body. First pair of legs with 
carpus and hand of nearly equal lengtli, fingers half as long as palm. Carpus of second pair about forty- 
seven articulate, sharply bent at about the nineteenth articulation. 
Abdomen smootli, not strongly geniculate. Telson narrow, straight sided, upper siu'face with 
four small, movable spines forming a square near middle; tip truncate, with two slender spines. 
Length of a female, 30 mm.; carapace and rostrum, 11 mm.; rostrum, 3 mm. 
Color, a translucent white with beautiful longitudinal and transverse markings of red. 
Commonly found at Beaufort swimming near the stone jetties or among hydroids growing on piles. 
Family PALAEMONIDAE. 
Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate, the second pair usually larger 
than the first, the carpus of the second pair of legs not subdived, the rostrum long, 
compressed, armed with teeth and not movable, the mandibles deeply cleft and the 
second maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. 
Twenty-six genera are now recognized of which four are represented in the Beaufort 
fauna. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Legs of the second pair approximately alike in size and shape 
b. Rostrum with teeth both above and below. 
c. Mandibles with a palp PaUemon. 
cc. Mandibles without a palp Palcsmonetes. 
bb. Lower siu^^ace of rostrum toothless except at tip Urocaris. 
aa. Legs of second pair dissimilar, one of them greatly enlarged Coralliocaris. 
Genus PAL^MON Fabricus. 
PaltBmon Fabricus, 1798, p. 387; Leander Desmarest, 1849, p. 87: Stimpson, i860, p. 40 [109]. 
Palasmon tenuicomis Say. PI. xxvn, fig. 6. 
Palcemon tenuicornis Say. 181S, p. 349; Sumner, 1911, p. 663. 
Pa2<sitton lenuiroslris H. Milne-Edwards, 1S34-1840, t. n, p. 395. 
Form stout, integument firm, translucent. Cephalothorax short. Carapace almost as deep as 
long, its front margin wth a spine just below the eye and another a little back at the base of the antenna. 
Rostrum with its axis dectu-ved but upper margin of crest almost straight, armed above with 11 or 12 
teeth and below with 6 or 7, the teeth more and more crowded distally and the spaces between them 
densely ciliated. 
Pedimcle of antennules shorter than rostrum ; outer flagellum very slender and much shorter than the 
inner one which has its basal portions thickened and bears a long, slender side branch near its base. 
Antennal scale reaching to tip of rostrum, tapering very slightly to a truncate tip, apical spine small; 
flagellum very slender, about as long as body. First pair of legs weak, carpus shorter than hand, palm 
shorter than fingers. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 393 
Abdomen bent and slightly humped at end of third segment. Upper surface of telson slightly 
grooved and with four small spines. 
length of a female, 45 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 16 mm.; rostrum, 9 mm. 
This shrimp has been collected from floating Sargassxtm in the harbor, from the piles of the town 
wharves, and outside the harbor, by the Fish Hawk. 
Genus PALiEMONETES Heller. 
Pal^BtntmeUs Heller, 1869, p. 157. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Second pair of legs long, considerably exceeding the rostrum. 
b. Fifth pair of legs not reaching the tip of the rostrum ; marine carolinus. 
bb. Fifth pair of legs exceeding the tip of the rostrum; fresh water exilipes. 
aa. Second pair of legs shorter, hardly reaching the tip of the rostrum; marine vulgaris. 
Palaemonetes carolinus Stimpson. PI. xxvii, fig. 4. 
PaltEmoneUi carolinus Stimpson, 1874. p. 129; Kingsley, 1878-79. p. 330; Fowler, 1912, p. 32S. 
Integument moderately firm. Carapace rounded above, anterior margin with suborbital and 
branchiostegal spines; rostrum slightly exceeding the antennal scales, thin, deep, upcurved in distal 
half at least, armed above with 8 or g teeth and below with 4 or 5, the intervals between the teeth ciliated 
and the posterior one of the upper surface somewhat removed from the others and belonging, perhaps, 
to the carapace. 
Antennular peduncle shorter than antennal scale; inner flagellum slender; outer flagellum with 
the basal articles thickened and bearing at about the eighth article an accessory branch of about twelve 
articles. Antennal flagellum considerably longer than body; scale foliaceous, its sides tapering slightly 
to an obliquely rounded tip which usually fails to reach the end of the rostrum. First pair of legs short, 
reaching scarcely beyond the carpus of the second pair. Second pair of legs very long, exceeding the 
rostrum by almost the length of the hand; fingers a little shorter than the palm. Distal end of fifth 
legs not extending to the tip of the rostrum. 
Abdomen rather stout, bent but not conspicuously humped at the fotuth segment. Telson taper- 
ing, its sides straight, tip with two long slender spines, upper surface with four small spines. 
Length of a female, 24 mm. ; carapace, including rostrum, 10 mm. ; rostrum, 6 mm. 
Color in life, almost transparent; in alcohol, milky white. 
It occurs in abundance in the eel grass and about the margins of the marsh in all parts of the harbor, 
usually in company with P. vulgaris. 
Palaemonetes vulgaris (Say). PI. xxvii, fig. 5. 
PalfEmon vulgaris Say, 1818. p. 248; Coues, 1871, p. 124. 
PaUBTnoneUs viUgaris Stimpson, 1871, p. 129; Smith, 1873, p. 550; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 330; Paulmier, 1905, p. 132; 
Sumner, 1911, p. 663; Fowler, 1912, p. 324, pi. 94. 
Similar to P. carolinus except as follows: The dorsal spine of the carapace is lacking or is moved 
forward tmtil it forms a part of the series of rostral teeth. The tip of the rostrum is more acute, the teeth 
of the upper margin are smaller and more acute, and those of the lower margin number two or three. 
The antennular peduncle is as long as the antennal scale. The second pair of legs is much shorter, 
hardly reaching the tip of the rostrum, and the fingers are considerably shorter than the palm. 
Length of a female, 31 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 12.5 mm.; rostrum, 6 mm. 
This species, often found in company with P. carolinus, has also been taken frequently in floating 
Sargassum. In August, 1915, it was found in great numbers in a small pool of slightly brackish water 
close to Newport River about 3 miles north of the laboratory. 
Palsemonetes exilipes Stimpson. PI. xxvii, fig. 3. 
?Hippolyte paludosa Gibbes, 1850, p. 197. 
Palasmonetes paludosa Kingsley, 1878a, p. 97. 
Paltzmonetes exilipes Stimpson, 1871, p. 130; Smith, 1874, p. 641, pi. I, fig. i. 
Integument thin and transparent. Carapace subcylindrical, smooth, with slender and acute 
suborbital and branchiostegal spines; rostrum long, slender, compressed, gently ctu-ved upward dis- 
394 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
tally, armed above with 7 or 8 equidistant teeth and below with 2 to 4; second tooth of dorsal margin 
usually directly above the bases of the ocular peduncles; the tip unarmed, slender, and acute. Outer 
flagellum of antennule much longer than the inner, the basal portion thick and bearing, at about the 
sixteenth article, an accessory branch of about seven articles. Antennal flagellum longer than body; 
scale broad, its rounded tip slightly exceeding the rostrum, its sides nearly parallel. First pair of legs 
hardly reaching the hand of the second pair of legs and about equaling the anteimal scale. Second pair 
of legs more slender, exceeding the rostrum by more than the length of the hand; fingers a little shorter 
than the palm. Fifth pair of legs exceeding the tip of the rostrum. 
Abdomen rather slender, humped at end of fourth segment. Telson tapering gradually to the 
extremity where the sides turn in suddenly to end in an acuminate median tooth, on each side of which 
is a long stout spine and at each lateral angle a much shorter one, while between the inner spines there 
is a pair of long plumose hairs. The dorsal surface of the telson bears two pairs of spines, one near the 
distal end and the other one-fomth the distance from the distal end to the base. 
Length, 42 mm.; carapace, 18 mm. 
Color in life, nearly transparent; in alcohol, milky white. 
While P. exilipes, being an inhabitant of fresh water, has not been taken in the immediate vicinity 
of Beaufort, it may be safely predicted that it will be found there sooner or later. It has been collected 
at Edenton, Wilmington, Hales Point, and Lake Mattamuskeet. It may be readily distinguished 
from the others of its genus by its much more slender form and slender hands as well as by its habitat. 
Genus UROCARIS Stimpson. 
Urocaris Stimpson, i860, p. 39 [loSj. 
Urocaris longicaudata Stimpson. PI. xxvn, fig. 7 . 
Urocaris longicaudata Stimpson, i860, p. 108; Kingsley, i8Soa. p. 444: Rathbun, igoi, p. 126. 
Integument very thin, transparent, and smooth. Carapace rounded above, its anterior margin 
with a strong, rounded tooth at the side of the orbit. Rostrum hardly reaching end of second article 
of antennular peduncle, its upper edge raised into a high, arcuate, 7 to 8 toothed crest, its lower margin 
with a small spine near tip. Antetinal scale exceeding peduncle by about half its length, its margins 
nearly parallel; apical spine small; flagellum very slender, longer than body. Inner flagellum of 
antennule with the basal segments thickened and bearing at about the eighth segment a long slender 
branch almost as long as antenna; inner flagellum simple, more slender and shorter. First pair of 
legs slender, carpus and hand of nearly equal length. Second pair of legs longer; the carpus, palm, 
and fingers subequal. 
Abdomen strongly bent between third and fourth segments, the posterior part of the third segment 
extended back like a hood above the fourth. Sixth segment slender and about as long as fotuth and 
fifth combined. Telson narrow, tapering, upper surface with 4 small spines, tip obtuse and bearing 
several slender spines. 
Length of a male, 17 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 4.2 mm.; rostrum, 1.5 mm. 
Found in abundance on submerged eel grass along with Hippolyte and Tozeuma, where it escapes 
observation by reason of its almost perfect transparency. 
Genus CORALLIOCARIS Stimpson. 
CoralUocaris Sti m pson, i860, p. 38 [107]. 
Coralliocaris wilsoni Hay. PI. xxvii, fig. 8. 
CoraUiocaris wilsoniHsiy, 1917, p. 71. 
Body somewhat compressed, cephalothorax about as long as abdomen excluding telson. Carapace 
firm, smooth, polished, and with a well-defined postantennal spine; rostrum about one-third as long as 
remainder of carapace, compressed, slightly decurved and armed above with 11 to 13 acute, equidistant 
teeth. Eyestalks stout. Antennular flagella of about equal length, the outer much thicker than the 
inner. Antennal scale broad, equal to the rostrum in length. First pair of legs alike, slender, chelate, 
the tips of the fingers hairy. Second pair of legs very unequal, the larger one having the chela so large 
that its bulk is almost equal to the rest of the animal; hand cylindrical, movable finger strongly curved, 
bent inward, its cutting edge with a prominent lobe near the base; thtimb bent downward out of line 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 
395 
with the hand, its cutting edge with two slender teeth. Smaller chela about one-third the size of its 
mate, somewhat compressed but otherwise similarly constructed. Third, fourth, and fifth legs with 
short, conical dactylus. 
Telson narrow, its sides uniformly convergent to the small rounded tip, which bears four slender 
spines; there is also a spine on each 
margin near the middle. 
Length of body, i6 mm., cara- 
pace, 7 mm., large claw, lo mm. 
Color, pellucid, milky white. 
Egg masses light bluish-green. The 
integument is so transparent that the 
color of the internal organs is plainly 
visible. 
Three specimens of this little 
shrimp, 2 females and i male, were 
obtained August i, 1914, on the fish- 
ing banks about 20 miles off Beau- 
fort Inlet. Another series of 8 or 10 
specimens was collected July 20, 1915. 
In both cases the animals were found 
in the canals of a large sponge in com- 
pany ■ivith Synalpheus longicarpus and 
5. townsendi, to which they bear a 
striking superficial resemblance. 
When disturbed or, especially, when 
dropped into alcohol, they are able to 
make a snapping sound with the large 
chela quite as loud as that made by 
one of the true snapping shrimps. 
Fig. 13. — CoraUiocaris, wilsoni, cf X4M. 
a. Carapace, lateral view; b, telsoa and uropods; c. large chela; outer sur- 
face; d, fingers of large chela from above; e, small chiliped; /. right leg of first 
pair; o. antennule. 
The species has been dedicated to Dr. H. V. Wilson, of the University of North Carolina, for many 
years an investigator at the Beatifort station, at one time its director, a well-known authority on sponges, 
and the one to whom the imdertaking of this paper on the decapod crustaceans is largely due. 
Family GNATHOPHYLLIDAE. 
Caridea having the first two pairs of legs chelate, the first pair smaller than the 
second, the carpus of the second pair not subdivided, the rostrum short and toothed, 
the third article of the third maxillipeds very broad, the mandibles simple and the second 
maxillipeds with a very short seventh article. 
The family contains but a single genus. 
Genus GNATHOPHYLLUM Latreille. 
GnathophylluTJi Latreille, 1819, p. 72; (Gnaiophyllum) ibid, 1829, p.96. 
Drimo Risso, 1S29, p. 70. 
Gnathophyllimi modestiun Hay. PI. xxvni, fig. i. 
Gnathophyllum tnodestum Hay, 1917, p. 72. 
Body short and thick. Carapace with a low carina continuous in front with the rostrum and extend- 
ing about halfway to the posterior margin. Rostrum reaching to distal end of basal article of antennule, 
obliquely truncate above and with 7 teeth. Suborbital spine acute. Abdomen with the last three 
segmen'cs abruptly smaller and strongly flexed; telson with two marginal spines at about the distal 
third, the tip almost truncate and with 6 spines, of which the median and longest pair is about one- 
396 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
fifth as long as the telson. Eyes rather large and with a prominent, conical, black protuberance on the 
cornea. Antennae about twice as long as carapace. Third maxillipeds with the meral and carpal articles 
very broad, closing the whole front of the buccal region, the two terminal articles slender and extended 
straight forward. Second pair of legs much stronger than the first, exceeding the rostrum by the length 
of the hand; fingers more than half as long as 
the palm. 
Length, about 21 mm.; carapace, 8 mm.; 
rostrum, 2 mm.; hand, 5 mm. 
Color: Cephalothorax and abdomen dark 
brownish-red, telson and tail fins white, eye- 
stalks and pedtincles of antennae and antennules 
white, flagella of antennae and antenjiules and 
bands on legs purple. 
Only one specimen, an ovigerous female, 
has been collected. It was obtained by the 
Fish Hawk and brought to the laboratory pre- 
served in formalin, but was not noticed until 
some days later. The color notes were made at 
once and the specimen transferred to alcohol. 
Within a few days a spotting or mottling of the 
surface began to appear, which by the end of the 
summer had become quite pronounced, but the 
spots do not have the arrangement described by 
has there been a suggestion of the bands of 
Fig. 14. — Gnathcpkyllum modesium, type, 9 X454. 
Dorsal view of cephalothorax: b, carapace, lateral view; 
telson and uropods. 
Faxon in the species G. panamense. At no time 
color described by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun in G. americanum. 
A careful comparison of the Beaufort specimen with the two species mentioned and with G. elegans 
shows it to be distinct. It is probably most closely related to G. panamense. which it resembles in 
color pattern, and with which it agrees in length of rostrum and number of rostral teeth. It differs 
from all hitherto known species, however, in the arrangement of the spines at the tip of the telson. 
It, furthermore, differs from G. panamense in the length of the longer spines at the tip of the telson, 
in the longer fingers and longer wrist. From G. americanum it differs in color and in the much weaker 
second pair of legs. 
Family CRAGONIDAE. 
Caridea having the first pair of legs subchelate, the carpus of the second pair not 
subdivided, the rostrum short and not compressed and the second maxillipeds with a 
very short seventh article. 
This family comprises 13 genera of which only i, Crago, occurs in the Beaufort 
region. 
Genus CRAGO Lamaick. 
Crago Lamarck, 1801, p. 159. 
Crangon Fabricius, 1798, p. 387. (Not Crangon Weber, 179s.) 
Crago septemspinosus (Say). Northern shrimp. PI. xxvii, fig. 9. 
Crangon septemspirwsum Say, 1818, p. 246. 
Crangon vulgaris, Verrill and Smith, 1875, p. 550: R. Rathbim. 1S84, p. S16; Paulmier, 1905, p. 131. 
Crangon crangon and Crangon vulgaris of authors (in part). 
Crago septemspinosus Fowler, 1912, p. 320, pi. 93; Sumner, 191 1, p. 664. 
Integument moderately firm, polished, translucent. Carapace subcylindrical, its dorsal surface 
with a small appressed spine back of the rostrum; anterior margin with the suborbital angle slightly 
and the subantennal angle strongly produced, the latter almost spiniform and with a minute spine below 
it; lateral spine of carapace well developed; anterior part of side of carapace with two impressed lines 
DEC.\POD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 397 
which originate, one from a fissure in the superior margin of the orbit, and the other at the external 
cantlius, unite above the lateral spine and disappear a little farther back. A third line begins in the 
fissure at the external canthus and passes below the lateral spine. Rostrum shorter than eyestalks, 
unarmed, its tip obtuse. First segment of peduncle of antennule with a mucronate scale below the eye; 
flagellalittle longer than antennal scale. Antennse as long as body, slender; scale long, broadest below 
middle, thence tapering rapidly to the narrow rounded tip; apical spine strong, about as long as distal 
width of scale. External maxillipeds about as long as antennules, hairy. First pair of legs subchelate, 
palm ^vith a strong spine at distal end of fing-er; meros with a small spine on lower margin. Second pair 
of legs almost filiform, third pair stronger, fourth and fifth pairs normal but comparatively weak. Tel- 
son slender, with four small spines above, tip imarmed. 
Length of a female, 55 mm.; carapace, including rostrum, 11 mm.; rostrum, i mm. 
Color, according to Say, pale cinereous, with very numerous irregular, stellate, blackish-brown 
spots. 
In the Beaufort region this shrimp has been supposed to be very rare. The laboratory collection 
long contained but a single specimen taken in shallow water close to the laboratory. During the early 
spring of 1914 two additional specimens, were taken in the same locality. In the late fall of the same 
year it was quite frequently taken in the otter trawl in the Morehead Channel, a dozen or more some- 
times coming up at one haul. Most of the specimens were ovigerous females whose eggs, in some cases, 
were nearly ready to hatch. 
Suborder REPTANTIA. 
Decapod crustaceans, usually of a lobsterlike or crablike form, having the abdomen, 
whether well developed or greatly reduced, more or less depressed, the first segment 
distinctly smaller than the rest, and the pleopods, which are not used for swimming, 
often reduced or wanting. The cephaiothorax also is usually depressed and the legs 
are strong, the first pair usually, the others never, larger than their fellows. Some of 
the first four pairs of legs rather often bear podobranchs. The rostrum is usually small 
or wanting; if present it is depressed. 
This large and important division of decapod crustaceans, comprising some 700 
genera, is divided into the "sections" Palinura, Astacura, Anomura, and Brachyura, 
all of which are represented in the fauna of the Beaufort region. 
Section PALINURA. 
Reptantia having the abdomen well developed, extended, symmetrical, and well 
armored, the carapace fused at the sides to the epistome, the legs strong, the third pair 
being like the first either chelate or simple, the rostrum small or wanting and the gills 
numerous. 
This section comprises two tribes, of which one, Eryonidea, does not occur within 
our limits. The other, Scyllaridea, is represented by two species. 
Tribe SCYLLARIDEA. 
Palinura having the first article of the second anteima fused with the epistome, no 
antennal scale, all the legs of about the same length and, with the occasional exception 
of the first pair, none of them chelate, the first abdominal segment without limbs and 
the tail fin divided by indistinct sutures into a soft hinder half and a harder front half. 
This tribe comprises two families, both of which are represented in our fauna. 
69571°— 18 26 
398 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Family PALINURIDAE. 
Scyllaridea having the cephalothorax subcyhndrical, the eyes not inclosed in sepa- 
rate orbits formed by the edge of the carapace and the second antennae provided with 
flagella. 
This family includes 6 genera of which only i occurs in our fauna. 
Genus PANULIRUS White. 
Palinurus White, 1847, p. 69. 
Panulinis argus (Latreille). Sea crawfish. PI. xxvin, fig. 3. 
Palinurus arous Latreille, 1804, t. m, p. 393. 
Panulirus argtis White, 1847, p. 6g; Rathbun, 1901, p. 98. 
Carapace as long as the first five abdominal segments, sparsely setose and covered with strong 
spines arranged in more or less regular longitudinal rows. Spines above the orbits very large, com- 
pressed and curved upward and forward. Antennal segment with a pair of spines in front, a weaker 
pair about halfway to the eye, a strong median spine and weaker lateral ones below the insertion of 
the antennules. 
Abdomen smooth, each segment crossed by a furrow which is more or less distinctly interrupted 
at the middle. PletU'al angles each produced into a strong, sharp, backwardly directed tooth which 
is deeply notched and toothed on its posterior margin. Proximal di\'ision of telson with rather strong 
spines; distal division with weak spines and cilia in longitudinal lines. Eyes large and prominent. 
First antenna nearly two-thirds as long as the bod)', its peduncle slightly exceeding that of the second 
antenna, outer flagellum shorter and thicker than the inner and strongly ciliate distally. Second 
antenna very large and heavy, exceeding the body by more than the length of the carapace, its 
peduncular article with numerous strong spines, its flagellum stout, stiff, with a line of cilia along its 
inner margin and ringed with spines at intervals. 
Legs rather weak, none of them chelate, their tips acute and bristly. Pleopods wanting on the 
first segment of the abdomen, those of the other somites with a single, broad, membranous lamina. 
Uropods indurated proximally, membranous distally, the basal article bispinose, a row of denticles 
along margin of indurated part and lines of minute spines and setae on upper surface of membranous 
part. 
Color, yellowish and bluish. Abdomen with many small yellow spots; a large yellow spot on each 
side of the second and sixth segments. 
This species, which attains a large size farther south, is rarely represented about Beaufort except 
by small individuals. These are sometimes taken by fishermen when seining for shrimps in the 
creeks above the, harbor or arej:aught in dip nets about the wharves in the town, but are of most fre- 
quent occurrence outside the inlet. The largest specimen in the laboratory collection measxu-es, 
exclusive of the antennse, 90 mm. in length. A much larger specimen, having a body length of 430 
mm., was caught near Cape Lookout in the spring of igi6. It was kept alive in an aquarium for about 
two months. 
Family SCYLLARIDAE. 
Scyllaridea having the cephalothorax depressed, the eyes inclosed in separate orbits 
formed by the edge of the carapace and the second antennse with flat scales in place 
of flagella. 
Of the eight genera now recognized in this family, only one is believed to be 
represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 399 
Genus SCYLLARUS Fabricius. 
Scyliarus Fabricius. 1875, p. 413, 
Arclus Dana, 1852. p. 516. 
Scyliarus americanus (Smith). PI. xxvni, fig. 2. 
Ardus americanus Smith, 1869, ser. 2, p. 119. 
Scyliarus {Ardus) gundlachi von Martens, 1872, p. 123. 
Scyliarus americanus Rathbun. 1901, p. 97. 
Integument rugose and hard except for the membranous tips of the uropods and telson. Carapace 
as long as the first five abdominal segments, its greatest breadth slightly exceeding its length. Dorsal 
surface with three longittidinal ridges, the median of which has three bltmt prominences while the lat- 
eral ones are conspicuously broken toward their anterior ends. Margins of carapace more or less 
dentate and produced anteriorly into a prominent angle which is continued across the front below the 
orbits so that the latter appear to be excavated in the dorsal stirface. Abdomen convex dorsally, 
rugose; each segment slightly notched on the posterior margin and with a conspicuous impressed line 
running from near the middle line to the pleural angle. Proximal portion of telson and uropods 
indtirated, the distal half membranous and smoothly rounded. Eyes subspherical, prominent. Anten- 
nules biflagellate. Antenna of four articles, of which the second and fourth are broad thin scales, the 
anterior margin of the foiu-th being deeply scalloped. Legs rather small, all simple in the male, fifth 
pair minutely chelate in the female. Swimmerets of first segment wanting, those of second segment 
slender and biramous, the others consisting of a single foliaceous branch . 
Two specimens of this animal were dredged by the Fish Hawk in deep water off Beaufort Inlet. 
The larger of the two measures 39 mm. from the tip of the antenna to the end of the telson. 
Section ASTACURA. 
Reptantia having the abdomen extended, well developed, symmetrical, and well 
armored, the cephalothorax subcyhndrical, the carapace free from the epistome, the 
first three pairs of legs chelate, the first pair much stronger than the rest, the rostrum 
well developed, and the gills numerous. 
Two of the three families which constitute this section are described here. 
Family HOMARIDAE ( = NEPHROPSIDAE of most authors). 
Marine Astacura having the last thoracic segment consolidated with the one in 
front of it, the pleurobranchs four in number, and with sexual appendages present in 
the male. 
Nine genera are now recognized in this family. Of these only one is, or was for- 
merly, represented in the Beaufort region. 
Genus HOMARUS Weber. The lobsters. 
Homarus Weber. 1795, p. 94: Milne-Edwards, H., 1837, t. II, p. 333. 
Homarus americanus H. Milne-Edwards. American lobster. PI. xxviii, fig. 7. 
Homarus americanus H. Milne-Edwards. 1837. t. n, p. 334: De Kay, 1844, p. 23; Coues, 1871, p. 124: Kingsley, 1878-79, 
p. 320; R. Rathbun, 1885, p. 781; Herrick, 1895, p. 1-252; Fowler, 1912, pp. 96-99: Sumner, 1911, p. 665. 
Cephalothorax subcylindrical, the carapace smooth and punctate above and on the sides, but with 
short and acute post orbital, post antennal, and infraorbital spines. Rostrum narrow, decurved until 
near the tip, which is usually more or less upcurved; margins above with 2 or 3 teeth on each side, 
lower stxrface with from i to 3 teeth a short distance behind the tip. Abdomen strong, its pleura more 
or less acuminate and directed backward; telson with a spiniform tooth on each side near the tip; 
basal article of appendages of sixth segment ivith two strong denticles. Antennal scale small; antennal 
400 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
flagellum a little longer than body. Chelipeds large and heavy, imequal in size, and with dissimilar 
chelEE, the broader and heavier one having lobate teeth on the opposable margins of the fingers, while 
the more slender one has small, sharp teeth and numerous stiff setae; both chelse witli strong spiniform 
tubercles on the inner margin in two rows and the base of the movable finger with a tubercle. Walking 
legs, with pencils of setse, on the terminal articles. 
Color, above dark bluish-green, mottled and speckled with darker spots, merging into dusky yellow 
or orange on the sides of the carapace and the blades of the tail fin; spines of chelipeds and rostrum, 
margins of chelse, and the antennulary and antennal flagella red; walking legs clear bluish-green. 
The only record of the occurrence of the lobster in the Beaufort region is by Coues, who stated that 
a small individual was captured near the town, by fishermen, in the summer of 1870. His surmise, 
that it might have been thrown overboard from some vessel from the north, may have been correct, 
but there is good reason to believe that in former years the range of this crustacean extended consider- 
ably farther to the south than it does at present. According to Herrick (op. cit., p. 15), " It has been 
said that lobsters have been seen along the beach in the surf near Indian River Inlet, Delaware. Two 
or three have been recorded at Johnstown, in the northeastern comer of Virginia, and in October, 1884, 
the United States Fish Commission steamer A Ibatross obtained a single specimen of good size off Cape 
Hatteras, North Carolina, from a depth of about 30 fathoms, by means of the beam trawl." De Kay 
(op. cit., p. 25) stated that in 1814 Gen. Pinckney liberated a car full of lobsters in the harbor of Charles- 
ton, S. C, and that survivors of these or their offspring were captured as late as 1830. 
At the present time the lobster is not known to occur south of the Delaware breakwater. 
Family ASTACIDAE ( = POTOMOBIIDAE, of most authors). The fresh-water crawfishes. 
Fresh water Astacura, having the last thoracic segment free from the one in front 
of it, the pleurobranchs wanting or reduced to one on each side, and with sexual ap- 
pendages present in the male. 
Two or three genera are included in this family. Of these, only one is represented 
in the Beaufort region. 
Genus CAMBARUS Erichson. 
Cambarus Erichson, 1846. p. 88. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Rostrum long and slender, wdth lateral teeth near the tip blandingii. 
aa. Rostrum short and broad, without lateral teeth. 
6. Rostrum rather deeply concave above diogenes. 
bb. Rostrum nearly flat above, with a low carina uhleri. 
Cambarus blandingii (Harlan). Blanding's cra\vfish. PI. xxviii, fig. 5. 
Aslccus btandinsii, Harlan, 1S30. p. 464; De Kay, 1844. p. 23. 
Cambarus blandingii, Hagen, 1S70, p. 43; Faxon, 1885. p. 19; Fowler, 1912, p. 357. 
Carapace subcylindrical, smooth above, but with numerous small tubercles on the sides; rostrum 
elongate, with sharp, raised margins and short lateral spines. Chelipeds slender and thickly tuber- 
culate; chelae cylindrical and with slender fingers. Walking legs weak, pubescent at the tips, the third 
and foiuth pairs of the male with a hook on the third article. First abdominal appendages of the male 
club-shaped, with two small, incurved, homy teeth on the distal end of the outer branch and a single 
backwardly directed spine on the inner branch. 
Length, 75 to 80 ram. 
Color, dull greenish-brown, whitish beneath and on lower part of carapace, often with a dark green- 
ish longitudinal stripe on the sides; tubercles of chelae black; sometimes entirely black. 
This species is said by Faxon to have been collected at Beaufort, but when and by whom is not 
stated. Recent collecting has failed to bring it to light in what might fairly be termed the Beaufort 
region. It has been taken at Lake Matamuskeet and at Wilmington, however, and undoubtedly occurs 
in the intermediate countrj'. It is an inhabitant of ponds and ditches near the seacoast from New York 
to Georgia. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 4OI 
Cambarus diogenes Girard. Solitary crawfish. PI. xxviii. fig 4. 
Cambarus diogenes, Girard, 1852, p. 88; Faxon, 1885, p. 71: ibid., 1914, p. 400; Fowler, 1912, pp. 102-103. 
Carapace subcylindrical, compressed anteriorly, without spines and only lightly granulate on the 
sides; rostrum rather narrow, short, its upper siuface rather deeply concave and lightly foveolate at 
the base. Chelipcds large and heavy; chelse broad, heavily punctate, fingers ribbed above and below. 
Third pair of walking legs of the male with a hook on the third article. First abdominal appendages 
of the male short, strong and twisted, the posterior edge bearded at the base and with two backwardly 
directed teeth at the distal end. Abdomen shorter than the cephalothorax. 
Length, 75 to 80 mm. 
Color, very dark brown or olive brown, sometimes almost black; edges of rostrum, postorbital 
ridges and tips of chelse and legs orange red. 
Although this species had been collected in various other parts of North Carolina it was not until 
the summer of 1913 that it was met witli in the Beaufort region. At that time several specimens were 
taken from holes which they had dug along the edge of a swamp on the north side of Cullys Creek, 10 
or 12 miles north of the laboratory. In most cases these holes were surmounted by low and poorly 
constructed chimneys. 
Cambarus uhleri Faxon. Uhler's crawfish. PI. xxvrn, fig. 6. 
Cambarus uhleri, Faxon, 1884, p. 116; ibid., 1885, p. 77; ibid., 1914, p. 400. 
Distinguishable from C. diogenes by the rostrum, which in this species is nearly plane above, with 
a very low and indistinct carina, behind which there is a shallow foveola. The abdomen is commonly 
longer than the cephalothorax. 
Length, 60 to 75 mm. 
Color, yellowish or greenish brown, lighter on the sides; rostrum, chelae, and legs with yellow, or 
orange. 
One or two specimens of this crawfish were secured in 1913 on the south side of Cullys Creek. 
They were taken from holes which they had dug at the edge of ponds in the woods. 
Section ANOMURA. 
Reptantia having the abdomen more or less reduced, asymmetrical, flexed beneath 
the thorax or imperfectly armored but almost always with biramous appendages on 
the sixth segment; the cephalothorax usually depressed; the carapace free from the 
epistome; a movable antennal scale often present; the third pair of legs unlike the first 
and the last pair markedly different from the third. 
This section is divided into 4 tribes, all of which are represented in the Beaufort 
fauna. 
Tribe GAI.ATHEIDEA. 
Anomura having the abdomen relatively well developed, not closely folded under 
the thorax, symmetrical and with well-developed pleura, but to some extent not capable 
of complete extension, the cephalothorax more or less depressed, and the second to 
fourth pairs of legs with the dactyl not curved and flattened. 
Of the 5 families into which this tribe is divided 2 are represented in our fauna. 
Family GALATHEIDAE. 
Galatheidea having the abdomen not folded under the thorax, the second antennae 
with a four-jointed stalk, the arthrobranchs normally placed, and the third maxilli- 
peds with mastigobranchs. 
This family comprises 8 genera, of which 2 occur in the Beaufort region. 
402 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
o. Rostrum rather broad, its margias toothed Galaihea. 
aa. Rostrum slender, tootliless except at extreme base Munida. 
Genus GALATHEA Weber. 
GalaUua Weber, 1795, p. 94. 
Galathea rostrata H. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxix, fig. 4. 
Galalhta roslrala H. MUne-Edwards, 18S0, p. 47. H. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1894, p. ^s'l ibid., 1897. p. 14; Benedict, 
1903, p. 303. 
Carapace somewhat flattened, crossed by numerous strong, ciliated ridges, its lateral margins with 
a number of acute spines and its front prolonged into a broad rostrum which is acute at tlie tip and has 
four strong, anteriorly projecting spines on each side. Abdomen with cross ridges like those on the cara- 
pace but without spines. Chelipeds nearly twice as long as the body, comparatively heavy, with 
rows of spines or spiniform granules along the margins and appressed, squamiform, ciliated granules 
on the surfaces; a few larger spines on the carpus and the distal end of the meros; hand a little shorter 
than the body, fingers gaping widely at the base. 
Length, carapace 9 mm.; cheliped, 20 mm.; hand, 10 mm. 
A single, much mutilated specimen of this species was obtained, in 1915, by the Fish Hawk on 
the fishing grounds in 14 fathoms. Other specimens, probably from about the same locality, were 
obtained during the dredging carried on in 1902. 
Genus MUNIDA Leach. 
Munula Leach, iSao, p. 52. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Abdomen unarmed with spines irrasa. 
aa. Second, third, and fourth abdominal segments with four spines each longipes- 
Mimida irrasa H. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxvm, fig. 8. 
Munida irrasa H. Milne-Edwards, 1S80, p. 49; Benedict, 1903. p. 310. 
Munida caribtra H. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1S97, p. 25. 
Carapace spiny in anterior half and adorned with iridescent pubescence. Median rostral spine 
about twice and lateral rostral spines about half as long as eye. Lateral border with seven spines. 
No spines on abdomen. Meros of third maxilliped with three spines on the lower margin. Chelipeds 
three or four times as long as carapace, the meros with rows of spines which are continued onto the 
carpus and hand. Second pair of legs reaching the proximal end of the hand. 
Length of body of a male, 35 mm.; of carapace, 19 mm.; of cheliped, 66 mm.; width of carapace, 
II mm. 
Several specimens were obtained by the Fish Hawk in 1902 at a depth of 66 fathoms and again in 
1914 at a depth of 47 fathoms (station D8249), about 23 miles off Cape Lookout. 
Munida longipes H. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxvin, fig. 9. 
Munida longipes H. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 5°: H. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1897. P- 44- 
Carapace somewhat flattened; front armed with three spines, the two lateral extending a little 
farther than and tlie median not quite as far as the eye. There are two gastric spines, placed behind 
the lateral spines of tlie front; a small spine about midway between the gastric spine and the lateral 
border; about six spines on the lateral border, the first the largest; a longitudinal row of three placed 
to each side of the cardiac region; and two spines on the posterior border. Second, third, and fourth 
segments of abdomen ivith four spines each. Eyes large and kidney shaped, their peduncles short. 
The three anterior pairs of legs more than three times as long as the carapace and armed with many 
spines. 
Length of body, 47 mm.; of carapace, 21 mm.; of chelipeds, 72 mm.; of third pair of legs, 78 mm.; 
width of carapace, 16 mm. 
Several specimens were obtained by the Fish Hawk in 1902 at a depth of 172 fathoms (station 7315). 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 403 
Family PORCELLANIDAE. The porcelain crabs. 
Galatheidea, usually of a crablike form, having the abdomen closely folded beneath 
the thorax, the stalk of the second antenna composed of four articles, the arthrobranchs 
normally placed, and the third maxillipeds without mastigobranchs. 
Of the 8 genera now recognized in this family, 5 have representatives in the Beau- 
fort fauna. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace depressed, chelipeds large. 
6. Carapace subcircular, about as broad as long, chelipeds broad and flat, 
c. Epimeral pieces of carapace separated by membranous interspaces; body smooth, hands very 
rough Pachycheles. 
cc. Epimeral pieces of carapace not separated by membranous interspaces. 
d. Basal article of antenna little developed, the fiagellum not excluded from the orbit. 
Peirolisihes. 
dd. Inner angle of basal article of antenna expanded to meet the superior margin of the carapace 
and excluding the flagellura from the orbit Porccllana. 
bb. Carapace oval, broader than long, hands slender and distorted Polyonyx. 
aa. Carapace subcylindrical, much longer than broad, chelipeds small Euceramus. 
Genus PORCELLANA Lamarck. 
PoTcellana Lamarck, 1801, p. 155: restricted by Stimpson, 1858. p. 242. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Body and appendages comparatively smooth sayana. 
aa. Body and legs with numerous tuberculate elevations sonata. 
Porcellana sayana (Leach). PI. xxix, fig. 7. 
Pisidia sayana Leach, 1820, p. 54. 
Porcellana ocellaia Gibbes, 1850, p. 190; Kingsley, 1878, p. 325. 
Porcellana sayana Kingsley, 1880, p. 407; Benedict, 1901, p. 137. 
Integument minutely granulate, body depressed, carapace a little longer than wide, dorsal surface 
slightly convex, meeting the lateral parts in a sharp ridge which ends in a slight shoulder a little behind 
base of antenna. Rostrum triangular, its tip abruptly decurved; orbit with a strong tooth at inner angle 
separated from the rostrum by a wide and rather deep notch, outer angle much less conspicuous. Cer- 
vical groove lightly impressed. 
Antermae slender, longer than carapace. Chelipeds strong and heavy; hand as long as or longer 
than carapace, its outer margin fringed with long hairs; fingers short, ciu-ved and bent. Proximal inner 
angle of carpus and distal inner angle of meros produced, forming lobes. Second, third, and fourth 
legs normal; fifth legs reduced and carried above the others. Abdomen weak, much flattened; uropods 
small and weak; telson divided into about seven small plates by oblique and longitudinal impressions. 
Length of a male: Carapace, 9 mm.; hand, 9.5 mm.; width of carapace, 8.5 mm. 
Color in life, reddish or rusty brown with irregular longitudinal white lines, of which the median 
one is broadest and expanded anteriorly; hands and carpi with white spots on a red ground; smaller 
legs with transverse reddish bars. In alcohol the red color disappears and the animal becomes perfectly 
white. 
Porcellana sayana is not infrequently taken in the dredge in various parts of the harbor and along 
the neighboring coast. It is most often found in some crevice in a cluster of oyster shells, but is some- 
times found as a commensal of the hermit crab (Pagurus pollicaris) in the shell of some gastropod. It 
has also been collected among the rocks of the jetties near Fort Macon. 
An account of the zoea of this crab, secured from eggs hatched at Beaufort, has been given by Brooks 
and Wilson. 3 
a Johns Hopkins University, Biological studies, vol. n, no. i. p. 58-64, pi. vi, vn, 1881. 
404 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Porcellana soriata Say. PI. xxix, fig. 6. 
PoTcellana soriata Say, iSiS, p. 456; Beaedict, 1901, p. 137. 
Pisidia soda Leach, 1S20, p. 54. 
Porcellana sociaia Gibbes, 1850, p. 190: Kingsley, 1S79, p. 407. 
Integument firm, areolations of carapace well marked, some of them tuberculate. Carapace hex- 
agonal, slightly wider than long; margins more or less hairy; front, ^^ewed from above, rounded, triden- 
tate from before, the rostrum little, if any, longer than tlie lateral teeth. Antennje slender, about as 
long as carapace. 
Chelipeds long and heavy, very tuberculose; hand fringed with hair along lower margin and with 
the tubercles in rather well-defined rows; fingers with white, strongly hooked tips; carpus with a strong 
spine and with the tubercles irregularly arranged; under slight magnification the tubercles appear 
granulate. Second, third, and fourth legs stout, hair>-, and with sharp, ciu-ved dactyli. Fifth legs ves- 
tigial and placed above the others. Abdomen flattened, but of moderate width; telson subtriangular 
and divided into five regions by well-defined fissures. 
Length of carapace, of a male 5 mm.; width, 5.25 mm. 
Color in life, a dirty gray; in alcohol, a rusty or grayish red. 
Several specimens of this little crab were collected early in the spring of 1912 and two more were 
secured in July, 1913. In both instances the crabs were foimd in the canals of sponges washed up on the 
outer beach of Bogue Bank near Fort Macon. In 1916 two pairs were collected by Mr. O. W. Hyman 
from the Fort Macon jetty. At the fishing banks the species is common in the larger sponges that are 
brought up in the dredge. On several occasions 25 or 30 specimens have been collected from one sponge. 
Genus PETROLISTHES Stimpson. 
Peirolisthes Stimpson. 1858, p. 240. 
Petrolisthes galathinus (Bosc). PI. xxix, fig. i. 
Porcellana galaihina Bosc, 1803, p. 233, pi. 6, fie. 2. 
Porcellana sexspinosa Gibbes, 1850. p. 190. 
Petrolisthes sexspinosus Stimpson. 1863, p. 73; Kingsley, 1879, p. 405; Benedict. 1901, p. 133. 
Petrolisthes galathinus Ortmann, 1897, p. 283. 
Carapace a little longer than wide and crossed by numerous ciliated, rugose lines which are best 
defined anteriorly; front produced into a broad, triangular, sinuous-sided rostrum marked off from the 
orbit by a notch ; supra-orbital and outer orbital spines strong and acute ; a strong postorbital spine from 
which a ridge runs backward a little distance, forming the margin of the carapace, and then turns inward 
to be lost among the rugae of the back. 
Antennae about two and a half times as long as the carapace. Merosof third maxilliped with a strong 
internal spine. Chelipeds large, flattened, crossed obliquely by ciliated rugae and dentate and ciliate 
along the outer margin of the hand and carpus; carpus about half as long as hand, its inner margin with 
five or six strong, serrate spines; movable finger sinuate, its upper margin costate; meros with a spine 
at the inner distal angle. First, second, and third walking legs with the meros flattened and denticulate 
on the superior margin; dactyli spinulose. Fourth legs slender and carried on the back. 
Length of carapace, 8 mm.; width, 7.5 mm.; length of chela, 10.5 mm.; carpus, 6 mm. 
Color in life, grayish brown without markings; in alcohol, light brown with purple or dark-red lines 
and dots on the rugse. 
Quite a number of specimens of this little crab were taken by the Fish Hawk at depths of 6 or - fathoms 
off New River Inlet and off the mouth of the Cape Fear River. One or two of these individuals bore 
rhizocephalan parasites. 
Genus PACHYCHELES Stimpson. 
Pachychcles Stimpson, 1858, p. 228. 
Pachycheles ruglmanus H. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxix, fig. 2. 
Pachycheles ruQimanus H. Milne-Edwards, iSSo, p. 36; Benedict. 1901, p. 136. 
Carapace slightly longer than wide, flat from side to side, convex from front to back, lightly rugose 
along the sides; frontal margin projecting downward in an obtuse angle in the middle, hardly visible 
from above; orbits deeply excavated, their margins slightly raised and their external angle spiniform. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUPORT, N. C, REGION. 405 
Chelipeds subequal; carpus with four spines, graded in size, the proximal one being the largest; upper 
surface with four prominent tuberculate ridges with deep channels between; the channels crossed by- 
irregular septse forming a row of oblong pits between the ridges; the ridges and pitted channels continued 
onto the hand but with less regularity in their arrangement; fingers tuberculate almost to their tips. 
First three pairs of walking legs stout and with the three distal articles hairy. Fourth pair weak and 
borne on the back. 
Length of a male, 7.5 mm.; width, 7 mm. 
Color, brownish red, the fingers vermilion. 
Two specimens of this crab were taken on the fishing banks in 14 fathoms and another off Cape 
Lookout in 47 fathoms by the Fish Hawk in 1914. 
Genus POLYONYX Stimpson. 
Polyonyx Stimpson, 1858, p. 233. 
Polyonyx macrocheles (Gibbes). PI. xxix, fig. 8. 
Porcdlana macrocheles Gibbes, 1S50, p. 191. 
Polyonyx macrocheles Stimpson, 1857-1860, p. 239; Benedict, 1901, p. 138; Stunner, 1911, p! 669. 
Integument firm and smooth. Carapace transversely oval, about one-fourth wider than long; 
front hardly produced, its margin slightly sinuous; infolded lateral portions separated from the rest of 
the carapace by a deep fissure. Antenna slender, about one and one-half times as long as body; its 
basal segment massive, completely filling the fossa in which it is lodged and bearing the flagellum at its 
outer angle. Chelipeds xinequal, long and distorted; hand of the larger one nearly twice as long as 
carapace; superior margin convex, inferior margin nearly straight and with a fringe of long hairs; fingers 
short, hooked at tip and toothed on cutting edges, movable one falcate; carpus as long as hand minus 
the fingers, thick, deeply excavated along front surface to receive the retracted hand ; carpus subcubical, 
likewise excavated in front. Second, third, and foiuth legs normal but with short dactyli which bear 
brushes of stiff hairs. Abdomen small, much flattened; ttropods small; telson divided into small plates. 
Meastu-ements of a male: Length of carapace, 7 mm.; width of carapace, 9.25 mm.; length of hand, 
13 mm. 
Color, grayish white, sometimes stained with brown. 
This ctuious little crab is a common commensal of Chaitopterus pergamentaceus whose U-shaped 
tubes may be fotmd imbedded in the shoals in various parts of the harbor. It is very rarely foimd 
outside these tubes; in fact when grown, it is probably impossible for it to escape from the tube in which 
it has taken up its abode .0 A male and a female are usually found together in the end of the tube 
opposite the one occupied by the worm. The breeding season extends through the whole summer, 
females carrying eggs having been collected from Jime 21 to October 25. 
Genus EUCERAMUS Stimpson. 
Euceramus Stimpson, i860, p. 445. I 
Euceramus prselongus Stimpson. PI. xxix, fig. 3. 
Euceramus praeUmgus Stimpson, i860, p. 445; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 408; Benedict, 1901, p. 138. 
Carapace subcylindrical, elongate, the sides slightly arcuate, with minute irregular, transverse 
rugae anteriorly; anterolateral margins with two spines on each side behind the antennte; front tridentate, 
the median spine being abotit twice as long as the lateral ones. Eyes well developed but almost con- 
cealed beneath the front. Antennules very short. Antennse about three-fourths as long as body, their 
flagella sparsely covered with very fine hairs. Third maxillipeds large and forming a subquadrate shield 
which extends laterally almost to the edge of the carapace. Chelipeds stout; hand slightly roughened 
and hairy; fingers about as long as palm, not gaping. Second pair of legs shorter than the third and fotuth 
pairs. Fifth pair reduced and turned dorsally. Abdomen small, its distal segments very narrow and 
the tu-opods vestigial. 
Measurements: Length of carapace, 8 mm.; width of carapace, 3.75 mm. 
a Enders: Notes on the commensals fomid in llie tubes of Cliccloplerus pergamentaceus, American Naturalist, vol. xxxlx, 
p. 37-40. 1905. 
406 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
This little crustacean appears to be one of great rarity in the Beaufort region and for a number of 
years has not been taken at all. In the collection of the laboratory of the Biu-eau of Fisheries there is 
a single mutilated specimen without any data. Another was taken, but unfortimately lost, during the 
summer of 1914 while the Fish Hawk was dredging in Lookout Bight. The species was originally 
described by Stimpson from a specimen obtained at Beaufort and was later collected by Prof. Webster 
and recorded by Kingsley. 
Tribe THALASSINIDEA. 
Anomura of a somewhat shrimplike form having the cephalothorax compressed, the 
abdomen large, symmetrical, extended and sometimes with well-developed pleura, and 
the appendages of the sixth segment usually adapted for swimming. The carapace and 
the covering of the abdomen are often more or less membranous and the last articles 
of the second to fourth pairs of legs are not curved and flattened. 
This tribe comprises 4 families of which i is represented in the Beaufort faima. 
Family CALLIANASSIDAE. 
Thalassinidea having a "linea thalassinica," small abdominal pleura, no sutures on 
the sixth abdominal appendages, no podobranchs on any of the legs, and broad append- 
age on the third to sixth abdominal segments. 
Of 13 genera, 3 are represented in the Beaufort region. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OP THE BEAtTPORT REGION. 
a. Rostrum small; first two pairsofpleopods different from the following three pairs; chelipeds dissimilar 
and unequal. 
b. Inner bladeof lu-opods oval; telson nearly flat above Callianassa. 
bb. Inner blade of uropods narrow, its margins nearly parallel; upper surface of telson with a deep 
median groove Callichirus. 
aa. Rostrum large; second pair of pleopods like the following three pairs; chelipeds alike and sub- 
equal Upogebia. 
G«nus CALLIANASSA Leach. 
Callianassa Leach, 1814, p. 400. 
Callianassa stimpsoni Smith. PI. xxrx, fig. 5. 
Callianassa stimpsoni-SoAlih, 1873, p. 549; Kingsley, 1880a* p. 410; Sumner, 1911, p. 666. 
Integument throughout smooth and shining, thin, but more than membranaceous. Cephalothorax 
about one-third the length of the abdomen, very thin shelled on the sides but with an oval, thickened 
plate on the dorsal region; rostrum and postorbital spines subequal, small and acute. Abdomen with 
the third, fourth, and fifth segments of about the same width and each with a small patch of fine hairs 
on the posterolateral angle; sixth segment narrowing; telson small, flat, rounded. Eyestalks small, 
flat, pointed, and with the tips curved outward. Antennular peduncle about two-thirds as long as the 
carapace, densely ciliate beneath, the flagella about as long as the distal article of the peduncle. An- 
tenna slender, longer than the cephalothorax, its peduncle geniculate between the second and third 
articles. First pair of legs in the male very dissimilar; the larger one mth a prominent tooth at the 
proximal end of the meros beneath ; carpus articulating with meros by the extreme upper angle, its width 
equal to that of hand; fingers of about equal length, hairy and with incurs'ed tips. Uropods with both 
blades broad. 
Length of a male, 59 mm.; carapace, 14.5 mm. 
Although recorded by Kingsley in 1879, this crustacean was not met with again in the Beaufort 
region imtil 1914, when a small specimen was brought in from the Blackfish Banks by the steamer Fish 
Hawk. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 407 
Genus CALLICHIRUS Stimpson. 
Callichirus Stimpson. 1866, p. 47. 
Callichirus major (Say). PI. xxdc, fig. 10. 
Caliianassa major Say, 1818, p. 238: Gibbes, 1850, p. 194; Coues and Yarrow, 1878, p. 378. 
Callichirus major Stimpson, 1866, p. 47: ibid 1871, p. 122. 
Integument throughout more or less thin and membranaceous, the most indurated portions being the 
chelipeds and an oval plate covering the anterior three-fourths of the carapace. Rostrum very small, 
obtuse, and with a slightly smaller projecting lobe on each side of it on the margin of the front. Eyes 
minute, situated at about the middle of the outer margin of the flattened and pointed pedimcles. An- 
tennular pedimcles about two-thirds as long as carapace, stout, densely ciliate beneath, each with two 
flagella about as long as the distal article of the pedimcle. Antenna slender, longer than cephalothorax, 
the peduncle geniculate between the second and third articles. First three pairs of legs much com- 
pressed, the margins of the distal articles especially sharp. First pair of legs probably dissimilar, the 
larger one in the specimen missing; the remaining one, on the right side, with the chela rather small; 
fingers weak and meeting only at their tips; carpus as long as hand and somewhat wider. Second legs 
with long cilia on lower margin; chela short and triangular. Third legs with the penultimate article 
transverse, it and the small triangular dactyl densely ciliate. Fourth and fifth legs subcylindrical; 
propodi and dactyl ciliate. 
Abdomen long, gradually widening from the body to the third segment and thence narrowing 
slightly to the sixth. Sixth segment deeply grooved above. Uropod with the outer branch broad, 
roimded at the tip and ciliate on its distal half while the inner one is very narrow, almost parallel sided, 
obliquely truncate and ciliate at the tip only. Telson with an inflated area on each side distally, giving 
it the appearance of being deeply notched or fissured. 
Length: Tip of rostrum to tip of telson, 96 mm.; carapace, 21 mm.; antenna, 30 mm.; telson, 8mm. 
Color, (in alcohol) white, the cilia everywhere dark brown. 
The somewhat mutilated specimen from which this description was written has been in the museum 
in the United States Fisheries biological station, Beaufort, N. C, for many years. It is without data as 
to time and place of collection, but there is no doubt that it came from somewhere in the neighborhood 
of Beaufort. 
A careful comparison with Say's description reveals a number of apparent differences which have 
tempted those who have examined it to regard it as a distinct species. Say attributes to C. major small 
eyes placed on the upper side of cylindrical, obtuse peduncles, a rostrum having the form of a very 
small, projecting, acute angle, and a telson rounded at the tip. In the main his description fits this 
specimen very well, and it is believed that the discrepancies are to be attributed to Say 's choice of words 
rather than to real structtual differences in the animals. Unfortunately Say's specimens, which came 
from the banks of St. Johns River, Fla. , have been lost and no others have been collected in that region. 
Gibbes {he. cit.) stated that he had specimens of C. major horn the coast of South Carolina and 
Charleston Harbor and that he regarded them as identical with the species described by De Kay a as 
Gonodactyltis seiimanus. He mentioned specimens in the Charleston museum and in the museum of 
the Lyceum of Natural History of New York. Unfortunately all of these specimens appear to have 
been lost, and it is therefore impossible to pass upon the accuracy of Gibbes's identifications. 
The specimens upon which Coues and Yarrow based their statement that C. major belongs to the 
Beaufort fauna have likewise disappeared. In fact the specimen from which the present description 
was taken is believed to be the only one in existence that at all approaches Say's Caliianassa {Callichirus) 
major and imtil there is proof to the contrary it will be best to regard it as belonging to that species. 
According to Say's account the animal is common along the coast of the Southern States. " It lives 
in biUTOWs which penetrate the sand to a depth of 18 inches or more. The mouths of these burrows are 
near low-water mark and often project, like a small chimney, half an inch or more above the surface of 
the sand. While the exuviae, especially of the large cheliped, occur frequently on the sea beach in the 
early spring, the animals themselves are seldom seen and are usually to be obtained only by digging." 
In the Beaufort region the species is certainly one of the greatest rarity, for, in spite of the energetic 
work of many collectors through many years, only one specimen has been found. 
o Nat. Hist. N. Y. Crust., vol. 34. 
408 BULIvETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Genus UPOGEBIA Leach. 
Upogebia Leach, 1814. p. 400. 
Upogebia afBnis (Say). PI. xxix, fig. 9. 
Gcbia affinis S&y, 1818, p. 241: Kingsley. 1880, p. 410. 
£//>09e6>a o^MW Stebbing. 1893, p. 185; Sumner, 1911, p. 666; Fowler, 1912. p. 108. 
Integument, save that of the dorsal part of the carapace and of the legs, more or less membranous. 
Carapace about half as long as abdomen, its cephalic portion about twice as long as the thoracic; nearly- 
flat above; anteriorly rugose, covered with short, rigid hairs and terminating in three acute points of 
which the median considerably exceeds the lateral ones; a small, upcurved spine behind the eye; a 
minute lateral spine just behind the cervical groove. 
Abdomen gradually increasing in width to the fourth segment. Fifth segment much narrower 
posteriorly; sixth subquadrate. Lateral parts of third and fourth segments densely pubescent and all 
with their pleurae marked off by an impressed line. Telson broad, subquadrate, with an impressed 
median line. Caudal lamellae small, the inner one truncate and with a median rib and costate outer 
border; the outer one rounded at tip and with two ridges. 
Eyestalks concealed, pubescent above; corneal surface small. Antennae a little less than twice as 
long as carapace. Chelipeds stout; chelae fringed with long hairs beneath, with an external dentate ridge 
above, a median row of acute spines and an internal line of stiff hairs; immovable finger smooth, curved 
and with a small tooth near the middle; movable finger much longer, denticulate above at base; carpus 
grooved on outer face, with a row of small spines below, a row of small teeth above on inner margin, six 
acute spines along the distal margin above and a strong marginal spine below; meros with a small spine 
above and a fringe of long hairs beneath. First pair of walking legs ciliate at tips and along lower margin ; 
foiulh article with a strong spine at base. Second, third, and fourth legs ciliate at tips. 
Length, 40 to 60 mm. 
Color, a light gray or yellowish gray, the cilia darker. 
At Beaufort this crustacean occurs in various parts of the harbor in burrows which it digs to a depth 
of about afoot in muddy sand between tide levels. The margins of Town Marsh, of Pivers Island, and 
the projecting shoal above the fish factory are favorable collecting grounds. In the latter locality an 
hour's work at low tide has brought to light as many as 50 specimens ranging from very young to full- 
grown individuals. Females carrying eggs may be collected at almost any time during the summer. 
A small percentage of the adults have been found to carry a large isopod parasite {Pesudione upogebuB 
Hay)" in the right or left branchial chamber. 
Tribe PAGURIDEA. 
Anomura having the abdomen usually well developea but nearly always asymmetri- 
cal, soft and twisted or bent under the thorax, and with the appendages of its sixth 
segment, when present, adapted for holding the body in hollow objects. 
This tribe includes 4 families, i of which is represented within the Beaufort limits. 
Family PAGURIDAE. The hermit crabs. 
Marine Paguridea having an asymmetrical, soft, spirally twisted abdomen whose 
appendages, except those of the sixth segment, are greatly reduced in size or wanting; 
the antennal scale is thornlike, the stalks of the first antennae are of moderate length and 
their flagella end in a filament. 
Of 31 genera, 7 occur in the Beaufort region. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. * 
a. External maxillipeds approximated at base; chelipeds subequal or the left is much larger than the 
right; very rarely is the right slightly, never is it much, larger than the left . . (Subfamily Dardanina:). 
o Hay: Proc. U. S. Nat. Mus., vol. 41, p. 572, 1916. 
' This key is taken, with modifications, from Alcock, Cat. Ind. Decapod. Crust, in Indian Mus., part U, 1905. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 409 
6. Paired appendages present on the first two abdominal segments of the male and the first segment 
of the female Paguristes. 
bb. No paired appendages on the first abdominal segment of either sex. 
c. Fingers of chelipeds opening and closing horizontally Clibanarius. 
cc. Fingers opening and closing obliquely or nearly vertically Petrochirus. 
aa. External maxillipeds widely separated at base by a sternum; right cheliped usually much 
larger than the left, the left never larger than the right; occasionally they are subequal 
(Subfamily Pagurince). 
b. Fingers opening and closing obliquely; vas deferens not protruding; first abdominal segment of 
female only with a pair of appendages Pylopagurus. 
bb. Fingers opening and closing horizontally; first abdominal segment without paired appendages in 
either sex. 
c. Vas deferens not protruding in the form of a tube Pagurus. 
cc. Vas deferens produced on the right side only into a tube which recurves over onto the dorsum 
of the abdomen Catapagurus. 
Genus PAGURISTES Dana. 
Paguristes Dana, 1852, p. 436; ibid., 1852, p. 269. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Anterior portion of carapace wider than long, carpus and hands rather thickly covered with long, 
soft hair moorei. 
aa. Anterior portion of carapace longer than wide, carpus and hands with scattered short hairs. . armatus. 
Paguristes moorei Benedict. PI. xxx, fig. 3. 
Poffurisies moorei Benedict, 1901, p. 144, pi. 4, fig. 3. 
Anterior division of carapace broader than long, its anterior margin with three projections — a rounded 
median one (rostrum) and a pair of slightly more advanced and more acute lateral ones; upper surface 
with a few scattered hairs and more or less iridescent. Eyestalks almost parallel sided, slightly dilated 
at the corneal end, straight or slightly curved outward; scale small, blunt-tipped. Antennal peduncle 
extending slightly beyond middle of eyestalk ; flagellum short, not exceeding the tips of the legs. Anten- 
nulary peduncle not quite reaching the end of the eyestalk. Chelipeds subequal in size and of similar 
form, the chelae short and thick; upper surface of carpus and hand with a covering of long, soft hair, 
which almost hides the spinules and sharp tubercles beneath; inner superior margin of hand with a 
row of five small, stout spines; carpus with two rows and meros with one row of spines above. First 
pair of walking legs with a row of spines along the upper margin of the carpus and propodus. 
Length, 13 mm.; carapace, 5 mm. 
Color, yellowish, the eyestalks deep orange or crimson below and white above. 
A single small specimen of this species was brought in by the Fish Hawh in 1915 from the margin 
of the Gulf Stream about 30 miles due south of the Cape Lookout Lightship. 
Paguristes armatus Hay. PI. xxx, fig. 7. 
Paguristes armatus Hay, 1917. p. 73. 
Anterior division of carapace considerably longer than wide, its front margin thickened and drawn 
out into an almost straight-sided, acute rostrum whose tip considerably exceeds the rather obtuse lateral 
projections. Eyestalks considerably longer than greatest width, but not quite equal to the length of the 
anterior division of the carapace, nearly straight and not much enlarged distally ; scale acute. Peduncle 
of antennule slightly longer than eyestalk. Peduncle of antenna about two-thirds as long as eyestalk; 
acicle straight, spinulose from base to tip. Chelipeds not very unlike in size, and similar in form, short, 
thick; meros, with a few spines distally; carpus and hand covered with strong, sharp-pointed, conical 
tubercles, of which those on the upper margin of the movable finger, palm, and carpus are larger than the 
others. Carpus and propodus and to some extent the dactyli of the first pair of walking legs spinulose 
along the upper and lower margins. 
Length, about 20 mm.; carapace, 8.5 mm. 
4IO 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Fig. 15. — Paguristes armatus, type. 
a. Dorsal view of carapace and frontal appendages; b 
above: c, right cheliped. 
left cheliped, from 
Color, in alcohol, nearly white; each cheliped with a conspicuous orange-yellow band across the 
meros; a faint trace of a similar band on each of the walking legs. 
A single specimen of this species was obtained by the Fish Hawk from the margin of the Gulf Stream, 
30 miles south of the Cape Lookout Lightship. It is rather closely related to P. spinipes H. Milne- 
Edwards, but differs in having much 
shorter eyestalks and differently formed 
hands. 
Genus CLIBANARIUS Dana. 
Clibaiuinus Dana, 1852, p. 6. 
Clibanarius vittatus (Bosc). Striped 
hermit crab. PI. xxx, fig. 9. 
POQurus vittatus Base, 1802. p. 78: H. 
Milne-Edwards, 1837, t. n, p. 237. 
Clibanarius vittatus Stimpson, 1858, p. 235; 
Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 326. 
Anterior division of carapace sub- 
quadrate ; front with the rostrum slightly 
more prominent than the lateral projec- . 
tions. Eyestalks long, slender, slightly 
exceeding the peduncles of the anten- 
nules, nearly cylindrical and curved 
very little; cornea not dilated, scale 
small, pointed, its margin serrate. An- 
tennal peduncles about equal to those 
of antennules, acicle acute and serrate 
along the margin. Chelipeds similar on 
the two sides; hand thick, inflated, covered thickly above and sparingly below with coarse tubercles 
from the base of each of which springs a bundle of stiff hairs; fingers heavy, gaping at the base, cutting 
edge corneous and extending along the upper side; carpus as long as hand to base of thumb, its upper 
stMace with spiniform tubercles and hairs. Second and third pairs of legs exceeding the chelipeds by 
over half the length of the dactyli ; their tips corneous and the two distal articles with numerous bundles 
of hairs. Fourth and fifth pairs of legs reduced, the fifth ones very small and turned onto the back. 
Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 28.5 mm.; eyestalks, 12.5 mm.; hand, 18 mm.; 
width of front, 5.5 mm. 
Color in life, light olive-gray, with longitudinal stripes of darker color on the three anterior pairs 
of legs. In alcohol the dark stripes on the legs become brownish red. 
This hermit crab is common throughout the harbor. It may be recognized at once by its sym- 
metrical claws. 
Genus PETROCHIRUS Stimpson. 
PetTochirus Stimpson, 1858. p. 233(71). 
Petrochirus bahamensis (Herbst). PI. xxx, fig. 6. 
Cancer bahamensis Herbst, 1796, p. 30. 
Pagurus franulatus Olivier, 1811, p. 640; H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840. t. n, p. 225; Dana, 1852, p. 453; Henderson, 
1SS8, p. 56. 
Petrochirus granulaius Stimpson, 1858, p. 71. 
Petrochirus bahatnensis Benedict, igoi, p. 140. 
Anterior division of carapace flattened, rough and uneven and with scattered tufts of hairs; front 
tridentate, the rostrum about as long as the lateral teeth. Eyestalks one and three-foiulhs as long as 
distance between lateral teeth of front, straight, dilated distally and with a tuft of hairs above the cor- 
neal siuface; scale small, its anterior margin serrate. Antennular peduncles exceeding eyestalks. 
Antennal pedimcles shorter than eyestalks, acicle rather slender and with bundles of hairs. Chelipeds 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 4II 
nearly equal in size, the right slightly larger than the left; hands and carpi coarsely tuberculate, the 
tubercles dentate and setiferous on the upper surface, but becoming spinous along the inner margin. 
Second and third pairs of legs slender, slightly exceeding the chelipeds and with the two distal articles 
hairy. Fourth and fifth pairs of legs reduced, the fifth pair turned up against the side. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 12.5 mm.; eyestalks, 5.8 mm.; hand, 12 mm.; width 
of front, 2.8 mm. 
This species has been secured by dredging in 8 to 12 fathoms 4 or 5 miles off Beaufort Inlet. 
Genus PAGURUS Fabricius. 
Pagurus Fabricius, 1793, p. 46S. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Eyestalks with the cornea dilated. 
b. Hands broad and flat; species reaching a rather large size pollicaris. 
bb. Hands subcylindrical; chelipeds rather slender; small species. 
c. Carpus as long as the palm and half the finger longicarpus. 
cc. Carpus barely longer than the palm corallinus. 
aa. Eyestalks with the cornea not dilated. 
b. Eyestalks reaching almost to the end of the antennular peduncle annulipes. 
bb. Eyestalks much shorter than the antennular pedimcle cokeri. 
Pagurus pollicaris Say. PI. xxx, fig. i. 
Pagurus pollicaris Say, 1817, p. 162: H. Milne- Edwards, 1834-1840. t. n, p. 37; De Kay, 1844, pp. 19, 21; Sumner, 191 1, p. 
666; Fowler, 1912, p. 371, pi. 11, fig. i. 
EupoQurus pollicaris ^isapson, 1858, p. 237; Coues, 1871, p. 124; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 327; Faulmier, 1905, p. 136. 
Anterior division of thorax subcordate, truncate behind; front with three projections, of which 
the rostrum is slightly less advanced and more obtuse than the lateral ones. Eyestalk moderately 
stout, one and one-half times as long as width of front, nearly straight, the cornea dilated; scale broad, 
with blimt tips. Antennular peduncle exceeding eye by about three-foiuths the length of the distal 
article. Antennal peduncle about as long as that of antennule; acicle slender, curved outward. Right 
cheliped stout; its hand flattened, rather finely granulate and tuberculate, crested and dentate along 
lower margin to tip of immovable finger; movable finger with a prominent, projecting angle on outer 
border; carpus with numerous tubercles larger than those of the hand, subspinous and ciliated on upper 
surface; meros with a few squamiform tubercles. Left cheliped similar but with both margins of hand 
dentate, the movable finger not produced and the dentation of the inner margin of the hand carried 
onto the carpus. Second and third pairs of legs strong; fourth pair reduced; fifth pair reduced and 
carried on the back. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 14 mm.; eyestalks, 6 mm.; hand, 12.5 mm.; width of 
front, 4 mm. 
This hermit crab has been collected in nearly all parts of the harbor but prefers the deeper channels. 
It may readily be distinguished from the other hermits of the region by its large, broad, dissimilar 
hands. 
Pagurus longicarpus Say. PI. xxix, fig. 13. 
Pagurus longicarpus Say, 1817, p. 163; Gould, 1841, p. 330; De Kay, 1843, p. 22; Sumner. 1911, p. 667; Fowler, 1912, p. 373 . 
Eupagurus longicarpus Stimpson, 1858, p. 237; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 326; Paulmier, 1905 p. 136. 
Eupagurus longipes, Coues, 1871, p. 124. 
Anterior division of thorax subcordate, truncate behind; rostrum considerably less prominent 
and less acute than the lateral teeth of the front. Eyestalks stout, one and one-third times as long as 
width of front, cornea dilated; scale broad with blimt tip. Antennular pedimcle exceeding eye by 
about one-half the length of the terminal article. Antennal peduncle shorter than that of the anten- 
nule, acicle slender, curved outward. Right cheliped much longer and larger than the left, subcylin- 
drical; hand short, very lightly crested and minutely dentate along outer margin, upper surface minutely 
granulate and with two incomplete rows of larger granules near proximal end; fingers short, hooked at 
412 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
tips; carpus as long as hand to middle of finger, with small scattered tubercles and two rows of sub- 
spinous larger ones. Left cheliped similarly formed but with relatively broader, unhooked fingers. 
Second and tliird legs slender, extending about as far as the chelipeds. Fourth and fifth pairs much 
reduced, tlie latter turned upward onto the back. 
Measiu'ementsof a male: Length of carapace, 7 mm.;eyestalks, 3 mm.; hand, 8 mm.; width of front, 
2 mm. 
Pagurus longicarpus is by far the commonest hermit crab of the region and occurs in nearly every 
locality examined. It is most abundant, however, in the channels whence, by dredging, himdreds 
may be taken in a few horn's. 
Pagurus corallinus (Benedict). PI. xxx, fig. 4. 
Eupagurus corallinus Benedict, 1892, p. 23. 
Anterior division of carapace subcordate, truncate behind; rostrum obtuse, much produced beyond 
the roimded, imarmed lateral projections. Eyestalk falling far short of the tip of the antcnnxilary pedun- 
cle, stout, largest distally; cornea dilated; scale sliarp-pointed and with a prominent subterminal spine. 
Antennal peduncle about as long as that of the antennule, acicle about equaling eye. Large cheliped 
with the meros compressed, quadrilateral when seen from the side; carpus a little longer than palm, 
its upper surface thickly set with sharp spiny granules, its margin with rows of small spines; hand 
fringed with spines alternately large and small, the spines becoming longer near the tips of the fingers, 
entire upper surface set with small, slender spines. Smaller cheliped with the meros much compressed; 
carpus compressed and surmounted by an inner row of small and an outer row of larger spines; hand, 
wide and compressed; fingers broad and gaping at the base; carpal and propodal articlesof the first and 
the carpal article of the second walking leg crested with acute spines. 
Color white, the large cheliped blotched with red, the other legs banded with the same color. 
One small specimen about 15 mm. long was dredged by the Fish Hauk in 47 fathoms off Cape 
Lookout. The large cheliped is missing, but the specimen agrees so perfectly in all that remains with 
Dr. Benedict's descriptions that his words regarding the missing part have been included in this 
description. The species has been known previous to this from Key West. 
Pagurus annulipes (Stimpson). PI. xxrx, fig. 12. 
EttpaouTus annulipes Stimpson, 1S60, p. 243; Kingsley, 187S-79, p. 326; Sumner, 1911, p. 666. 
Anterior division of carapace subcordate, truncate behind; rostrum arcuate , lateral angles of front ob- 
tuse. Eyestalkextendingnearly to tip of antennular peduncle, slightly constricted in the middle, cornea 
not dilated; scale broad and rounded, but with one or two minute spines on anterior border. Antennal 
peduncle shorter than that of antennule; acicle slender, hair>-, curved outward. Right cheliped very 
long, subcy lindrical , moderately and evenly granulate above and finely ciliate; hand somewhat inflated; 
fingers short and with hooked tips; carpus as long as palm of hand, spinulose along inner margin. Left 
cheliped much shorter than the right, thickly ciliate and spinulose above; hand shorter than carpus; 
fingers shorter than palm, weak and slightly gaping. Second and third legs of right side as long as 
cheliped, ciliate to tlieir tips; those of left side similar, but slightly shorter. Fourth legs much reduced. 
Fifth pair smaller and carried on dorsal siuiace. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 3 mm.; eyestalk, 1.2 mm.; hand, 3.5 mm.; width of 
front, I mm. 
This little hermit crab, while not as abtuidant as P. longkarpjis, is not uncommon on shelly bot- 
toms in the channels of the harbor and along the coast. When living, its appendages are marked with 
alternate rings of white and brown. 
Pagurus cokeri Hay. PI. xxx, fig. 2. 
Pagurus cokeri Hay, 1917, p. 73. 
Anterior portion of carapace as long as broad, its anterior margin with three projections of which 
the middle one is decidedly more advanced and is terminated by a spine about twice as large as the 
spines of the lateral ones; a little behind tlie frontal margin and parallel with it there is an irregular 
line of stiff hairs. Ej'estalks short and stout, their length equal to about twice the diameter of the 
cornea; scale small, its tip spinulose. Peduncle of antennule about one and three-fourths times as 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 
413 
long as eyestalks. Antennal peduncle a little shorter than that of antennule, its basal article with a 
small lateral spine curved dovraward and forward, its second article with a spine on the inner distal 
angle and several spinules on the inner side of the outer distal prolongation; acicle curved; flagellum 
slender, longer than the body. Chelipeds hairy; meros and carpus nearly smooth except for a few 
spines along the margins, chelae with the entire upper surface spinulose, the spinules being placed 
quite close to one another and each with 
a cluster of stiff hairs at the base on the 
distal side; the right cheliped is much 
larger than the left and its hand has the 
finger and palm of about equal lengths; in 
the left hand the finger is about four times 
as long as the palm and when closed meets 
the thumb for only a short distance near 
the tip. 
Length: About 29 mm.; carapace, 
II mm. 
Two specimens of this hermit crab 
were dredged by the Fish Hawk from the 
margin of the Gulf Stream at a point 30 
miles south of Cape Lookout Lightship. 
The species is most closely related to P. 
bouvieri (Fax) [=smithii Milne-Edwards 
and Bouvier] from which it difTers, how 
ever, in the spines on the antennal pedun- 
cle, the length of the movable linger as 
compared with the palm of the small hand and the gaping fingers. 
Fig. 16. — PaguTus cokeri, type, 9 X4K. 
a, Dorsal view of carapace and frontalappendages, the basal articles of 
the antenDules considerably foreshortened; b, right chela; c, left chela. 
The species has been named in 
honor of Dr. R. E. Coker, of the Bureau of Fisheries, one time biologist of the North Carolina Geolog- 
ical Survey at Beaufort, and a contributor to the literattu-e on the fauna of the region. 
Genus PYIOPAGURUS A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier. 
Pylopagurus A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1893, p. 74. 
Pylopagurus rosaceus A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier. PI. xxx, fig. 5. 
Pylopagurus rosaceus A. Milne-Edwards and Bouvier, 1893, p. 74. 
Anterior division of carapace about as long as broad, its anterior margin with three projections, the 
median one (rostrum) obtuse and slightly advanced beyond the lateral ones, which terminate in a 
minute spine; sides of dorsal surface and anterior margin with a few tufts of setae. Eyestalks stout, 
considerably shorter than the anterior division of the carapace, distinctly dilated at the distal end and 
with three or four pencils of setae in line along the upper surface, eye scale small, its tip acute. Antennal 
peduncle extending beyond the eye, flagellum slender and longer than the body, acicle strongly ciu^'ed. 
Right cheliped very much larger than the left; chelae in both hands capable of being bent down at a 
right angle to the carpus so as to form, either singly or together, an operculum to close the orifice of the 
cavity inhabited by the crab; both margins of large chela and outer margin of small one armed with a 
row of close-set conical teeth and the upper surface of both covered with closely crowded rosettelike 
tubercles each of which consist of a central larger tubercle surrounded by a number of smaller ones. 
Walking legs of medium length, the first and second on the left side and the second on the right side 
exceeding the large chela. 
Length of a male, about 24 mm., carapace, g mm. 
Two specimens of this hermit crab were obtained by the Fish Hawk in 1915 from the margin of the 
Gulf Stream about 30 miles south of Cape Lookout Lightship. 
69571°— 18 — -27 
414 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Genus CATAPAGURUS A. Milne-Edwards. 
Catatagurus A. MUne-Edwards. iSSo. p. 46. 
Catapagurus sharreri A. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxix, fig. 11. 
Catapagurus sharreri A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 46; Smith. 1883, p. 31, pi. 4, fij. s; ibid. 1884. p. 353. pi. IV, fig. 1-3; 
ibid, 1886, p. 64]. 
Hemipaffurus socialis. Smith, 18S1, p. 423. 
Carapace convex, rugose on the gastric region. Ocular peduncles rather short and thick; ophthalmic 
scales less than half as long as the peduncles, narrow and acute. Oielipeds slender, the right a little 
longer and considerably stouter than the left; h.ind with the internal surface covered with long hairs; 
movable finger with a large tooth near the middle. Second and third pairs of legs nearly equal in 
length and slightly exceeding the chelipeds, their meral articles spinulose on the margins, their 
dactyli compressed and ciliated. 
Measurements of a male (tj^pe): Length, 13 mm.; eyestalks, 2 mm.; right chela, 8 mm.; left chela, 
7.5 mm. (Smitli). 
This species has been collected at variotis points along the Atlantic coast from Massachusetts to the 
mouth of the Chesapeake. The type specimens came from the Barbados. It is usually foimd at 
greater depths than 100 fathoms, but has been taken in less than 60 fathoms. It was dredged by the 
Fish Hawk in 1902, in 151 fathoms, off Cape Lookout. 
This hermit crab is sometimes found in a naked shell of some gastropod, but usually the shell is 
completely overgrown and finally removed by a colony of Epizoanthus americanus. 
Tribe HIPPIDEA. 
Anomura having the abdomen reduced in size and bent under the thorax, the 
appendages of the sixth segment not adapted for swimming, the first pair of legs simple 
or subchelate, the second to fourth pairs of legs \vith the last article curved and flat- 
tened, the rostrum small or wanting and the third maxillipeds without mastigobranchs. 
Both of the families recognized in this tribe are represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
Family ALBUNEIDAE. 
Hippidea ha\'ing the first pair of legs subchelate, the third maxillipeds narrow, 
and the carapace flattened and without wngs which cover the legs. 
Of the 4 genera assigned to this family, 2 occur in the Beaufort fauna. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Eyestalks narrow, triangular A Ibunea. 
aa. Eyestalks broad, oval Lepidopa. 
Genus ALBUNEA Weber. 
AlbuneaVfeba, 1795, p. 94; Fabricius, 1798, p. 372. 
Albunea gibbesii Stimpson. PI. xxx, fig. 11. 
Alhumcs symnisla Gibbes, 1850, p. 1S7 (not A. symnista Fabricius.). 
Albunea ailhfsii Stimpson, 1859. p. 78; Benedict, 1901, p. 139. 
Carapace lyrate, convex from side to side, almost straight along median line; front with a minute 
rostrum with a strong spine on either side followed by about nine slender spines; anterolateral angle 
with a stout conical spine which projects little if any beyond the anterior border; posterior margin 
deeply and broadly notched; dorsal stirface with numerous, irregular, impressed lines which take a 
more or less transverse course, a short one near the front and one crossing near the middle like an 
inverted W being tlie most conspicuous. Eyes minute, at the tip of the narrow, triangular eyestalks. 
Anteimules about twice as long as carapace, slender and densely ciliated above and below along inner 
surface. Basal segment of antenna with an acute small spine, flagellum about half as long as pedimcle. 
First pair of legs stout, hairy, all but the distal segments inflated; hand subchelate, the inferior distal 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 415 
angle of propodus produced into a spine, dactyli curved and rather slender. Second, third, and fourth 
legs stout, hairy, and with falcate dactyli. Fifth legs weak, borne above the others. Second, third, 
and fourth abdominal segments with expanded pleura. Fifth and sixth segments small. Uropods 
consisting of a rather large basal article and two small falcate blades. Telson of male triangular, of 
the female roimded. 
Length of a male, rostrum to tip of telson, 36 mm.; carapace, 20 mm. 
Color, a light piu-ple with whitish markings, more or less iridescent. 
This species, whose distribution extends from North Carolina to the West Indies, is not uncommon 
OQ the sandy shoals about Beaufort. It is seldom taken, however, except at timesof extreme low tide, 
when the sand flats are exposed to the heat of the sun and the animal comes to the surface. In the 
dredging about the fishing banks it has been collected on several occasions, and once it was found in 
the stomach of a blackfish. 
Genus LEPIDOPA Stimpson. 
Lepidopa Stimpson, 1858-1860, p. 230 {1858). 
Lepidopa websteri Benedict. PI. xxx, fig. 12. 
? Lepidopa venusta and L. scutetlata Kingsley. iSSoa, p. 410. 
Lepidopa websteri Benedict, 1903, p. 892. 
Carapace lyrate, widest anteriorly, sides sinuous and slightly convergent posteriorly. Posterior 
margin slightly concave; sides of carapace folded inward ventrally, over the bases of the legs, this 
flap, especially posteriorly, more or less membranous; anterolateral angle produced into a flat spine; 
front fringed with setae and produced into a short, triangular rostrum and a slightly more prominent, 
triangular tooth on either side of it; dorsal surface crossed near the front by an impressed, ciliate band 
with backwardly directed ends, a narrower band ending in obliquely directed impressed lines crosses 
at about the middle of the carapace. » 
Eyestalks oval, lamellate. Antennulary pedvincle exceeding eyestalk; flagellum straight, slender, 
nearly three times as long as the carapace. Antennae situated at the extreme outer angles of the front; 
basal article stout; scale reduced to a minute point; flagellum stout, curved, composed of seven short 
articles. First pair of legs with broad, flat articles, dactyli turned back on propodus to form a subchela. 
Second, third, and fourth legs without dactyli but with the propodus developed into a halberd-shaped 
two-pointed foot. Fifth legs much reduced, slender and doubled up between the abdomen and body. 
Abdomen short and partly flexed beneath the body; second, third, and foiuth segments with 
expanded pleura. Uropods small, with slender basal article and long oval blades; their margins and 
those of the abdominal segments fringed with long, silky hairs. Telson lozenge-shaped with rounded 
comers. 
Length of carapace, 12 mm.; width, 15.5 mm. 
Color, in alcohol, probably also in life, ptu-e white, but everywhere beautifully iridescent, giving 
pearly reflections at every ttu^ of the body. 
The museum of the Beaufort laboratory contains a single damaged specimen of this animal, the 
locality of which has been lost, but which tmdoubtedly came from one of the sea beaches of the 
region. The only other known specimen, in the collection of Union College, was picked up on the shore 
near Fort Macon. During the summers of 1911 and 1912 exuvias of rather small individuals were not 
at all uncommon along the beach to the west of the fort, where they have been cast up by the waves. 
From its similarity to Aibunea gibbesii and Emerila ialpoida, this crustacean must be regarded as a 
burrower in the sand. It has been suggested by Dr. Benedict that its habitat is probably in deeper 
water than the species mentioned. It must be said, however, that a vast amoimt of digging close to 
the shore has failed to produce any living specimen, nor has dredging at distances from the shore varying 
from 200 yards to 20 miles. The creatxire may be very local in distribution or may live within the region 
of tumbling stuf where collecting is impossible. 
Kingsley lists L. venusia and L. scuiellata as members of the Beaufort fauna, but neither of these 
is believed to occur in the region. Kingsley 's record was unquestionably based on the specimen col- 
lected by Prof. Webster, and this is the one which later became the type of Benedict's L. websteri. 
The differences between L. websteri and L. venusta are very slight, however, and future investigation 
may show the two species to be identical. 
41 6 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Family HIPPIDAE. 
Hippidea having the first legs simple, the third maxillipeds broad, and the carapace 
subcylindrical and with wings which cover the legs. 
This family comprises 2 genera, of which i is represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
Genus EMERITA Gronovius. 
Emerita Gronovius, 1764, p. 234. 
Emerita talpoida (Say). Sand bug. PI. xxx, fig. 8. 
Hippa talpoida Say. 1S17, p. 160; Coues. 1871. p. 124; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 32S; Paulmier, 190s, p. 135. 
Emerita talpoida Benedict, 1901, p. 138; Sumner, 1911, p. 666; Fowler, 1912, p. 366. 
Body convex, oval, covered with a firm shell. Carapace imbricately rugose anteriorly, smooth 
and polished posteriorly; anterior margin with a small blunt rostrum separated by a rounded sinus 
on each side from a more prominent and acute tooth; an impressed transverse line a little behind the 
rostrum and a deeper, more strongly ciuTed one farther back; posterolateral margins extending down- 
ward to cover bases of legs; anterolateral margins concave and subserrate. 
Eyes minute on long, slender stalks. Antennules about twice as long as eyestalks, their basal 
article with a strong external spine. Antennae, when extended, nearly as long as cephalothorax ; their 
first peduncular article very short, the second one Uie largest and with its outer margin produced into 
a strong, forwardly directed spine, bifid at the tip and with a deep fissure below it; flagellum densely 
ciliated along the ventral side and normally held concealed within the buccal cavity. First pair of 
legs directed forward, their articles more or less ciliated and with impressed, interrupted transverse 
ciliated lines; fifth article spinose at distal end. Second, third, and fourth legs strong, ciliated, their 
tips curved and foliaceous. Fifth pair of legs almost filamentous, entirely concealed beneath the 
abdomen. 
Abdomen flexed so that the telson and sixth segment lie beneath the body, the uropods being 
turned forward so as to rest along the sides of the proximal segments. Telson elongate, lanceolate, 
margined, with reflected cilia above and inflected ones on the edge, base with two short, impressed 
lines. 
Length, 31 mm.; carapace, 15 mm.; telson, 10 mm. Width, carapace, 11 mm.; telson, 5 mm. 
This active little crustacean has been collected at various points about the harbor and is to be 
looked for wherever the beach is composed of clean, fine sand. The outer beach of Bogue Bank is the 
best collecting ground, however, for there in certain spots it may often be obtained in great numbers. 
The animals lie in the sand at the edge of the water. As the tide rises or when a large wave washes 
over them they leave their burrows and scurry to a lower or higher level where they instantly hnry them- 
selves only to emerge in a few seconds to seek a new place. In quiet water they lie motionless with 
only the eyes and anteimules above the surface of the sand.« A full account of the early stages of this 
species is given by S. I. Smith, 6 who obtained his material at Woods Hole, Mass. 
Section BRACHYURA. 
Reptantia having the abdomen much reduced in size, closely bent under the thorax, 
never used for swimming, and vrith the appendages of the sixth segment missing; the 
cephalothorax depressed, the carapace fused with the epistome at the sides and nearly 
always also in the middle, the antennal scale never movable, the third maxiUipeds 
broad, the first pair of legs chelate and nearly always much stronger than any of the 
others. 
The 3 tribes into which this section is divided are all represented in the Beaufort 
fauna. 
a For an account of the habits of the closely related species £. analotja, see Weymouth and Richardson, Smithsonian Misc^ 
laneous Collections, vol. Lix, p. 1-14, 191 2. 
*> Transactions of the Connecticut Academy of Sciences, vol. ra. p. 311-342, pi. xi,v-xt,vin, 1877. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 
Tribe DROMIACEA. 
417 
Brachyura having the buccal frame roughly quadrate, the last pair of legs abnormal 
in form or size and dorsal in position, the female openings coxal, the first pair of abdomi- 
nal appendages present in the 
female, and the gills usually 
many. 
This tribe comprises 5 
families, of which 3 are repre- 
sented in the Beaufort fauna. 
Family DROMIIDAE. 
Dromiacea having the 
carapace usually not longer 
than broad and with a well- 
marked side edge, the eyes 
usually completely sheltered 
by orbits when retracted, the 
gills 14 to 20 on each side, 
the sternum of the female 
with longitudinal grooves, and 
the fourth and fifth legs small, 
subdorsal and usually pre- Fif.'?— Dorsal surface of a crab's carapace showing the important regions and 
, ., margins. 
hensile. 
Of the 1 1 genera assigned to this family 2 have representatives in the Beaufort 
fauna. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace firm and hard; body covered with short hairs Dromidia. 
aa. Carapace soft and membranous; body mostly naked Hypoconcha. 
v.^ aTitrn nale y 
Genus DROMIDIA Stimpson. 
Stimpson, 1858-1860. p. 22s. 
Dromidia antillensis Stimpson. PI. xxxi, fig. 5. 
Dromidia antillensis Stimpson, 1859, p. 24: Benedict, 1901, p. 
132: Verrill, 1908, p. 431. 
Body and legs covered with a thick coat of short bris- 
tles, leaving only the tips of the fingers exposed. Cara- 
pace convex in all directions, longer than wide ; rostral 
tooth smaller and on a lower level than the inner orbita 
teeth ; a tooth at about the middle of the superior margin 
of the orbit and another on the inferior margin; anterolat- 
eral margins with fotu- or five dentiform tubercles on each 
side. 
Chelipeds thick and heavy; hand with three blxmt spines on upper margin; fingers curved and with 
strong, interlocking teeth. Second and third legs strong and with long, ctirved dactyli; fourth and 
fifth legs subchelate, the fourth pair the smaller and the fifth turned forward onto the back. 
Length of carapace of a male, 32 mm.; width, 31 mm. 
Color, brownish red, fingers crimson, claws of legs horn color. 
Two or three specimens of this curious crab were dredged at depths of about 7 fathoms on the fish- 
ing gioimds. Like many other crustaceans of the offshore banks it is a West Indian species which has 
3"hniuilliped 
Z'^moxiltiped 
l'*7naxilliped 
maxilla 
mandihlc 
Flo. 18.— Mouth region of a crab showing the appen- 
41 8 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
extended its range far northward in this favorable locality. The creature is said to conceal itself by 
holding a flat or concave piece of living sponge upon its back, but in none of the Beaufort specimens 
was the habit observed. One perfect specimen brought up in the dredge was clinging to the branches 
of a Gorgonia. It was carried alive to the laboratory, where it was kept for several days in a small 
aquarium. It spent the entire time huddled up in a comer and showed no interest in anything except 
some fragments of oyster which were thrown in for it to eat. 
Genus HYPOCONCHA GuSrin Meneville. 
Hypoconcha Gu^rin M^neviUe, 1854, p. 333. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Anterior margin of carapace without spines arctiata. 
aa. Anterior margin of carapace with several strong spines sabulosa. 
Hypoconcha arcuata Stimpson. PI. xxxi, fig. 2. 
Hypoconcha arcuata Stimpson, 1859, p. 72; Benedict. 1901, p. J33. 
Body short, broad, flattened; dorsally with a thin, parchmentlike covering, ventrally solid and 
roughly granulate, the appendages capable of being folded compactly against the body. Front margin 
of carapace nearly semicircular in outline; the margin densely ciliated, deeply fissured in the middle, 
and with a shallow notch on each side near the middle; ventral stirface without ridges, sloping evenly 
to the anterior margin, and with eyes, antennules, antennae, and mouth parts deeply seated in de- 
pressions in its surface; a narrow fisstire in front of the eye, for the lodgment of the flagellum of the 
antennary flagellum; outer posterior margin of orbit fissured. Third maxillipeds completely closing 
the buccal cavity. Legs all stout, hairy, and coarsely granulate; the first pair chelate, the fingers 
somewhat spatulate and toothed at the tip, the thumb set on at an angle with the hand; second and 
third legs with sharp, corneous tips; fourth and fifth legs borne on the dorsal siu-face, their penultimate 
segment very short, and the terminal segment reduced to a little curved claw. Abdomen short, flexed 
so that its last two segments lie on the thoracic sterna. 
Length of a male, in nattu'al position, 33 mm.; carapace, 24 mm.; width of carapace, 24 mm. 
\- Color, gray. 
This curious little crab has so far been obtained only in the dredge in Bogue Sound, off Morehead 
City. It is always found occupying a valve of some lamellibranch shell, preferably, it seems, a clam 
shell, which it carries about upon its back, after the maiuier of a hermit crab. By means of the claws 
on its fourth and fifth pairs of legs, aided, perhaps, by the pressiu'e of its body against the shell, it clings 
so tightly that it is almost impossible to remove the live animal from its abode without crushing it. 
Hypoconcha sabulosa (Herbst). PI. xxxi, fig. 3. 
Cancer sabulosus Herbst, 1799, vol. n, p. 57. 
Hypoconcha sabulosa Gu^rin Meneville, 1854, p. 333; Stimpson. 1858, p. 226; ibid., 1859, p. 72; Benedict, 1901, p. 133. 
In form and general appearance very similar to H. arcuata, but with the ventral surface nodulose 
as well as granulate, and marked by several strong ridges. The anterior margin of the carapace is not 
so deeply fissured, the notches above the antennae are scarcely evident, and toward the middle, beneath 
the fringe of setae, there are several strong spines. The antennary fosss are limited in front by a pair 
of strong, oblique ridges, which arise between two of the spines of the anterior border, meeting each 
other in the middle line at the front of the epistome. The posterior border of the epistome is raised into 
a prominent ridge, which is continued on either side across the front and some distance along the sides 
of the buccal area. The basal articles of the antennae are tuberculate; the basal one has a strong, in- 
wardly directed tooth and the terminal one a tooth on each side of the base of the flagellum. The fissure 
in the outer margin of the orbit is very noticeable, owing to the development of a strong tubercle on 
either side of it, the one lying just behind the eye being especially strong and spiniform. The carpal 
segment of the first pair of legs bears several dentate tubercles. 
Length of a female, in natural position, 33 mm.; carapace, 22 mm.; width of carapace, 22 mm. 
Color, gray. 
This species occurs in Beaufort harbor, but is apparently less common than H. arcuata. In habits 
the two species, so far as is known, are similar. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 419 
Family HOMOLIDAE. 
Dromiacea having the eyes incompletely sheltered by orbits when retracted, the 
sternum of the female without longitudinal grooves, the first article of the eyestalk not 
much longer than the second, and the gills 13 or 14 on each side. 
There are 4 genera, of which i occurs in the Beaufort region. 
Genus HOMOLA Leach. 
Hotnola Leach. 1815, p. 81. 
Homola barbata (Fabricius). PI. xxx, fig. 10. 
Cancer barbalus Fabricius. 1793. t. n. p. 460; Herbst, 1796, vol. n, pi. xxxvn. fig. 6. 
Homola barbata Wbite, 1847, p. 55; Smith, 1886, p. 637 (.33), pi. n, fig. i. 
Carapace about one-fourth longer than wide, its surface everywhere granulate and spinulose and 
sparsely setose; the sides straight, only slightly convergent posteriorly and extending almost vertically 
downward from a spiny ridge that extends backward from behind the strong anterolateral spine. Ros- 
trum small, bifurcate at tip. A spine on each side at the base of the rostrum, one at the outer orbital 
angle, a transverse row of two behind the rostrum, behind these a transverse row of eight, and, a little 
farther back, a small median spine. Anterolateral parts, below and behind orbits, with small spines. 
Eyestalks long, slender at base, and suddenly enlarged below the cornea. Chelipeds of moderate 
size, their surface granulate and hairy, and the meros and carpus with rows of spines. Walking legs 
with flattened articles, long, hairy, and spinulose along margins. First segment of abdomen with a 
prominent median tubercle. 
Length of a female: i6 mm.; width, 12.5 mm. 
One specimen, a female, was collected by the Fish Hawk at station 7334, depth 63 fathoms. 
Family L ATREILLIDAE . 
Dromiacea having the eyes completely exposed on long stalks in which the first 
article is much longer than the second, the sternum of the female without longitudinal 
grooves and the gills 8 on each side. 
Of the 2 genera, i occurs in the Beaufort region. 
Genus LATREILLIA Rouz. 
LaireiUia Roux, 1828, p. (i). 
Latieillia elegans Roux. PI. xxxi, fig. 4. 
LaireiUia elegans Roux, 1828, pt. s, pl. xxn; Milne-Edwards, 1834-1S40, 1. 1, p. 277; Smith, 1884, p. 351. [7I, pi. n, fig.j-ia 
pi. m, fig. I. 
Body pyriform, finely granulate, truncate in front and armed with two long, divergent horns between 
which a minute spinelike rostrum projects obliquely downward; each horn is minutely spinulose near 
the tip and at about the proximal third bears a spine on the lower side. Front margin of carapace with 
an acute spine projecting downward at the base of the eyestalks. Abdomen of the female broad; the 
first segment with a median tubercle; second segment with a strong median spine; third segment, with 
which the segments which follow are coalesced, with a stout spine on each lateral margin. In the male 
the abdomen appears to be composed of six distinct segments and lacks all the spines, except the one 
of the second segment. 
Eyes large, pyriform, at the end of slender stalks whose length slightly exceeds that of the supra- 
orbital horns. Third maxillipeds slender and somewhat pediform. Legs very long, almost filiform, 
their ischial and propodal articles spinulose. Chelipeds about twice as long as the body and about half 
as long as third walking legs, very slender; hand a little longer than the carpus; movable finger a little 
less than half as long as the palm. 
Measurements of a female: Length, along median line, 9 mm. ; width, 5.5 mm. ; horn, 5 mm. ; third 
leg, 67 mm. 
420 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Three specimens of this bizarre crab, one male and two females, were dredged by the Fish Hawk 
in over lOO fathoms, 30 miles south of Cape Lookout. The species has been reported from the American 
coast by S. I. Smith whose specimens came from a depth of 70 fathoms off the coast of Massachusetts. 
It was described by Roxix from the Mediterranean. 
Tribe OXYSTOMATA. 
Brachyura having the buccal frame (endostome) prolonged forward, like a gutter, 
over the epistome, the female openings usually sternal, the first abdominal appendages 
of the female wanting, and the gills few. 
This tribe includes 4 families of which 3 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
Family RANINIDAE. 
Oxystomata having the body long and more or less abnormal in shape, the abdomen 
not completely hidden beneath the thorax, the antennae large and the last two pairs of 
legs more dorsal than the others and with their last two articles broad. 
This family comprises 9 genera of which i is represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
Genus RANILIA H. Milne-Edwards. 
Ranilia H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. n, p. 195. 
Ranilla muricata H. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxxi, fig. i. 
Ranilia muricata H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. u, p. 195; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 316. 
Carapace oval, strongly convex from side to side, slightly so from front to back, smooth posteriorly 
but with numerous transverse cilated wrinkles anteriorly; rostrum slender; anterior border of carapace 
with four strong spines on each side, of which the innermost constitutes the internal angle of tlie orbit, 
the third surmoimts the external angle of these cavities and the fourth is at the external angle of the front. 
Eyestalks strong, about four times as long as the rostrum and capable of being turned back into the 
deep, oblique orbits. First antennse very small. Second antennae directed forward and slightly longer 
than the eyestalks. First pair of legs subchelate, stout, flattened distally, squamose-denticulate above 
and with a strong spine on the supero-distal margin of the meros, carpus and manus; distal margin of 
manus perpendicular, toothed; dactyl strong, curved. Second, third, and fourth pairs of legs with 
flattened, triangular dactyli. Fifth pair of legs elevated, turned forward and densely fringed with hairs. 
Abdomen short and narrow. 
Color, porcelain white with red vermiculate transverse lines on the cephalothorax and red dots and 
blotches on the legs. 
This species, first credited to the North Carolina fauna by Kingsley, appears to be confined to the 
sand bottoms well offshore. In the operationson the Blackfish Banks in 1913 and 1914 several specimens 
were obtained in the dredge and fragments of others were secured from fish stomachs. It has not been 
met within the harbor nor along the beaches. 
Family CALAPPIDAE. 
Oxystomata of normal crablike form having the abdomen hidden beneath the thorax, 
the antennae small, the legs normal in posidon, the afferent openings of the gill chambers 
in front of the chelipeds, the gills nine on each side and the male openings coxal. 
This family comprises 1 1 genera of which 3 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Posterolateral region of the carapace expanded and dentate Calappa. 
aa. Posterolateral region of the carapace not expanded. 
6. Carapace considerably broader than long, regularly convex above Hepatus. 
66. Carapace nearly as long as broad, dorsal smface very uneven Osachila. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 42I 
Genus CALAPPA Weber. 
Cdlappa Weber, 1795, p. 92; Fabricius, 1798, p. 309. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
o. Posterior margin of carapace with only broad and shallow teeth. 
b. Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide; crest of hand eight or nine toothed flammea. 
bb. Carapace nearly as long as wide; crest of hand six or seven toothed angusta. 
aa. Posterior margin of carapace with a pair of spines near the middle sulcata. 
Calappa flasunea (Herbst). Box crabs. PI. xxxi, fig. 8. 
Cancer Jiammea Herbst, 1796, vol. n, p. 161. 
Calappa flammea Bosc, 1802, 1. 1, p. 185; Miers, 1886, p. 284; Rathbim, 1901. p. 84: Verrill, 1908, p. 420: Summer, 1916, 
p. 6&9: Fowler, 1912, p. iib. 
Calappa marmcrata Latreille, 1803, p. 392; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 324; ibid, 18800, p. 402, (not C. marmorala Fabridus). 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex and granulate above, the granules larger toward 
the front and grouped to form several longitudinal lines of nodules; front with a broad median notch, 
projecting slightly beyond the orbits; anterolateral border crenulate, granulate and bluntly dentate; 
posterolateral margins expanded into winglike extensions and with seven strong teeth with beaded edges; 
posterior margin arcuate, its edge beaded. 
Chelipeds large, capable of being fitted closely against the front of the body; superior margin of 
carpus and hand raised into a prominent crest which is coarsely granulate on the carpus and eight or 
nine toothed on the hand; meros with a strong, foiu--toothed crest parallel with the outer distal border. 
Walking legs capable of being completely hidden beneath the carapace. 
Color buff or light purple with dark purplish-brown lines forming a coarse reticulate pattern over 
the anterior part of the carapace and thence radiating to the lateral and posterior borders. Carpus with 
color markings continuous with those of the carapace. Hand light purple with a few dark blotches near 
the upper part of the outer surface. Inner surface of cheliped largely dark red. Walking legs very 
light pink. 
Measurements of a large male: Length, 86 mm.; width, 132 mm.; length of hand, 73 mm.; width 
of hand, 58 mm. 
This crab, perhaps the most striking one of the region, does not often occxu" within the harbor, but is 
not infrequently brought up in the dredge from a depth of a few fathoms outside the inlet. The speci- 
mens seciu-ed in the harbor are usually less than 25 mm., in width; those obtained outside are usually 
twice or three times as wide and on rare occasions an individual as large as the one whose measure- 
ments are given is captured. 
The natural range of the species extends as far northward as Cape Hatteras but in the larval stages it 
often drifts as far to the north as southern New England. Some of these are supposed to now and then 
survive a mild winter and to develop by the next summer into the small specimens which have at rare 
intervals been taken on the coasts of Massachusetts and Rhode Island. The larval stages have been 
described and figured by S. I. Smith." 
Calappa angusta A. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxxi, fig. 7. 
Calappa angusta A. Milne-Edwards. i8So, p. i8. 
Carapace about eight-ninths as long as wide, tuberculate and granulate above, the tubercles placed 
irregid.-irly except in the middle line where there are several in a row ; front depressed, deeply grooved in 
the middle and marked off from the orbits by a groove on each side; anterolateral margin granulate; 
posterolateral margin with one large tooth at the posterolateral angle in front of which are five or six 
teeth of diminishing size; on the posterior margin there is one rather strong tooth immediately behind 
the large tooth at the posterolateral angle and several smaller tubercles and granules. 
Chelipeds strong; hand indistinctly tuberculate in rows and with a high crest on the superior margin 
the edge of which is divided into six or seven teeth; meros with a serrate, transverse crest on the outer 
surface near the distal end. 
Length of a male, 17 mm.; width, 19 mm. 
« Trans. Conn. Acad. Arts and Sci. vol. iv, p. 263, 1880. 
422 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Color, clear orange red above and on the sides, yellowish behind ; tips of the walking legs bright- 
yellow; chelipeds slightly purplish. 
This species had been reported from a depth of 63 fathoms off Cape Lookout and has been taken by 
the Fish Hawk (station 8249) in 47 fathoms at a point about 23 miles off Cape Lookout. In the deeper 
water of the Gulf Stream it appears to be more abundant, several specimens, one of them a male 32 mm. 
wide and 28 mm., long, were brought up from depth of from 100 to 200 fathoms. 
Calappa sulcata Rathbun. PI. xxxi, fig. 6. 
Calappa stUcata Rathbun, 1898, p. 289; ibid, 1901, p. 85. 
Carapace about seven-eights as long as wide, finely granulate and with about 7 rows of tubercles; 
anterolateral border with about 14 crenulations, granulate on edge; posterior margin between wings 
with 2 prominent, acute spines; wings not strongly developed, having 6 marginal teeth,2 behind and 
3 in front of the posterolateral tooth, which is long and spiniform. 
Expansion of meros of cheliped four lobed ; superior crest of hand six to seven dentate ; outer sur- 
face of hand with an irregular, oblique, almost smooth sulcus bordered by tubercles, and an acuminate 
inferior proximal spine. 
Dimensions of a female: Length, 21 mm.; width at sinus just in front of wings, 23 mm.; width at 
posterior lateral spines, 23.8 mm. 
Color, in alcohol, light pinkish brown with a number of small, narrow rings of dark red— 3 on the 
carapace and the others on the chelipeds. 
This box crab has been dredged at a depth of 2 7 fathoms off Cape Lookout, as reported in Dr. Mary 
J. Rathbun 's description of which this is a condensation. 
Genus HEPAT0S Latreille. 
Hepaius Latreille, 1802. t. m, p. 22. 
Hepatus epheliticus (Linnaeus). Calico crab, Dolly Varden crab. PI. xxxn, fig. i. 
Cancer epheliticus LinnsEus, 1749-69, vol. VI, p. 414; Rathbun, 1897. p. 37. 
Cancer decorus Herbst, 1796, vol. n, p. 154. 
Hepatus decorus Gibbes, 1850, vol. ra, p. 183; Coues, 1871, p. 124: Kingsley, r83oa. p. 324. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex above, regularly arcuate in front, and strongly 
narrowed behind; front narrow, straight, prominent and placed much higher than the continuation of 
the anterolateral borders of the carapace ; anterolateral borders dentate ; superior siuf ace of carapace with 
several transverse lines or groups of tubercles. Chelipeds moderately strong, carpus and manus with 
lines of coarse tubercles on their outer face and a crest which, on the manus, is four toothed on the superior 
margin. 
Color, dark gray or brownish with numerous, rather large, round or irregular spots of light red with 
darker borders scattered over the carapace. 
This crab is not uncommon in depths of a few fathoms in the channels of the harbor though the indi- 
viduals so secured are not asnumerous nor as large as those taken outside. In a series represenriug vari- 
ous ages a great deal of variation is to be seen, the granulations being relatively much coarser in the 
young and the spots more numerous and brightly colored. 
Genus OSACHILA Stimpson. 
Osachila Stimpson, 1871&, p. 154. 
KEY TO THE SPEQES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Abdomen eroded along the margins and on last two segments semilevis. 
aa. Abdomen deeply eroded all over tt< ierosa. 
Osachila semilevis Rathbun. PI. xxxi, fig. 9. 
Osachila semilevis Rathbun, 1916, p. 652. 
Carapace octagonal, with six large protuberances, one mesogastric, one metagastric (paired), one 
cardiac, one mesobranchial (paired) all of which are rough as if finely eroded, while the depressions 
are nearly smooth; anterolateral margins continued toward buccal cavity and finely dentate; postero- 
lateral margins thick and with four lobes, the first of which does not project as far as the adjacent antero- 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OK THE BEAUFORT, N. C, RJEGION. 423 
lateral lobe; the last posterolateral lobe quite prominent; front usually with a narrow buttonholelike 
sinus. 
Cheliped short, thick, tuberculate on the outer face and with rough margins; hand stout; thumb 
thick; movable finger comparatively slender and straight; upper margin of hand with three simple 
teeth. Walking legs of moderate size, more or less prismatic and lightly grooved. Abdomen narrow, 
eroded along the margins and on the last two segments. 
Length of a female, 11. 6 mm.; width, 13 mm. 
Two specimens of this ciuious little crab were obtained by the Fish Hawk (station 7959 and 7978) 
in about 14 fathoms. The species belongs to the West Indian fauna and hitherto has not been collected 
north of Florida. 
Osachila tuberosa Stimpson. PI. xxxi, fig. 10. 
Osachila tuberosa Stimpson, 18716, p. 154: A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 20 (pt.); Smith, 1886. p. 636 [32]; Rathbun, 1898, p. 
118; ibid., 1916, p. 649. 
Carapace octagonal with six large protuberances; one mesogastric, one metagastric (paired), one 
cardiac, one mesobranchial (paired) all of which as well as the lateral margins and, to some extent, 
the depressions of the shell are eroded; anterolateral margins continued toward the buccal cavity and 
finely dentate ; posterolateral margins with four lobes, the first of which projects sideways slightly beyond 
the adjacent anterolateral tooth ; front usually with a narrow sinus. 
Cheliped short, thick, tuberculate on outer face and with rough margins; hand stout; thumb thick, 
movable finger with a short, dense pubescence; upper margin of hand with three teeth, the proximal 
one of which is bifid. Walking legs more or less prismatic, with sharp margins and light longitudinal 
grooves. Abdomen narrow, deeply eroded all over. 
Length of female : 18.2 mm.; width, 20.2 mm.. 
This species has been recorded by Smith (loc. cit.) from off Cape Hatteras in 48 fathoms. Like O. 
semilevis, it belongs to the West Indian fauna and strays northward along the edge of the Gulf Stream. 
Family LEUCOSIIDAE. 
Oxystomata of normal crablike form having the abdomen hidden beneath the 
thorax; the antenna small, the legs normal in position, the afferent openings of the gill 
chambers on either side of the mouth at the base of the third maxillipeds, the gills 
less than 9 on each side and the male openings sternal. 
Of the 36 genera now placed in this family 4 have representatives in the Beaufort 
region. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
o. Carapace ovoid or globular and smooth or granular. 
6. Fingers opening in a horizontal plane Persephona. 
bb. Fingers opening in vertical plane Iliacantha. 
aa. Carapace polygonal, uneven, nodular or eroded. 
b. Posterior portion of carapace without deep cavities Lithadia. 
bb. Posterior portion of carapace with a deep rounded cavity on each side Spelaeophorus. 
Genus PERSEPHONA Leach. 
Persephona Leach, 1817, p. 18, 22. 
Persephona punctata (Linnaeus). Purse crabs. PI. xxxn, fig. 9. 
Cancer punctatus Linnasus, 1758, p. 630 (part.). 
Guaia punctata H. Milne-Edwards, 1S34-1840, t. n, p. 127; Gibbes, 1850, p. 185. 
Persephona punctata Stimpson, 1859, p. 70; Coues, 1871, p. 123; Kingsley, 187S-79, p. 324: Rathbun, 1901, p. 87, 
Carapace globular, thickly strewn dorsally and laterally with granules of various sizes and with 
three sharp, recurved spines, one at each end of the posterior margin and one median just above the 
posterior margin; front narrow, broadly bidentate, produced and elevated and with the dentiform angles 
of the branchial channels projecting slightly beyond it; anterior and lateral regions bounded externally 
424 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
by a row of beadlike granules which is broken toward the front by a single tubercle of larger size and 
toward the back extends to a point nearly opposite the end of the posterior margin. Chelipeds sub- 
cylindrical in the adult male, about one and a half times as long as the carapace; meros with many 
large tubercles; carpus and hand nearly smooth except on margins; hand somewhat flattened and di- 
lated; fingers weak. 
Color, grayish brown, with darker irregular spots or marmorations, the granules white or tinged 
with red. 
This curious crab is occasionally found stranded at low tide on Bird Shoal, but is more often obtained 
by dredging in the shallow waters of the region. It is nowhere abundant and so far as is known it is 
about as likely to be met with in one place as in another. The piu-selike receptacle formed by the 
enormously enlarged penultimate segment of the abdomen of the female may be foimd filled with eggs 
at almost any time during the summer. 
Genus ILIACANTHA Stimpson. 
lliaamtha Stimpson, 18716, p. 155. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Fingers about half as long as palm of hand intermedia. 
aa. Fingers longer than palm of hand subglobosa. 
Diacantha intermedia Miers. PI. xxxn, fig. 3. 
Iliacaniha mlermedia Miers, 1886, p. 302, pi. XXVT. fig. 3, 3a. 
Carapace orbicular, with upturned and truncate frontal portion; three posterior spines, of which the 
median is conical, slightly recurved at the tip, and placed at a higher level than the shorter, flattened, 
triangular spines of the posterior margin; surface of carapace with very small, evenly scattered granules; 
margins granulate; front deeply grooved above, broadly notched in front and with the spiniform angles 
of the branchial channels extending beyond it. 
Chelipeds slender; the meros cylindrical and granulate, the granules much coarser proximally; 
manus smooth, nearly as long as carapace, more or less club-shaped, somewhat inflated proximally, 
but taperingrapidly to the very slender fingers, which are about one-half the length of the palm, incurved 
at the tip and denticulate on the distal half of their opposable margins. 
Color, gray, without markings of any kind; in alcohol, fading to a pinkish white. 
Dimensions of a male: Length, 16 mm.; width, 12 mm.; chela, length, 13 mm.; fingers, 4 mm. 
Two specimens of this little crab were taken by the Fish Hawk at station D 7942 . In general appear- 
ance it so closely resembles the young of Persephona punctata that its identity would be pretty certain 
to escape unnoticed on a cursory examination. 
Diacantha subglobosa Stimpson. PI. xxxii, fig. 2. 
Iliacantha subcjldbosa Stimpson, 1871. p. 155. 
Very similar to /. intermedia, but with less coarsely granulate carapace, more rounded spines at the 
sides of the posterior end of the carapace and much longer fingers; the latter exceed the palm in length 
and are armed at regular intervals with relatively large teeth between which are numbers of much 
smaller teeth. 
Length of a niale, 21 mm.; width, 16 mm.; chela, length, 22 mm; fingers, 13 mm. 
There is no record of the occurrence of this crab in the immediate vicinity of Beaufort, but it has been 
taken at various points along the coast to the north and south of this locality and doubtless will be found 
to occtu- here. 
Genus LITHADIA BeU. 
LUhadia Bell, 1855, p. 305. 
Lithadia cariosa Stimpson. PI. xxxii, fig. 6. 
IMhadia cariosa Stimpson, i860, p. 238; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 335. 
Carapace convex, subpentagonal, its surface very imeven and covered everywhere, as are the other 
parts of the body and legs, with beadlike granules, larger posteriorly ; front narrow, upturned, and broadly 
notched; posterior margin bilobate and partly overhung by the large, knoblike cardiac lobe; subhepatic 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 425 
region with a large blunt tooth. Abdomen of male narrow triangular with a backward projecting spine 
at proximal end of the penultimate segment; abdomen of female with the penultimate segment very 
large, nearly circular. 
Chelipeds stout, a little longer than the width of the carapace, their joints angular, outer margin 
of manus crested. 
Length of carapace, 14 mm., width, 15 mm. 
Color, a light gray or buff ; the female occasionally with two or three small red spots on the abdomen. 
This curious little crab is not uncommon at depths from i to 5 fathoms in the channels about Beau- 
fort. When brought to the surface in the dredge it feigns death and is only with difficulty distinguished 
from the pebbles and bits of shell among which it appears to make its home. Eggs occur at intervals 
throughout the summer. 
Stimpson's material, from which the species was described, came from Beaufort Harbor. 
Genus SPEKEOPHORUS A. Milne-Edwaids. 
Spelceopkorus A. Milne-Edwards, 1865, p. 148. 
KBY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAtJFORT REGION. 
a. Lateral margins of carapace expanded into broad, flattened wings pontifera. 
aa. Lateral portions of carapace tumid, not expanded into wings nodosus. 
Speloeophorus pontifera (Stimpson). PI. xxxn, fig. 5. 
Lithadia pontifera Stimpson, 1871, p. 115; Rathbun, 1901, p. 38. 
SpeUeophonts triangidus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 23. 
Carapace subrhomboidal, from one-third to one-sixth wider than long, its surface granulate and 
very imeven; front narrow, produced, upturned, and with a deep median sinus; orbits small; lateral 
margin of branchial region on each side extended into a broad wing which conceals the legs and whose 
outer end is truncate or concave; anterolateral margin concave and with a notch near its middle; poste- 
rior margin broad and with a deep roimded cavity on each side of the intestinal region which extends 
toward, and almost to, a much smaller pit on the dorsal surface at the side of the cardiac region; a narrow 
suture connects the cavity and pit of each side. From the front a ridge, interrupted at the center of tlie 
carapace, extends back along the mid-dorsal line almost to the posterior margin; on each side of this 
ridge, in the branchial region, is a prominent elevation more or less divided into two parts, one of which 
is connected by a ridge with the anterior angle of the lateral wing, while the other is similarly connected 
with the posterior angle. 
Chelipeds of moderate size; meros with two large, triangular teeth on the outer margin; fingers 
slender and curved. Walking legs granulate and tuberculate throughout. 
One specimen, 12 mm. wide, was seciued by the Fish Hawk on the fishing banks. 
The species is a small one, apparently attaining a width of about 15 mm., and is extremely variable. 
The ridges and elevations of the dorsal sxirface may be sharp and very conspicuous or low and rounded ; 
the angles of the lateral wings of the carapace may be produced or rounded off. The female is not as 
wide in proportion to her length as is the male, her abdomen is densely tuberculate and the outer poste- 
rior part of the lateral wings is somewhat tumid. 
Among the specimens in the United States National Museum the extreme of angularity of sculpture 
in this species is shown by a specimen from off Culebra, P. R. A less angular specimen comes, 
probably from Florida. The Beaufort specimen is less angular than either of these. 
Speloeophorus nodosus (Bell). PI. xxxn, fig. 4. 
Oreophorus nodosus Bell, 1855, p. 307. 
SpelcEophorus nodosus Milne-Edwards, 1865, p. 149; Rathbun, 1901. p. 89. 
SpeUBOphorus nodosus Stimpson, 1871, p. 119. 
Carapace convex, subtriangular or pentagonal, posterolateral angles roimded, its stuface evenly 
and thickly covered everywhere with crowded, roimded granules; a prominent, broad ridge extends 
backward from the front to the cardiac region; on each side there is a low hump on the hepatic region, 
and behind this, at the side of the gastric region, there is a much larger hump, and still farther back, near 
the posterior border, is one of nearly equal size; the posterior humps overhang and largely contain a pair 
426 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
of deep cavities whose rounded moutlis open one on each side of the posterior margin. The front is nar- 
row, bilobed, and upturned; a short distance back, on the subhepatic region, is a prominent nodose eleva- 
tion, and a little farther back two others of slightly smaller size. 
Chelipeds short and stout, rough, coarsely granulate and crested along the outer margin; crest of 
meros with a large distal and a small proximal lobe. 
Length of carapace, 15 mm.; width, 17 mm. 
Color in life, salmon pink with a few purplish spots on the carapace and rusty brown marks on the 
legs. 
A single adult female of this species was dredged in the channel of Bogue Sound opposite Morehead 
City on July 14, 1913 , and an adult male was taken from a fish 's stomach at the Blackfish Bank on August 
1, 1914. The species has heretofore been taken much farther south. 
Tribe BRACHYGNATHA. 
Brachyura having the buccal frame roughly quadrate, the last pair of legs normal 
in form, rarely reduced in size, and almost never dorsal, the gills few, the first abdominal 
appendages of the female wanting, and the female openings sternal. 
Both of the subtribes and 8 out of the 18 families of this tribe are represented in the 
Beaufort fauna. 
Subtribe BRACHYRHYNCHA. 
Brachygnatha having the body oval, circular, or quadrate and broad in front, the 
rostrum reduced or wanting, and the orbits nearly always well inclosed. 
This subtribe comprises 14 families, of which 7 are represented here. 
Family PORTUNIDAE. The swimming crabs. 
Brachyrhyncha having the body transversely oval, the last pair of legs more or less 
distinctly adapted for swimming, and the antennae folding obliquely or transversely. 
Of the 33 genera assigned to this family 4 are represented here. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAtJFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace with five teeth of about equal size on anterolateral margin; interocular teeth 
three Ovalipes. 
aa. Carapace with nine anterolateral teeth, of which the last is usually much larger than the others; in- 
terocular teeth four, six, or eight. 
b. Palate without a longitudinal ridge Arenxus. 
bb. Palate with a longitudinal ridge. 
c. Abdomen of male triangular Portunus. 
cc. Last two segments of male abdomen very much narrower than the basal segments. . . . CalKnecies. 
Genus OVALIPES Rathbun. 
Ovalipes Rathbun, 1898, p. 597. 
Plaiyonichus I/atreille, 1S25, p. 151, pt. (not Platyonichus Latreille, 181S, vol. xxvn, p. 4), 
Ovalipes oceUatus ocellatus (Herbst). Lady crab. PI. xxxii, fig. 7. 
Cancer ocellaius Herbst, 1782-1804, vol. HI, heft i, p. 61. 
Portunus pidus Say, 1817. p. 62. 
Platyonichus oceUatus Latreille, 1825, p. 152; H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. i, p. 437; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878- 
79, p. 321; Smith, 18S6, p. 631: Paulmier, 1905, p. 143: Fowler, 1912. p. 421. 
Ovalipes ocellatus Rathbun, 1898, p. 597: Sumner, 1911, p. 672. 
Carapace about one-fourth wider than long, convex, finely granulate everywhere except in the 
median line, where there is a longitudinal band of slightly enlarged granules; front mth three acute 
teeth , of which the median is about twice as long as the lateral ones. Orbit with one shallow fissure above. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 427 
Anterolateral teeth strong, acute, directed forward. Inner suborbital angle projecting as far as the median 
tooth. Lower surface of carapace in the anterolateral region with a curved stridulating ridge. Abdomen 
of male narrow, its sides nearly parallel; sixth segment more than twice as long as seventh, which is 
circular; abdomen of female not greatly broader than that of male, widest at fifth segment. 
Chelipeds rather large; anterior margin of meros with several small spines and a dense fringe of 
hairs; carpus with two spines, the inner one very strong; hand triangular, external border costate, internal 
border with an overhanging densely ciliated ridge, which ends distally in a sharp spine; external costa 
and internal line of cilia continued onto the dactyl. 
Measurements of a male: Carapace, length, 31 mm., width, 38 mm., thickness of body, 12.5 mm.; 
length of cheliped, 42 mm. 
-Color, yellowish gray, closely set with small annular spots of reddish pxuple; carapace and chelipeds 
with a silvery or brassy iridescence. 
The lady crabs are not often observed in the Beaufort region and probably are not as abundant as they 
are farther north. On Bird Shoal and Shark Shoal and on the ocean beaches their cast-off shells are often 
to be found, but these are of small size, and would seem to indicate that mostly immature individuals 
come within reach of the ordinary collector. By the use of the dredge or otter trawl outside the inlet 
many adult specimens have been obtained , and they appear to be fairly common about the fishing banks. 
In the spring of 191 5 a number of specimens were obtained in the pound net set in Newport River, 
about I mile north of the laboratory. 
Ovalipes ocellatus floridanus sub. sp. nov. PI. xxxii, fig. 8. 
Ovalipes ocellatus, VAT., Smith, 1887, p. 632. 
Holotype, No. 47937, U. S. Nat. Mus., J from Pensacola, Fla. Paratypes, No. 1791s. U. S. Nat. Mus. 
Differs from Ovalipes ocellatrts ocellatus in the lack of the purple ocellated spots, the color being a 
imiform grayish yellow; the carapace is less arched and is evenly granulate all over, the median band 
of enlarged granules not being evident; the anterolateral spines, especially the outer orbitals, are more 
acute; the orbits are wider, the distance between the outer and inner orbital spines exceeding the dis- 
tance between the suborbital spines, whereas in O. ocellatus ocellatus the reverse is usually true. The 
broadening of the orbits appears to have been brought about at the expense of the interorbital part of 
the carapace, the distance between the two inner orbital spines being slightly less than in typical 
ocellattis from the north. 
' In the region about Beaufort, especially at a distance of a few miles off Cape Lookout, this form of 
the lady crab is probably much more common than the spotted form. In the harbor it is very rare. 
Specimens from the neighborhood of Cape Hatteras are not typical in all cases as regards measurements; 
often the color is the only distinctive character. Along the Florida coast, judging from the collection 
in the National Museum, the unspotted form is the only one that occiu-s. 
Genus PORTUNUS Weber. The pelagic crabs. 
Potiunus Weber, 1795, p. 93; Fabricius, 1798, p. 325. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION." 
a. Carapace wide; if the middle of the posterior margin be taken as a center and a circle drawn with 
the length of the carapace as its radius, the periphery will fall well within the tips of the antero- 
lateral spines (Subgenus Portunus). 
b. Interocular teeth six, the inner orbital being entire sayi. 
bb. Interocular teeth eight, the inner orbital being bilobed gibbesii. 
a Portunus and Achelous. — It is needless, in the present case, to attempt to settle the status of any of the groups into which 
the genus Portunus has been divided. WTiether the form of the carapace, the shape and function of the anterior walking legs, the 
articles of the third maxillipeds, or some other structural detail will furnish entirely satisfactory characters for a division can be 
determined only by the critical study of a much more extensive collection of species than we have at our command. For the pur- 
poses of this paper it appears to be best to follow Dr. Mary J. Rathbun in regarding Portunus, sensu strictu, as consisting of those 
species with a broad carapace and A chelous as consisting of those with a narrow carapace, placing both as subgenera under 
Portunus. It is doubtless true that this difference will not show in the case of very young individuals of some of the species, 
but with reasonably mature and with all adult specimens there should be no trouble in making the distinction. 
428 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
aa. Carapace narrower; a circle drawn as before will fall well outside the tips of the fifth, sixth, and 
seventh anterolateral spines (Subgenus Acheloiis). 
b. Interocular teeth eight, the inner orbital being bilobed spinimarms. 
bb. Interocular teeth six, the inner orbital being entire. 
c. Basalarticleof last pair of legs with an acute, upright spine sebcE. 
cc. Basal article of last pair of legs without an erect spine. 
d. Internal spine of carpus extending to middle of hand or beyond spinicarpus. 
dd. Internal spine of carpus of moderate length. 
e. Superoextemal surface of chela with a conspicuous, smooth silvery or iridescent area . .ordwayi. 
ee. Superoextemal stirface of chela ridged and not iridescent. 
/. Superior margin of hand with two distal spines, one behind the other; posterior lateral 
spine distinctly longer than the others anceps. 
ff. Superior margin of hand with only one distal spine; posterior lateral spine little if any 
longer than one in front of it depressifrons. 
Portunus gibbesii (Stimpson). PI. xxxiii, fig. i. 
Lupa gibbesii Stimpson, 1862, p. 57. 
Acheloiis gibbesii Stirapson, 1862, p. 222; VerriU, 1908, p. 389. 
Portunus gibbesii Rathbun, 1900, p. 140. 
Carapace more than twice as wide as long, not tumid, thickly covered with small spherical granules, 
pubescent, and with three or four naked, transverse ridges, two of which arise from the lateral spines and 
run toward the gastric region ; frontal teeth 8, including the two points of the inner orbitals, each of which 
is notched at the summit; the 2 median teeth are narrower and slightly more advanced than the next 
pair; external orbital tooth not much larger than the teeth of the anterolateral border, which are stout, 
acute, and directed forward ; the last tooth, or lateral spine, slender, very sharp, curved forward and about 
as long as the space occupied by the four preceding teeth ; near the anterolateral margin at the base of 
the teeth are one or more small, naked, iridescent areas. 
Chelipeds long, slender; meros with five or six spines in front and one at the distal end; carpus 
with a large internal and a smaller external spine ; chela slender, ribbed on all its sxnfaces; the ribs con- 
tinued onto the fingers and made rough by sharp-pointed , appressed tubercles ; there are two spines on 
the hand, one at the articulation with the carpus, the otlier near the distal end of the superior rib ; fingers 
nearly straight with inciu'ved tips. 
Length of a male, 29 mm.; width, 61 mm. 
Color, brownish red, the transverse ridges on the carapace and the spines and margins of the cheli- 
peds carmine red. 
On the American coast the range of this crab extends as far north as Woods Hole , Mass. It is fairly 
common about Beaufort and is often taken in the deeper channels of the harbor. 
Portunus sayi (Gibbes). PI. xxxm, fig. 2. 
Portunus pelagicus Bosc, 1805, p. 219. 
Lupa pelagica Say, 1817, p. 97; De Kay, 1844, p. n (not Z.. pelagica Leach). 
Lupa sayi Gibbes, 1850. p. 178. 
Neptunus sayi Stimpson, i860, p. 220. 
Portunus sayi Rathbun, 1897, p. 22; ibid, 1898, p. 276; Verrill, 1908, p. 376; Sumner, 1911, p. 672. 
Carapace very nearly twice as wide as long, somewhat tumid, smooth and polished to the naked eye, 
but with a lens it is seen to be finely granulate ; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals; the 2 median 
teeth smaller but on a line with the next pair; external orbital tooth larger than those of the antero- 
lateral border except the ninth, which is stout, acute, and about as long as the space occupied by the 
three preceding teeth ; the teeth of the anterolateral border bltint and increasing slightly in size pos- 
teriorly. 
Chelipeds of moderate length, somewhat larger in the male than in the female; meros with four, 
rarely three, stout, curved spines in front, none behind ; carpus with two spines. Manus with an acute 
spine at the articulation and a smaller one near the base of the movable finger ; the external sinf ace with 
two longitudinal ribs of which the lowermost extends onto the finger; the superior siu^ace with three ribs 
which are continued onto the finger, the innermost one being ciliate beneath. 
Length of a male, 20.5 mm. ; width, 40 mm. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 429 
Color, chocolate brown, with cloudings of olive green and irregular white spots. 
A pelagic form, living among Sargassum, and not infrequently carried by the currents into the 
harbor. Quite a number of the specimens taken at Beaufort were egg-bearing. 
Portunus (AcheloUs) spinimanus Latreille. PI. xxxni, fig. 4. 
Poriunus spinimanus Latreille, 1819, p. 47. 
A ckdoUs spinimanus DeHaan, 1833, p. 8; Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 320 (spinimana); Verrill, 1908, p. 385. 
Lupa spinimana Stimpson, 1859, p. 57. 
Portunus (Achelous) spinimanus Rathbun, 1901, p. 45. 
Achelous smitkii Verrill, 1908, p. 386, figs. 32 and 33. 
Carapace considerably less than twice as wide as long, finely granulate and pubescent and with a 
number of prominent, curved, coarsely granulate, transverse ridges; frontal teeth 8, including the inner 
orbitals, each of which is notched at the summit and presents two points; the 2 middle teeth are slightly 
narrower and more advanced than the next pair and all are considerably more advanced than the 
inner orbitals; outer orbital teeth obtuse , not much larger than the teeth of the anterolateral borders 
which are strong, acute, or acuminate and of about one size except the last, which is about twice as large a, 
the others and usually curved forward. 
Chclipeds long, pubescent, and serratogranulate all over; meros with four, sometimes five, strong, 
curved spines in front and one at the distal end ; carpus with two spines, the inner one much the stronger, 
and on the upper surface four conspicuous ridges; hand slender, all its surfaces with ridges which extend 
onto the fingers; a strong spine at the carpal articulation and another near the base of the movable finger; 
fingers nearly straight, the tips inciu-ved. 
Length of a male, 31 mm.; width, 52 mm. 
Color, yellowish or reddish brown, ridgesof carapace, spines of chelipeds and fingers and tipsof legs 
red, fingers with white blotches. 
This species, which bears a general resemblance to Poriunus gibbesii, is not uncommon in the waters 
off Beaufort Inlet and is sometimes foimd in the deeper channels of the harbor. The two species are 
quite often found in company, as they doubtless require the same conditions, but may be readily dis- 
tinguished by the narrower, rounder form of P. spinimanus and the entire lack of the iridescent 
patches on the carapace mentioned in the description of P. gibbesii. 
In his paper on the decapod crustaceans of Bermuda, Verrill has described a subspecies, smiihii, 
which he states has been collected at Fort Macon, off Hatteras, and at other points farther south. It 
has been pointed out by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun <! that Achelous smiihii Verrill was based upon a misinter- 
pretation of a figure by A. Milne-Edwards * of an immatixre swimming crab said to have come from 
Chile and identified by Edwards as Portunus spinimamus. 
It may easily be that the figure in question does not represent P. spinimanus of Latreille at all 
It may even be that Latreille, Leach, and various other early writers confoimded two or more species 
under this name, though this seems imlikely , but the Lupa, or Achelous, spinimanus of Stimpson, .Smith, 
Kingsley, and various others was unquestionably the same as the one to which the name is here 
applied. 
Portunus (Achelous) spinicarpus Stimpson. PI. xxxni, fig. 3. 
AcJielous spinicarpus Stimpson, 1871, p. 148. 
Neplunus spinicarpus A. Alilne-Edwards, 1879, p. 221. 
Portunus (AcheloUs) spinicarpus Rathbun, 1901, p. 47. 
Carapace slightly more than twice as wide as long, sculpttu-ed, with a number of naked, rather 
coarsely granulate, arching, transverse ridges between which the shell is finely granulate and pubescent; 
frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals, the outer margins of which are sinuate but not notched; 
the true frontal teeth are narrow, acute , separated by broad notches, and the median pair is considerably 
advanced beyond the others; external orbital tooth acute and larger than the neighboring teeth of 
the anterolateral margin; the latter vary somewhat in size, are concave sided and very acute, the 
eighth tooth has the form of a slender, forwardly curving spine more than half as long as the antero- 
lateral border; posterolateral angle sharp, the margin being slightly reciu-ved. 
oProc. U. S. Nat. Mus.. vol. xxxvni, 577 (footnote), 1910. i>Arch. Mus. Hist. Nat., Paris, vol. X, pi. 32. 1S61. 
69571°— 18 28 
430 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OK FISHERIES. 
Chelipeds long and slender; meros with four stout, curved spines in front and a single similar one 
at the distal end behind; carpus -mth two spines of which the outer is small and weak while the inner 
one is very long and extends along tlie side of Uie hand almost to the base of the movable finger; hand 
with scrratotubcrculate ridges, which are prolonged onto Uie fingers, and two spines, one at tlie carpal 
articulation, the other near the base of the movable finger; fingers nearly straight, incur\'ed at tips. 
Length of a male, i8 mm.; width, 38 mm. 
Color, bro^^•nish yellow witli red markings on ridges of carapace, spines of legs and fingers. 
This appc;u-s to be a Sjiecies of the deeper waters of the region. It has been dredged from 13 
to 134 fathoms off Hatteras, off Cape Fear, :ind between Hatteras and Cape Lookout, but so far as is 
definitely known h;is not been taken anywhere along tlie shore or in the harbor. 
Portunus (AcheloUs) sebae (Milne-Edwards). PI. xxxiii, fig. 5. 
Lupia seba H. Milne-Iidwards, 1834-1840. t. I, p. 455. 
Niplunus scba A. Milne-Edwards, 1S61. p. 339. 
Achdoils jffxr Smith. 1869, p. 34; Verrill; ibid.. 1908, p. 380. 
Portunus (.4r/tW<>ui) sebas Rathbun. 1901, p. 46. 
Carapace less tlian twice as wide as long, pubescent and with very indistinct granulate ridges; 
ftontal teeth 6, including tlie inner orbitals; the outer margins of which are only slightly sinuate; 
teeth of the median pair blimter and more advanced than those of tlie next pair; external orbital tooth 
acuminate and slightly larger than the nearest anterolateral tooth; anterolateral teeth acute or acumi- 
nate, their tips turned fonvard, the eighth one longer than the space occupied by the three preceding 
tee til. 
Chelipeds of moderate length, pubescent and with fringes of silky hairs; meros mth five spines in 
front and one behind; carpus with two spines, the internal one being strong and very sharp; hand 
witli three spines; one at the carpal articulation, a small one immediately above the base of tlie movable 
finger, and a larger one farther back; fingers slender, straight. Basal article of last pair of legs with an 
erect spine. 
Length of a male, 29.5 mm.; width, 55.2 mm. 
Color, in alcohol, pale brownish yellow, fingers red, a large round red spot on each flank of the 
carapace. By Verrill the hairs fringing the legs and chelipeds are said to be red. 
There is no record of this species ha\'ing been taken in the Beaufort region, and there are no speci- 
mens in the United States National Museum from farther north than Key West, Fla. It occurs in the 
Bermudas, and both Dr. Mary J. RaUibun and Prof. \"errill state that its range extends from North 
Carolina to Brazil. The species, in all probability, will be found here sooner or later, and is therefore 
included in this paper. 
Portunus (AcheloUs') depressifrons Stimpson. PI. xxxiii, fig. 7. 
Amt'hittiU det>reisifronsSX\^a\iSoa. 1S59. p. 5S. 
A<hcU>iii depressifrons Stimpson. iS5o, p. 2=3; Colics, 1873. p. 121; Kingslcy, 1S78-79, p. 320: Verrill. 190S, p. 391. 
Portunus {Achcious) depressiforns Rathbun, 1901. p. 45. 
Carapace about one and three-fifths times as wide as long, uneven, pubescent and with indistinct 
transverse ridges; frontal teeth six, including the inner orbitals, which are neither notched nor sinuate 
and much larger than Uie others, the tips of all the teeth about on a line ; external orbital tooth strong, 
its tip rounded ; anteroKitcral teeth acute, turned forward, the eighth scarcely longer than the one in front 
of it, tlie tectli and the intervals between them ciliated. 
Chelipeds trigonal, serratogranulate and pubescent; meros with five spines in front and a distal one 
behind; carpus wiUi two spines, the outer much smaller than the inner one: hand short and compressed, 
its upper margin raised into a crest which terminates distally in a stout spine, a smaller spine at the carpal 
articulation ; fingers flattened, the movable one with a border of cilia on the superior margin. The three 
pairs of walking legs are unusually long and slender and the first pair has its articles fringed with 
hairs. The swimming legs are shorter than in most of the species of this genus. 
Lcngtli of a male, 23.5 mm. ; width, 37 mm. (Specimen from Key West, Fla.) 
Color: \'errill stated that "in life the carapace is irregularly mottled with light and dark gray, 
closely imitating the colors of the sand; the chelipeds and posterior legs are similar, though paler; but 
the first pair of ambulatory legs, whicli are longer than tlic others, are bright purple or deep blue, in the 
larger specimens, while some portion of the same color is usually seen on the next two pairs, but the color 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 43 1 
of the first pair is in striking contrast with that of the rest of the crab. The very young specimens did not 
show this distinction in the color of the legs, so far as observed. ' ' 
This crab, reported from Fort Macon by Coues and by Kingsley has not been collected here for many 
years, so far as our records go. The United States National Museum has no specimens from farther north 
than Key West, Fla., and the Bahamas. Prof. Verrill reports it as very common at Bermuda. The 
original description by Stimpson was based on specimens from the coast of South Carolina and the Florida 
Keys. It is liable to be found here at any time. 
Portunus (Achelotis) anceps (Saussure). PI. xxxiii, fig. 8. 
Lupea anceps Saussure, 185S. p. 434. 
Achelous anceps Stimpson. 1871, p. 113; Smith, 1886, p. 634; Verrill, 1908, p. 378. 
Nepiunus ventralis A. Milne-Edwards, 1879, p. 215, pi. xi,, fig. 3. 
Portunus (Acfietous) anceps Rathbun, 1900, p. 141. 
Portunus ventralis Rathbun, igoi, p. 45. 
Carapace twice as mde as long, pubescent and with several distinct arching, granulate, transverse 
ridges; frontal teeth 6, including the inner orbitals which are bltint and considerably shorter than the 
outer pair of true frontal teeth; median pair of teeth very short and smaller than the inner orbitals; 
anterolateral teeth small, acute and cm-ved forward, the last one sharp, slender, and about as long as the 
space occupied by the fotu- preceding teeth. 
Chelipeds long; meros with four spines in front and a distal one behind; carpus ridged and with a 
strong internal and a smaller external spine ; hand with ridges on the outer and superior surfaces, most of 
which are continued onto the fingers, the superointemal ridge more elevated than the others and ending 
distally in two spines, one behind the other. 
Length of a male, 13 mm. ; width, 26 mm. (Verrill). 
Color: "Mottled gray and yellowish white so as to imitate the sand pretty closely; the first pair of 
legs in some were red, in others yellow; the chelipeds and other legs had, in part, the same color." 
(Verrill.) 
The nattiral habitat of this species is in more tropical waters than those of the Beaufort region, but 
it, like the other swimming crabs, is carried northward in the Gulf Stream and itsoccurrence here would 
occasion no surprise. A good series of specimens was reported by Smith from off Cape Hatteras in 7 
to 16 fathoms. Verrill stated that it is not uncommon at Bermuda. 
The identity of P. anceps and P. ventralis was first suspected by Verrill <^ from the comparison of the 
measurements of Bermudean specimens of P. anceps with those given by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun for Porto 
Rican specimens identified by her as P. ventralis. A careful comparison of specimens in the National 
Museum shows that Prof. Verrill's suspicion was well founded. 
Portunus (Achelotis) ordwayi (Stimpson). PI. xxxin, fig. 6. 
Achelous ordwayi Stimpson, i860, p. 224: Smith, 1869, p. 9: ibid., 1870, p. 148; Verrill, 1908, p. 381. 
Neptunus ordwayi A. Milne- Edwards, 1879, p. 217. 
Portunus {Achelous) ordwayi Rathbun, 1901, p. 46. 
Carapace one and one-half times as wide as long, tmeven, the elevations granulate and the depres- 
sions pubescent, with a number of conspicuous, ciu~ving, transverse ridges; frontal teeth 6, including the 
inner orbitals which are acuminate; true frontal teeth of about one size, triangular, acute, the middle 
pair advanced beyond the others; outer orbital tooth large; anterolateral teeth diminishing slightly in 
size from the first to the seventh, inclusive, the eighth about as long as the space occupied by the two 
preceding teeth, the tips of all acute and tinned forward. 
Chelipeds of moderate length; meros with four or five strong spines in front and a single distal one 
behind ; carpus ribbed and with a strong internal and a much smaller external spine ; hand ribbed on all 
its surfaces except the superior one, which is flat and highly iridescent over more or less of its area; the 
superointemal ridge is raised into a crest which terminates distally in a sharp spine. The margins of the 
carapace and chelipeds are more or less fringed with silky hairs. 
Length of a male, 24.5 mm. ; width, 37.5 mm. 
Color, carapace and legs reddish brown, due to a fine mottling with red, yellowish brown, and gray; 
beneath pale orange, deeper on the chelipeds and legs; chelae, above, deep red-brown, the fingers with 
two cross bands of light orange-red. 
Taken by the Albatross in 32 fathoms between Cape Hatteras and Cape Lookout. 
" Op. cit., p. 379. 
432 BUIvI^ETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
« 
Genus CALLINECTES Stimpson. 
CaUinfctes Stimpson. iS6o. p. 320. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OV THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Frontal teeth, including the inner orbitals, four sapidus 
aa. Frontal teeth, including the inner orbitals, six ornalus. 
Callinectes sapidus Rathbun. Blue crabs. PI. xxxv, fig. i. 
Lupa hojlala Say. 1817, p. 63. and iSiS, p. 443. 
Lu/>a dicantha De Kay, 1S44. p. 10. 
Callinccles hailalus Ordway. 1836. p. s6S; Coues. 1871. p. 130: Paulmier. 1905. p. 143. 
Cailintctes sapidus Rathbun, 1S96. p. 352; Verrill. 190S. p. 370: Sumner, loii. p. 672; Fowler. 1912. p. 128-130. 
Carapace, including lateral spines, two and a half times as wide as long, moderately convex, nearly 
smootli except on inner br;mchial and cardiac regions where it is lightly tuberctilate; a tuberculate 
transverse line from one lateral spine to the other and a shorter transverse line about halfway between 
this and the frontal margin; frontal teeth, four, including the inner orbitals, triangular, acute, botli pairs 
more or less distinctly bilobed; anterior eight anterolateral spines of subequal length, concave on both 
margins and acuminate; lateral spines nearly straight, longer than the space occupied by the three pre- 
ceding teeth; inner suborbital tooth prominent and acute. 
Chelipeds of male large and powerful, those of the female considerably smaller; meros with three 
spines in front and one small one at the distal end behind ; carpus with one spine and one spiniform tuber- 
cle on tlie external surface ; manus stamg, prominently ribbed and with a strong proximal spine ; fingers 
strong, nearly straight and strongly toothed. 
Length of a male, 67 mm. ; width, 166 mm. 
Color, grajdsh or bluish green of varying shades and tints relieved by more or less brilliant red on 
the spines of the carapace and the fingers. 
This crab, so abundant along the Atlantic coast from Cape Cod southward, is common enough in 
the Beaufort region to be of some commercial importiince . Throughout the siunmer soft crabs are caught 
for local consumption and occasionally a few are shipped away. At Morchead City the business of 
shipping soft crabs is Ciuried on with regularity-, though most, if not the whole, of the supply is obtained 
from Barkers Island and jwints still farther to the eastward. Hard crabs are not utilized to any marked 
degree. Some years ago at one of the oyster canneries in Beaufort an effort was made to establish a 
crab-canning industr)-, but it was found that crabs could not be obtained in suflicient niunbers at the 
time they were wanted and the ventiu-e failed. With proper apparatus and perhaps some patience in 
training the fishermen to use it there should be no difficulty in securing quite as many blue crabs in the 
neighborhood of Beaufort as at any other point along the coast. At present fishing is done only with 
hand nets in the marshes and creeks. 
The development and behavior of the blue crab are extremely interesting, but the study of its life 
history, while of no little practical improtance, is a matter of much difficult^'. Young crabs and some of 
the older ones may be observed with case in shallow water near the shore ; the older indiN-iduals, however, 
prefer deeper water and can not well be watched. When a number are confined together in a limited 
space they will fight to the death and the victors will devour the vanquislied without compimction. 
To confine a sufficient number of crabs of various sizes and both sexes in separate compartments is 
troublesome and so far has been an impossibility', except during the summer months. The following 
brief account is based on the observations of several years, and while incomplete gives the most important 
facts as far as they have been ascertained." It also indicates how much is still to be learned. 
Egg-bearing females begin to appear in the spring, become abimdant during tlie summer, and 
diminish rapidly in numbers in the early fall. The eggs, when first laid, are of a light orange-yellow 
color, but as they grow older they darken and finally become dark brown or a dirty gray. They are very 
small and may number anywhere from i to 5.000,000. Collectively they form a mass which projects 
far beyond the margins of the abdomen of the female and interferes considerably with her movements. 
She carries them about until they hatch, when the little crabs, in the zoea stage, leave the mother and 
float away in the water. 
a In this connection see Hay. Report, Bureau of Fisheries, for 1904. P- 397. and Binford, Johns Hopkins Circ. February, 1911; 
also ChiUester, Biol. Bull, xxi, no. 4, p. 335-348, 19x1. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 433 
The time required by the young crab to pass through the zoea and megalops stages to the first 
crab stage is not known, but it is probable that young hatched during the summer complete their trans- 
formation before winter. By this time they are about 3 millimeters wide. They probably grow little 
if at all during the colder months, but early the next spring are ready to begin their active predatory 
life. If an adequate supply of food is obtained they grow quite rapidly, molting at first at intervals of 
about a week and later at intervals of about a month, increasing about one -third in width at each molt. 
By the end of the second summer they have reached a width of from 75 to 100 millimeters. 
In both sexes mattirity is probably reached in the third or fourth summer after hatching. The full- 
grown male measures over 160 millimeters from tip to tip of his lateral spines and is about as active and 
pugnacious an animal as is to be found in the water. The females are somewhat smaller and have 
weaker chelipeds, but they can inflict a very painful bite and will fight savagely if surprised and retreat 
is impossible. Diuing the molt at which the female reaches matiuity her abdomen loses the triangular 
shape which it has had through the earlier molts; it becomes broad and roimded and lies loosely on the 
ventral side of the thoracic sterna. A day or two previous to this molt, imder normal conditions, she 
has been taken up by some male who carries her about imtil her shell is ready to be cast, guards her dur- 
ing the process, and immediately afterwards mates with her. It is believed that she never mates again, 
although she may produce more than one lot of eggs, and it is probable that she never molts again. The 
male also probably does not molt after reaching matiurity, but he will mate repeatedly with different 
females if he has an opportunity to do so. 
The courting habit of the male, referred to by Prof. Verrill a and others, is very interesting. The 
" dancing and strutting" is done immediately before the female is taken up to be carried about and does 
not appear ever to be enacted except before a female that is about to cast her shell . The attitude of 
the female at such times appears to be one of interest and submission. How soon eggs are produced after 
mating is not known, but there are reasons for believing that it is not for several weeks and possibly not 
until the next season. It is not at all likely that two lots of eggs are produced in one summer, although 
well-developed eggs may be found in the ovary of a female that has just hatched one lot. 
Having reached matiuity the crab probably lives three or four years. Its enemies, aside from man, 
do not appear to be numerous and against them it is ordinarily able to defend itself if escape is not prac- 
ticable. Its shell, however, affords a convenient lodging place for barnacles and bryozoans and its 
gills and gill chambers become clogged with clusters of a little stalked barnacle (Octolasnia darwini) all 
of which doubtless help to weaken it and to make it an easy victim of some hungry fish or a summer 
storm. Observations made during the summer indicate that the mortality is greatest among the old 
females at that season of the year, but it may be that the males die and are destroyed in deeper water so 
that their shells are not cast on the shore. When laden with eggs the females seek comparatively shal- 
low water and at times have been observed in numbers close to the edge of the deep channels which run 
along the inside of Bogue and Shackleford Banks. 
Two specimens of dwarf females, both mature, have been collected at Beaufort. The smaller of 
these measiues only 35 mm. long and 80 mm. wide. 
Callinectes omatus Ordway. PI. xxxiv, fig. 2. 
Callinedes omatus Ordway, 1863, p. 571; Rathbun, 1895, p. 356; ibid, 1901, p. 48: Verrill, 1908, p. 366. 
Carapace of approximately the same proportions as in C. sapidus; somewhat tumid and finely granu- 
late throughout, transverse lines distinct; frontal teeth, including the inner orbitals, 6; anterolateral 
spines shallow and broad, the tips of the first five or six acute, the others acuminate; lateral spines 
curved forward and hardly as long as the space occupied by the three preceding teeth ; inner suborbital 
angle prominent but hardly acute. First segment of abdomen of male produced laterally into an acute, 
upturned spine. Chelipeds formed as in C. sapidus but with the spines probably more acute, the 
ridges of the manus more developed and the teeth on the fingers larger and sharper. 
Length of a male, 33 mm. ; width, 74 mm. 
Color, clear grayish or bluish green with red on the fingers and more or less brilliant blue on the 
front of the chelipeds and terminal joints of the legs, merging into dark blue or purple at the articula- 
tions; lateral spines and lower surface of chelipeds and teeth of chelae ivory white. 
o 1,0c. dt., p. 371, 372. 
434 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Callinectes ornatus is by no means rare in Beaufort Harbor though full grown individuals are not to 
be found. Specimens 3 inches and less in width can usually be collected about Bird Shoal and may 
easily be distinguished from the commoner C. sapidus by their more brilliant coloration and by their 
greater pugnacity. It also seems that their claws are stronger than those of C. sapidus of the same size 
and their nip is correspondingly more painful. 
Genus AREN.a;US Dana. 
ArentEus Dana, iSsi, p. 130. 
Arenaeus cribrarius (Lamarck). PI. xxxiv, fig. 3. 
Porlunus cribrarius Lamarck, 1818, p. 259. 
Lupa maculata Say, iSrS, p. 445. 
Arenaeus cribrarius Dana, 1852, p. 290; Coucs, 1871, p. 121: Kingsley, 1878, p. 320; Rathbun, 1901, p. 50: S umn er, 1911, 
p. 672: Fowler, 1912, p. 413. 
Carapace more than twice as wide as long, very finely granidate; produced on each side into a 
strong spine between which and the orbit are eight strong, somewhat acuminate teeth heavily ciliate 
beneath; front narrow, not so far advanced as the outer orbital angles, and with three teeth on each side 
of the median notch; of tliese teeth the outer one forms the inner angle of the orbit and the central one 
is partly coalesced with the innermost one; superior wall of orbit with two deep fissures dividing it into 
three lobes; inferior wall of orbit with a wide external fissue and with the inner angle much advanced; 
lower surface of carapace hairy. 
Chelipeds of moderate size; meros with three spines on the anterior border and a short tuberculi- 
form one near the distal end of the posterior border; carpus with two spines; hand short, with five longi- 
tudinal granulose carinae and two spines, one at the articulation with the carpus and the other above 
the base of the dactyl. Walking legs rather short and weak, densely ciliate. Swimming feet stout. 
Basal segment of abdomen produced on each side into a strong, sharp, slightly upcurved spine. 
Length of carapace, 27 mm.; width, 59 mm. 
Color, light vinaceous brown or olive brown thickly covered over the dorsal svirface with small, 
rounded, white spots; tips of walking legs, yellow. 
So far as is known this crab seldom if ever enters the harbor and is rarely washed ashore along the 
outer beaches. It lives in rather shallow water close to the shore but is sufHciently adroit as a ^vimmer 
to escape the dangers of the tumbling surf. The collector in search of specimens should be able to haul 
a seine or an otter trawl about half a mile offshore and parallel with the beach. 
Family CANCRIDAE. 
Brachyrnyncna having the body broadly oval or hexagonal, the last pair of legs 
not adapted for swimming, the first pair of antennae folding lengthwise, and the second 
antennas with short, naked flagella. 
This, the typical family of crabs, has been restricted until it now contains but two 
genera. Of these, one is represented within our limits. 
Genus CANCER Linnsus. 
Cancer Linnseus, 1758, p. 625; restricted by Leach, 1815, p. 308, 320. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAin^GRT REGION. 
a. Anterolateral teeth of carapace with denticulate margins borealis. 
aa. Anterolateral teeth with the margins granulate irroratus. 
Cancer borealis Stimpson. Northern crab, Jonah crab. PI. xxxv, fig. 2. 
Cancer irroratus Say, 1S17 (pt.), p. 60; Gould, 1841, p. 322. 
Platycarcinus irroratus Gibbes, 1850, p. 176. 
Concer 6DrC(i/« Stimpson, 1859, p. 50; Kingsley. 18S4, p. 317; R. Rathbun, 1884, p. 769; Sumner, 1911, p. 672; Fowler, 
1912, p. 133. 
Carapace transversely oblong oval, about two-thirds as long as wide, angular at the sides, the sur- 
face finely granulate; anterolateral margins divided into nine quadrangular, crenate lobes or teeth, the 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 435 
margins of which are minutely denticulate; front produced beyond internal orbital teeth and with three 
teeth of which the middle one is longer than the others and depressed ; orbits circular, with two narrow 
fissures above and two below, the suborbital lobe being strongly produced. 
Chelipeds about as long as second pair of legs, stout; carpus and hand with strong, granulose rugae; 
carpus with a sharp spine at its inner angle; hand smooth on inner face, heavily rugose on outer face; 
two rugse continued from hand onto the finger which is slaty black at the tip and somewhat deflexed. 
Ambulatory legs short, fringed beneath, the dactyli tipped with black. 
Length, 62 mm.; width, gi mm. 
Color, yellowish beneath, brick-red above; back with two curved lines of yellowish spots, and 
behind the middle, a figure somewhat resembling the letter H. The legs are mottled and reticulated 
with yellow and brick-red and more or less purplish. 
Small and immature specimens of this species are sometimes dredged in depths from 3 to 5 fathoms 
within the harbor. Larger specimens have been obtained in deep water off the coast. 
Cancer irroratus Say. Northern rock crab. PI. xxxv, fig. i. 
Cancer irroratus Say, 1S17 [pt.], p. 59; Stimpson, 1859, p. 50: Coues, 1871, p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 317; Paulmier, 1905, 
p. 139: Sumner. 1911, p. 671: Fowler, 1912, p. 429. pi. 134, 135. 
Platycarcinus irroratus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, p. 414. 
Cancer sayi Gould, 1S41. p. 323. 
Platycarcinus sayi De Kay, 1S44, p. 7. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex, granulated; anterolateral border divided into 
nine teeth whose margins are granulate, not denticulate as in C. borealis, and the notches between the 
teeth are continued onto the carapace as short-closed fissures, giving a pentagonal character to the teeth; 
posterolateral border a granulated ridge having at its outer end one tooth similar to those of the antero- 
lateral border but smaller; front with three teeth, of which the middle one exceeds tlie others and is 
depressed. Abdomen of male broad ; first, second, and third segments with a transverse granulated ridge. 
Chelipeds of moderate size, not as long as the second pair of legs; carpus with granulated ridges and 
with a sharp spine at the inner distal angle; hand nearly smooth on inner face, outer face with four or 
five granulated lines, two of which are continued onto the finger, while the superior one is cristate. 
Ambulatory legs rather long and slender, meros of first and second pairs extending far beyond carapace. 
Length, 65 mm.; width, 95 mm. 
Color, yellowish, closely dotted with dark purplish brown, which becomes reddish brown after death. 
This crab is rare at Beaufort and the few specimens which have been obtained are immature. At 
■ some distance from the coast larger individuals have been dredged up. Both this species and the 
preceding one are members of a northern fauna, and except in deep water do not extend much farther 
south than the Carolina coast. 
Family XANTHIDAE. 
Brachyrhyncha having the body usually transversely oval, the last pair of legs 
normal, the first pair of antennae folding obliquely or transversely and the male openings 
rarely sternal. 
This very large family of crabs comprises at the present time 106 genera. Of this 
number 1 1 are represented in the Beaufort region. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION.^ 
a. Frontal margin presenting but a single edge, not transversely grooved. 
b. Carapace naked or lightly pubescent, front granulate or smooth, teeth of anterolateral borderusually 
flattened and subtriangular. 
a While in most of the keys in this paper it has been possible to utilize generic characters and to show to some extent the 
accepted ideas of the relationship of the genera, it has been impossible to do so in the case of the family Xanthidae. The diflerences 
between the genera into which the old genus Panopeus has been divided are either too subtle to be appreciated, except after long 
study of the species, or are to be found in a combination of characters no one of which can always be depended upon. It has 
therefore been necessary to make use of the most trivial characters and, since each genus, with the exception of Pitumnus, is 
represented in the Beaufort fauna by a single species, the key is really a key to the species. 
436 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OP PISHERIES. 
c. Antennje not excluded from orbits. 
d. Teeth of anterolateral margins sharp-pointed. 
e. Dactyl of large hand with a large basal tooth. 
/. Outer surface of carpus smooth or nearly so Panopeus. 
ff. Outersiu^aceof carpus with agroove parallel with the distal margin Hexapanopeus. 
ee. Dactyl of large hand without a large basal tooth. 
/. Fingers of small hand spoon-shaped at their tips Eurypanopeus. 
ff. Fingers of small hand not spoon-shaped at tlieir tips Neopanope. 
dd. Teeth of anterolateral margins blunt-pointed or rounded. 
e. Front with two rotinded lobes Eurytium. 
ee. Front with two lobulate lobes Menippe. 
cc. Antennje excluded from the orbits Eriphia. 
bb. Carapace hairy or with extensive pubescent areas, front and anterolateral border with spines or 
spiniform teeth. 
c. Carapace spiny or granulate and with plumose hairs Pilumnus. 
cc. Carapace nodose anteriorly, pubescent posteriorly Lobo pilumnus. 
aa. Frontal margin transversely grooved so as to appear double. 
6. Carapace more or less nodose in front, fingers black Leptodius. 
bb. Carapace with conspicuous transverse ridges, fingers white or brown Rhithropanopeus. 
Genus HEXAPANOPEUS Rathbun. 
Hexapanopeus Rathbun, 1898. p. 273. 
Hexapanopeus angustifrons (Benedict and Rathbun). Narrow mud crab. PI. xxxiv, fig. 7. 
Panopeus angustifrons Benedict and Rathbun, 1891, p. 373. 
Hexapanopeus angustifrons Rathbun, 1898, p. 273; Sumner, 1911, p. 673. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex from front to back, regions fairly well marked, 
surface finely granulate; anterolateral edge thin and upturned and divided into five teeth, of which the 
first two are separated by a well-defined sinus, the third and fourth are successively broader and the 
fifth is shorter, narrower, and more distinctly directed outward ; from the foiuth and fifth teeth well- 
defined ridges extend obliquely inward and backward for a distance of about twice the length of the 
teeth; front narrow and produced, divided by a prominent V-shaped notch into halves, each of which 
is bilobate, the markedly sinuate anterior border forming a broad inner and a small and inconspicuous 
outer lobe. 
Chelipeds strong, granulate, and finely rugose; meros with a well-developed tooth on the upper 
margin; carpus with a deep groove parallel to the distal margin, an obtuse tooth at the inner angle, and 
the superior surface rough and more or less tuberculate; hands unequal and dissimilar; propodus 
usually with a fairly strong costa above and indications of one on the outer surface; both these costae 
are continued onto the fingers, which are strong and inclined to be hooked at their tips; the movable 
finger of the larger hand has a strong tooth at the base. 
Length, 19.5 mm.; width, 28mm. 
Color, variable, sometimes a uniform brownish yellow or even light buff, but usually a dark red- 
dish brown or dark gray, the females usually darker than the males and often more or less spotted. In 
both sexes the fingers are black or dark brown at the base, lighter at the tips; the dark coloration is not 
extended onto the hand, but stops abruptly well within the base of the fingers. 
This little crab occiu-s in various parts of the harbor, especially where the bottom is covered with 
old shells. It is frequently brought up in the dredge in the channel off Morehead City and may be col- 
lected in the shallow water about Bird Shoal. It appears to like to hide among the masses of ascidian- 
covered shells that are so abundant in these localities. In size it ranks far below the common Panopeus 
herbstii, but is rather larger than the other mud crabs of the region. It comes to sexual mattirity at a 
very early age, specimens less than 12 mm. across having been found with eggs. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 437 
Genus PANOPEUS Milne-Edwards. 
Panopeus H. Milne-Edwards. 1834-1840, t. i, p. 403. 
Eupanopeus Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. 
Panopeus herbstii H. Milne-Edwards. Common mud crab. PI. xxxiv, fig. g. 
Cancer panope Herbst. iSoi (?). p. 40; Say, 1817, p. 58. 
Panopeus herbsiii H. Milne-Edwards. 1S34, t. i, p. 403; Coues. 1871. p. 120; Kingsley. 1878-79, p. 318: Benedict and 
Rathbun, 1891, p. 358; Sumner, 1911, p. 673. 
Panopeus herbstii var. obesus S. I. Smith, 1869. p. 278. 
Eupanopeus herbstii Rathbun, 1898, p. 273: ibid., 1901, p. 28; Verrill, 1908. p. 344; Fowler, 1912. p. 122. 123. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, regions well marked, surface sparingly granulate; antero- 
lateral margin with five teeth, of which the first two are coalescent, the third and foiulh are larger, promi- 
nent, and with arcuate outer margins and acute tips, while the fifth is smaller, acute at the tip and 
has the outer margin straight ; a transverse ridge extends inward from the fifth tooth and a shallow groove 
from the fourth tooth; front with a narrow median fissure, the anterior margin of each half sinuate. 
Chelipedsheavj', finely granulate; carpus without a groove on the superior surface and with a blimt 
internal spine; hands uneqtial and dissimilar, the larger one having the movable finger curved and 
strongly toothed at base, while the finger of the smaller one is more nearly straight. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 26 mm; width, 38 mm. 
Color, a dirty gray or slate color; fingers black, the color extending a little onto the palm of the hand. 
One of the most abundant crabs of the region, being foimd wherever the bottom in shallow water 
is muddy or covered with shells or stones. In suitable localities, along the edges of the higher marshes, 
it is often found in burrows and frequently associated with Sesarma reticulata and Uca minax. Speci- 
mens from such localities are usually more convex, smoother, have blunter anterolateral teeth, a less 
conspicuous tooth at the base of the movable finger of the large hand and are more inclined to be of a 
purplish color than are specimens taken from the channels of the harbor. They probably represent 
the variety obestis Smith, which has been recorded from the Beaufort region by Coues and Kingsley. 
In their paper on the genus Panopeus Dr. Benedict and Dr. Mary J. Rathbun do not recognize the 
variety obesus as a subspecies, but after a careful study of a large number of specimens it was their con- 
clusion that the obesus characters, rather than being inherent and transmissable ones, are the result of 
habitat and habits. 
Genus EURYPANOPEUS A. Milne-Edwards. 
Eurypanopeus A. Milne-Edwards. 1880. p. 318. 
Etirypanopeus depressus (Smith). Flat mud crab. PI. xxxiv, fig. 4. 
Paitopeus depressus Smith, 1869, p. 283: Kingsley, 187S-79, p. 319: Benedict and Rathbun, 1891. p. 336: Paulmier, 1905, 
p. 140; Fowler, 1912, p. 117-118. 
Eurypanopeus depressus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 320; Sumner, 1911, p. 673. * 
Carapace about three-foiu'ths as long as wide, flattened posteriorly, convex in the anterior half, 
minutely pubescentand with several fine transverse rugse; anterolateral teeth three, the first two having 
coalesced to form a broad lobe whose margin is only slightly sinuate, the remaining teeth acute and 
thin edged ; front nearly straight, median notch small or wanting altogether. 
Chelipeds dissimilar and very unequal ; the smaller one more rugose than the larger and with the 
margins of the fingers nearly straight and opposable for a considerable distance while the tips are thin 
edged and hollowed out — "spoon-shaped"; larger cheliped with nearly smooth articles, the hand very 
heavy and inflated, movable finger strongly curved, obscurely toothed at the base and meeting the 
immovable one only at the tip ; in the unworn condition both fingers show indication of the spoonlike 
flattening. 
Length of carapace, 14 mm.; width, 19.5 mm. 
^Color, mottled grayish olive ; fingers black, the color of the immovable finger extending well onto 
the palm. 
This species appears to frequent localities where the water is comparatively clean and is not often 
found where the other mud crabs abound. 
438 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OP PISHERIES. 
Genus NEOPANOPE A. Milne-Edwards. 
Neopanope A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 329. 
Neopanope texana sayi (Smith). Southern mud crab. PI. xxxiv, fig. 8. 
Panopeus sayi S. I. Smith, 1869, p. 284; ibid, 1874, p. 312, 547; Kingsley, 1S78-79, p. 319; Birge, 1883, p. 411-426. pi. 
xxx-xxxm; Gissler, 1884, p. 225; Benedict and Rathbun, 1891, p. 363, pi. xxn, fig. 4, and pi. xxra, fig. 7, 8; Paulmire, 
190S. P- 140- 
Panopeus tezanus Kingsley, i88oa, p. 394; A. Milne-Edwards, 1880 (pt.), p. 312, pi. Lvm, fig. 4. 
Panopeus tetanus sayi Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. 
Neopanope texana sayi Stunner, 1911, p. 673; Fowler, 1912, p. 400. pi. 121. 
Carapace about three-fifths as long as wide, quite convex, minutely granulate and lightly 
pubescent, especially near anterior and lateral regions; anterolateral teeth five, of which the first two 
are coalesced and separated by only a shallow sinus, the third and fourth are larger and directed 
forward while the fifth is smaller and directed somewhat outward; from the fourth and fifth teeth 
short, oblique ridges extend inward and backward; front with a very small median notch, each half 
only slightly sinuate, the entire effect being that a much flattened ciu-ve extending from eye to eye. 
Chelipeds smooth, unequal and dissimilar, carpus with a prominent groove parallel with its distal 
margin; movable finger of large hand without a large basal tooth. 
Length, 17 mm., width, 22.5 mm. 
Color, usually a dark slaty bluish green, sometimes brown or even buff; fingers black, the color 
extending well onto the palm. 
In the parts of the harbor which support oyster reefs this crab is abundant. It may also be found 
among the clusters of ascidians on the wharf piling about the town. The zoea and megalops stages 
of P. texanus sayi have been fully described and figitfed by E. A. Birge (loc. cit.). 
Genus EURYTIUM Stimpson. 
Eurytium Stimpson, 1859, p. s6. 
Eurytitxm limosum (Say). PI. xxxv, fig. 7. 
Cancer limosa Say, 1818, p. 446. 
Panopeus limosus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, 1. 1, p. 404. 
Eurytium limosum Stimpson. 1859. p. 56: Kingsley. 1878-79, p. 316: A. Milne-Edwards, i83o, p. 332; Rathbun, 1901, 
p. 41; Verrill, 1908. p. 358; Fowler, 1912, p. 124. 
Carapace about one and one-half times as wide as long, very convex from front to back, nearly 
plane from side to side, siuiace smooth to the eye but under a lens finely granulate; front about one- 
fourth the width of carapace, divided into two lobes by a median notch from which a shallow groove 
runs back over the gastric region; orbital margins somewhat elevated; external orbital tooth coalesced 
with the first tooth of the anterolateral border, the division between the two indicated by a shallow 
sinus; anterolateral teeth with raised margins, the second and third rounded at the tip, the fourth 
more prominent and subacute. 
Chelipeds tmequal and dissimilar, more so in the male than in the female ; meros with a denticulate 
superior border and a distal spiniform tooth; carpus not grooved; fingers pointed. 
Length of a male, 24 mm., width, 36 mm. 
Color in life: "Carapace a brilliant ptnplish blue; wrist and hand bluish; proximal upper half of 
movable finger pink; remainder of finger porcelain white; lower portion of chelipeds and also the 
carpal teeth yellow. " "■ The color of the fingers is not continued onto the palm. 
This crab is common along the coast farther to the south and is said to have been collected as far 
north as New Jersey. It is given in Kingsley 's list of crustaceans whose range embraces Fort Macon, 
but is not definitely credited to the Beaufort locality. 
So far as is known it has never been taken here, but it is one of the species for which the collector 
should be on the lookout. It is said to live in holes which it digs along the margins of salt marshes 
near high-tide level. Its brilliant coloration should enable one to recognize it at once. 
Having no Beaufort specimens for study the above description was based on a fine male from Port 
Royal Island, South Carolina, borrowed from the United States National Museum. 
a Rathbun, Bull. U. S. Fish Commission, vol. xx, p. 40. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 439 
Genus MENIPPE De Haan. 
Menippe De Haan, 1833, p. 4, 21. 
Menippe mercenaiia (Say). Stone crab. PI. xxxv, fig. 8. 
Cancer mercenaria Say, 1818, p. 448. 
Xantko mercenaria H. Milne-Edwards. 1834-1840, 1. 1, p. 399. 
Pseudocarcinus viercenarius Gibbes, 1850, p. 176. 
Menippe mercenaria Stimpson, 1859, p. 53; Coues, 1871. p. 120; Kingsley, 1878-1879, p. 318; A. Milne-Edwards, i3So, p. 262; 
R. Rathbun, 1893, p. 772. 
Carapace transversely oval, about two-thirds as long as wide, convex, minutely punctate and 
granulate; anterolateral border divided into four lobes of which the first two are wide, the third is wide 
but dentiform, and the fourth is much narrower and dentiform; front with a median sulcus, on each 
side of which is a broad trilobulate lobe; orbital border thick, fissures indistinct; antenna not separated 
from orbit. 
Chelipeds very large and heavy, unequal, nearly smooth; inside surface of hands with a patch of 
very fine, oblique, parallel striae, fingers each with a large tooth. Ambulatory legs stout, hairy distally. 
Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 79 mm.; width, 116 mm.; length of cheliped, 155 mm. 
Color of yotmg specimens, a dark pvirplish blue, the very young always with a white spot on the 
wrist. As the animal grows older the color becomes a dark brownish red more or less mottled and 
spotted with dusky gray. 
This crab, which is easily the largest and most massive one of the region, is still relatively abundant, 
although individuals of the largest size are becoming less and less common. The young are hatched 
at intervals throughout the spring and summer and, after having assumed tlie crab form, appear to resort 
to the deeper channels of the harbor where they live under the shell fragments with which such bottoms 
are covered. On attaining a width of half an inch or thereabouts they move into shallower water and 
may be found among the oyster shells and the rocks about the harbor jetties. Here they live until 
they have attained full size, when, if circumstances seem to demand it, they move to some shoal and 
just below low-tide mark make burrows. These burrows extend obliquely for a distance of 12 to 20 
inches and are about 6 inches in diameter. The largest of these crabs may have an extent between 
the tips of the chelipeds of over i foot, but as they are not inclined to be pugnacious they are easily caught. 
When discovered in a biurow, it is said that they may be removed with imptmity if the collector adopts 
the simple precaution of keeping his hand to the upper wall of the hole. 
As an article of food the stone crab is in great demand and the supply is so meager that even local 
needs can not be satisfied. 
Genus ERIPHIA Latreille. 
Eripkia Latreille. 1817, p. 404. 
Eriphia gonagra (Fabricius). Calico crab. PI. xxxv, fig. 6. 
Cancer gonagra Fabricius, 1781, p. 505. 
Eriphia gcmagra H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-40, 1. 1, 426; pi. xvi, fig. 16, 17: Rathbun, 1901, p. 42; Verrill, 1908, p. 362. 
Carapace about one-fourth wider than long, rather flat, with the regions clearly marked off; nearly 
smooth posteriorly but granulate anteriorly and with two transverse lines of subspinous granules, one 
in front of the epigastric lobes and the other across the protogastric and hepatic lobes. Front very wide, 
strongly deflexed and divided into foiu' lobes, of which the two median are broader and more advanced 
than the lateral ones and have a finely granulate border; the lateral lobes form the front of the raised 
margin of the orbits and are in contact beneath with a prolongation of the infraorbital plate, thus com- 
pletely excluding the antenna from the orbit. Anterolateral margins with a row of five spines including 
the outer orbital, behind and inside of which are a few squamiform tubercles. 
Chelipeds unequal, strong, swollen; hand and carpus with numerous large rounded elevations which 
are larger on the hands than on the carpi and on the smaller than on the larger hand; movable finger 
with a squamiform tubercle above at the base and, in the larger hand, a large rounded tooth at the base 
of the cutting edge. Ambulatory legs rather slender, their distal three segments with fine stiff hairs. 
Length of a male, 9 mm.; width, 12 mm. 
Color: Most of the anterior half of the carapace and a broad median stripe extending to the posterior 
margin dark purplish brown, the legs a lighter tint of the same color; front margined with brownish 
orange; sides of carapace, upper surface of chelipeds, dactyli and bases of legs and a narrow band on the 
440 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
distal margin of the other leg articles light yellow; tubercles of the upper half of the chelipeds dark blue; 
of the lower half, yellow; lower surface of chelipeds and body white; fingers brown. 
Four specimens of this gayly colored crab, all immature males, were collected in August, 1915, from 
the jetties on Shackleford Bank. They were found under flat rocks while search was being made for 
Pachygrapsus iransvers'us and Eurypanopens depressus' but appeared to prefer situations a little higher 
above the water than the other two species. One individual contained an isopod parasite (probably 
Leidya distorta) in its branchial chamber. 
Eripkia gonagra has not been reported heretofore on oui coast north of South Carolina. Verrill and 
others have collected it at Bermuda. It is common from the Florida Keys to Brazil and probably 
throughout the Bahamas and West Indies. 
Genus PILUMNUS Leach. 
Pilutnnus Leach, iSis, p. 309, 321. 
KEY TO THE SPEaES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Hand with numerous acute black spines sayi. 
aa. Hand without spines lacteits. 
Pilunmus sayi Rathbun. Hairy crab. PI. xxxv, fig. 4. 
Cancer aculeatus Say, z8i8, p. 449. 
Pilumnus actdeaius Gufirin-Meneville. 1828; pi. in, fig. 2; H. Milnc-Edwards, 1834-1840, 1. 1, p. 420; Coues, 1871, p. 120. 
Pilumnus sayi Rathbun, 1897, p. 15. 
Carapace about three-fourths as long as wide, sparsely covered with long filiform and plumose hairs 
and with about six blackish, acute, nearly erect spines on each side; front depressed, emarginate in 
the center, obsciu-ely so on each side and with four or five spines on each side; superior and inferior 
orbital walls with marginal spines. 
Superior surfaces of chelipeds and ambulatory legs with many filiform and plumose hairs, the carpal 
and propodal articles being most thickly covered and having several strong spines as well. Chelipeds 
large, unequal ; carpus with 15 or 20 erect black spines; spines of hand strong and acute above but becom- 
ing smaller on the external face; fingers ribbed, black and with obtuse teeth, the movable finger spiny 
above at base. 
Length, 22 mm.; width, 29 mm. 
Color, grayish bro^vn irregularly suffused with red; spines mostly black, and the hairs yellow. 
This crab which is easily distinguished from all the others in the region, is fairly common on the 
shelly bottoms of all the channels of the harbor and is not infrequently found crawling about over the 
wharf piles about the towTi front. It also occurs rather abundantly on the Blackfish Banks. 
Pilunmus lacteus Stimpson. Small hairy crab. PI. xxxv, fig. 3. 
Pilumnus lactcus SWm^son, 1871, p. 142. 
Carapace about three-fourths as long as wide and with tufts of plumose hairs on the anterior and 
scattered single hairs on the posterior parts; anterolateral margins with iovn anteriorly directed teeth 
which increase in size from before backwards; front depressed, deeply notched iu the middle and with a 
smaller notch near the eye ; orbital margins with small tubercles but without well developed spines. 
Chelipeds dissimilar in size but otherwise practically alike, stout, setose and plumose-hairy, and 
somewhat tuberculate above, but naked and polished below and on the ventral half or two-thirds of 
both the inner and outer surfaces of the chela; there is a row of small spines on the inner part of the 
distal margin of the carpus. Ambulatory legs hairy and plumose but without spines. 
Length of a male : 11.5 mm.; width, 15.25 mm. 
• Color, gray or pinkish, the plumose hairs whitish or cream-colored, hands and tips of legs light red. 
This species is much rarer at Beaufort than P. sayi but may usually be found, if careful search is 
made, on the wharf piles about the town. It is rarely taken by dredging in the harbor and has only 
once been found in the material brought in by the Fish Hawk from outside. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 44I 
Genus LOBOPILUMNUS A. Milne-Edwards. 
Lobopitumnus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 297. 
Lobopilumnus agassizii (Stimpson). PI. xxxiv, fig. 5. 
Pilumnus agassizii Stimpson. 1871, p. 14.'. 
Lobopilumnus pulchetlus A. Milne-Edwards.t 50, p. 299. 
Lobopilumnus agassizii Rathbun. 1898, p. 269. 
Carapace convex, strongly nodose and granulate and pubescent everywhere except anteriorly; 
front consisting of two large lobate masses deeply separated from each other and from the orbits; orbital 
region with two fissures above and two very narrow ones below, the margin granulate; anterolateral 
margin with three acute, triangular teeth. 
Chelipeds stout and heavy; carpus with forwardly directed granulate tubercles. Ambulatory legs 
pubescent and hairy, their carpal and propodial articles with minute spines above. 
Length, i6 mm.; width, 21 mm. 
One female taken by the Fish Hawk in 13 fathoms at station 7326 represents this species in the 
laboratory collection. 
Genus LEPTODIUS A. Milne-Edwards. 
Leptodius A. Milne-Edwards, 1863. p. 284. 
Leptodius agassizii A. Milne-Edwards. PI. xx.xiv, fig. 6. 
Leptodius agassizii A, Milne-Edwards, 1880. p. 270, pi. xlix. fig. 3. 
Carapace broad, suboval, flattened and finely granulate posteriorly, conspicuously sculptured 
anteriorly, the regions lobulate and with coarse granules and fine scattered hairs along the front margin 
of the lobules; frontal margin double, there being a transverse groove extending across from orbit to 
orbit, both edges of the groove and the orbital margin granulate; of the five anterolateral teeth, the last 
two or three only are well developed, sharp and tiu-ned forward, the second and sometimes the third are 
triangular and obtuse and the first (the outer orbital angle) is represented by an elevated mass of granules. 
Meros of cheliped slightly sou-passing the carapace; carpus strong, with a sharp internal spine and 
with many irregular, granulate rugte above; hands tmequal, the larger one with strong, bltmt-tipped 
fingers, the smaller one with more slender, more acute and more conspicuously grooved fingers which 
show a tendency to be spoon-shaped at the tips; in both hands the upper and outer surfaces are granu- 
late and tuberculate, the tubercles being arranged in rows. Walking legs granulate and hairy. 
Color, after a short preservation in alcohol, light red, fingers black. 
Length of a male, 8 mm. ; width, 12 mm. 
Three small specimens of this crab were dredged by the Fish Hawk in 1915 in 16 fathoms on the 
fishing banks off Beaufort Inlet. The species has already been collected off Cape Hatteras and at 
various points farther south. All the Beaufort specimens have the last three anterolateral spines well 
developed but a series in the United States National Museum from Pensacola, Florida, shows that in 
larger individuals the number may be reduced to two. 
Genus RHITHROPANOPEUS Rathbun. 
Rkithropanopeus Rathbun, 1898, p. 273. 
Rhithropanopeus harrisii (Gould). PI. xxxv, fig. 5. 
Pilumnus harrisii Gould, 1841, p. 326; De Kay, 1844, p. 7. 
Panopeus harrisii S. I. Smith, 1873, p. 547; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 319; Benedict and Rathbun. 1901, p. 37S, pi. xxl, fig. 2, 
pi. XXIV, fig. i6. 
Rhithopanopeus harrisii Rathbun, 1900(b), p. 138; Sumner. 1911, p. 674; Fowler, 1912, p. 397, pi. 119-120. 
Carapace about three-foiulhs as long as wide, much less convex from side to side than from front 
to back, sparsely pubescent toward the anterolateral angles, protogastric regions with two transverse 
lines of granules, a similar line from one posterior lateral tooth to the other across the mesogastric 
region: front almost straight, very slightly notched and with its margin grooved, so that, viewed from 
in front, it appears to be double; postorbital angle and first anterolateral tooth completely coalesced; 
the first and second developed teeth of about the same size and perhaps slightly larger than the last one. 
Chelipeds quite imequal and dissimilar, carpus not grooved above and with a moderately de- 
veloped internal tooth; chels indistinctly costate above, the larger one with short thumb and strongly 
442 BULLETIN OK THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
curved movable finger, the smaller one with a proportionately longer thumb and long, straight mov- 
able finger; in neither hand is there a large basal tooth on the movable finger. Ambulatory legs long, 
slender, compressed, and more or less hairy. 
Length of a male, 14.5 mm.; width, 18.5 mm. 
Color, in alcohol, yellowish or brownish, fingers white. In life the color is stated by Fowler to 
be more or less dull brownish, paler below; chelipeds brownish above, paler below; fingers brownish, 
not contrasted with rest of propodus. Ambulatory legs all brownish, paler below. 
This small crab, which has been collected ^ various places along the Atlantic coast from Long 
Island Soiind to Florida, has, as yet, not been detected in the Beaufort region. It may be that condi- 
tions here are xmfavorable for its existence, but it is far more probable that a careful search will bring 
it to light. It does not appear to be abundant anywhere, but it has been found under a great variety 
of conditions and has been recorded from fresh-water streams as well as from the brackish and salt 
water. The description given above has been based on a series of specimens from Indian River, 
Fla., in the United States National Museum. 
Family GONOPLACIDAE. 
Brachyrhyncha closely resembling the Xanthidae but having the body usually 
square or squarish and the male openings sternal or, if coxal, passing along a groove in 
the sternum. 
Forty-nine genera are now assigned to this family, only one of which is represented 
within the Beaufort limits. 
Genus EURYPLAX Stimpson. 
Euryplax Stimpson, i860, p. 60. 
Euryplax nitida Stimpson. PI. xxxvi, fig. 8. 
Euryplax nilidus Stimpson, 1859, p. 60; Smith, 1870, p. 162. 
Euryplax nitida Stimpson, 1871, p. 150; Kingsley, 1880a, p. 399; Rathbun, 1901, p. 8. 
Carapace about two-thirds as long as wide, convex from front to back, less so from side to side, 
surface smooth and shining; anterolateral margin short and armed with three stout teeth including 
the outer orbital angle; front about half as broad as carapace, entire or very faintly notched in the 
middle, deeply notched on each side above the antennse, orbits wide. 
Chelipeds stout; distal end of inner face of meros of male with a round or oval pit concealed by 
a tuft of plumose hairs; carpus broad, inner margin with a sharp spine and below this a pilose patch. 
Walking legs slender. Females with narrower carapace, no pit at the end of the meros and the chelipeds 
more nearly equal. 
Length of a male, 6.5 mm.; width, 10.5 mm. 
Ivvo specimens were taken by the Fish Hawk at depths of 14}^ and 16 fathoms on the fishing 
banks. Both are males and of small size. Another specimen in the laboratory, probably from the 
same locality in 1902 or 1907, is a female of a larger size but badly broken. 
Family PINNOTHERIDAE. The commensal crabs. 
Small commensal Brachyrhyncha having the body more or less globose or quad- 
rate, the carapace often more or less membranous, and the eyes and orbits very small. 
This family comprises 23 genera, of which 3 have representatives within the Beau- 
fort limits. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
o. Dactyli of the walking legs simple, acute. 
b. Third walking leg little, if any, longer than the other legs. 
c. Carapace globose and more or less membranous; buccal mass subquadrangular Pinnotheres. 
cc. Carapace more flattened, oval, and rather firm; buccal mass subtriangular Parapinnixa. 
bb. Third walking leg longer and stronger than the others, often considerably so Pinnixa. 
aa. Dactyli of the first, second, and third walking legs bifurcate Dissodactylus. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 443 
Genus PINNOTHERES Latreille. 
Pinnotheres Latreille, 1802. p. 25. 
KBY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace nearly naked; second pair of legs stouter than third pair ostreum. 
aa. Carapace covered with a short pubescence; secondpairof legs not stouter than third pair, .maculatus. 
Pinnotheres ostreum Say. Oyster crab. PI. xxxv, fig 9. 
Pinnotheres ostreum Say, :8i7, p. 67: De Kay, 1843, p. 12; Stimpson, 1859, p. 67; Smith, 1873, p. 367; R- Rathbun, 18S4. 
p. 76s; Paulmier, 1903, p. 149; Sumner, 1911, p. 674; Fowler, 1912, p. 138. 
Carapace of female subcircular in outline, tumid, membranous, smooth, and with a broad, shallow, 
longitudinal depression at each side of the cardiac and gastric areas; front roimded, slightly produced, 
covering and concealing the eyes. Abdomen very large and broad, extending forward to the mouth 
parts and laterally to or beyond the bases of the legs. 
Eyes, antennules, and antennae greatly reduced. Chelipeds small, the articles subcylindrical and 
polished; hand weak, its superior margin elevated above base of movable finger; fingers short, the 
immovable one conical and pubescent on its inner surface, movable one slenderer and curved. Second 
pair of legs slender but stouter than the others and with the penultimate article swollen; third pair 
longest, fifth pair turned backward and upward. 
Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 9mm.; width, 11 mm.; length of hand, 4.5 mm. 
Color: Female, in life, whitish or salmon pink. 
This well-known commensal of the oyster has been collected in various parts of the Beaufort region, 
and doubtless is distributed generally throughout the area. It is females alone, however, which are 
abundant; no specimen of the male has yet been obtained at Beaufort. In the National Museum, 
among more than a hundred females, collected at many localities and at various seasons, Dr. Mary J. 
Rathbtm has found but a single very small and immature male. By S. I. Smith the male of P. ostreum 
is said to be free swimming. The scarcity of the sex in collections indicates that this may be true, 
but it is also possible that Smith mistook the unspotted form of the next species for the male of P. 
ostreum. 
Pinnotheres maculatus Say. Pinna crab, mussel crab. PI. xxxv, fig. 10. 
Pinnotheres maculatum Say, 1818, p. 450. 
Pinnotheres maculaius Siijnpsou, 1859, p. 67; Coues,i87i, p. 123; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 323; R. Rathbun, 1884, p. 766; Sum- 
ner, 1911, p. 674; Fowler, 1912, p. 136-137. 
Pinnotheres ostreum Smith, 1873, pi. 1, fig. 2. 
Carapace of female semimembranous, suborbicular, somewhat narrowing anteriorly, the sides being 
obliquely truncated; median regions defined by deep, irregular sulci; surface covered with a dense 
but very short pubescence; front bilobate. Abdomen very large, as in P. ostreum. 
Cheliped moderately stout, its articles subcylindrical and more or less pubescent; hand well devel- 
oped, its palmar portion about twice as long as the fingers, both of which are nearly straight, hooked at 
their tips and toothed. Walking legs slender, with short ctirved dactyli, none of them conspicuously 
larger than the others, the penultimate article of the second pair not swollen; last pair smallest and 
turned forward and upward and with longer dactyli than those of the other legs. 
The males differ from the females in being much smaller, firmer in texture, and flatter; the cheli- 
peds are shorter and stouter and the second and third pairs of walking legs have the carpal and propodial 
articles densely fringed with silky hairs. 
Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 16 mm.; width, 17.25 mm.; length of hand, 9 mm. 
Measturements of a male: Length of carapace, 8.4 mm.; width, 7 mm.; length of hand, 3.5 mm. 
In this crab there are two distinct color phases — one is a plain, almost uniform yellowish-brown, 
the other has the carapace black or dark brown with a central dorsal stripe and two symmetrical spots 
of white, while the sternum and abdomen are white with narrow bars of black. Heretofore the uni- 
formly colored individuals have been regarded as females and the spotted ones as males, but a recent 
examination by Dr. Mary J. Rathbim, of the specimens in the National Museum, shows that this is 
not always the case. The males, both yoiuig and adult, are usually spotted, but are sometimes plain. 
The females are usually spotted when yoting, but are always plain colored when adult. 
444 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Dr. Rathbun suggests in explanation of this unusual condition of affairs that the habitat of the 
individual may determine its coloration. The male of this species, as is well known, can move about 
and doubtless spends more or less of his life swimming from place to place. The young females may, 
to some extent, have the same habit, and so long as they are free swimming they may be spotted. But 
as soon as an individual of either sex settles do%vn to a commensal life with some mollusk, it may lose 
its spots and become uniformly colored. 
The female of P. maculatus alone is common. She is frequently found as a commensal in the shells 
of Pinna or of Pecten and will probably be found to occur in other lamellibranchs. Occasionally a male 
will be found in company with a female, more rarely he is found swimming freely in the water. 
Genus DISSODACTYLUS Smith. 
Dissodactylus, S. I. Smith, 1870, p. 172. 
Echinophitus Rathbun, igoob, p. 590. 
Dissodactylus mellitse (Rathbun). PI. xxxvi, fig. i. 
Echinophilus mellittE Rathbun, 1900b, p. 590. 
Dissodactylus vieltitcE Rathbun, 1901, p. 22: Sumner, 1911, p. 675. 
Carapace about 1.23 as wide as long.oval, smooth, and polished except in the anterolateral portions, 
where there is a slight pubescence. Front slightly emarginate and fringed with short stiff hairs. From 
the anterolateral angle a low ridge runs obliquely inward and backward about halfway to the median 
line. 
Chelipeds short and stout; chela longer than the other articles combined, cylindrical, its upper and 
outer faces with a few impressed, short, oblique lines from which short appressed hairs extend distally ; 
fingers considerably shorter than palm, bent inward and curved, their opposable margins with tufts of 
short bristles ; carpus with a distal fringe of short hairs and an impressed line similar to those on the chela; 
meros very short and stout, its lower surface with oblique lines. Second, third, and fourth legs stout, 
their margins fringed with short hairs and their dactyls deeply bifid. Fifth legs with styliform dactyls 
and fringed with long hairs along both front and.hind margins. 
Length of a male, 3 mm. ; width, 3.6 mm. 
This minute crab, which, with the exception of Leucifer, is probably the smallest of our malocos- 
tracan faima, is fairly abundant throughout the region. It is to be found clinging to the spines of the 
sand dollar (Mellita pentapora), which occurs in great numbers on the shoals and sandy bottoms both 
within and outside the harbor. In some localities a crab or two will be found on nearly every sand 
dollar examined, but usually they are not 
present in such numbers. When the sand 
dollar is lifted from the water, the crabs 
scurry about over their host and quickly drop 
off to hide in the sand. 
Genus PARAPINNIXA Holmes. 
Parapinnixa Hohnes, 1895, P- 563. 
Parapinnixa beaufortensis Rathbun. 
Parapinnixa beaufoTtensis Rathbun, 1918, p. 112. 
Carapace rather regularly oval, about one 
and one-third times as wide as long, with the 
sm^ace behind the anterior border depressed 
and plumose ; regions indicated by a series of 
pits which are light brown in the specimen pre- 
served in alcohol. Fronto-orbital v.idth two- 
thirds as great as width of carapace; front about two-fifths width of carapace, a large emargination 
at its middle in dorsal vie w ; edge of lobes sinuous. A tuft of hair on either side of dorsal surface 
near lateral margin, but not projecting sideways beyond that margin. A similar tuft, attached to the 
ventral surface, projects beyond the margin. Eyes large, of a bronze-brown color. 
Fig. 19. — Parapinnixa beaufortensis , dors&X view. Type. cfX2o. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 445 
The outer maxillipeds are characteristic of the genus. Chelipeds stout ; carpus squarish in dorsal 
view, its outer distal angle prominent; palm inflated, margips convex, lower margin hairy, width 
greater at distal than proximal end, the upper distal angle higher than base of dactylus; dactylus about 
as long as upper edge of palm ; both fingers much curved ; when closed the tips cross and there is no gape, 
the thin and irregularly denticulate edges fitting together. 
Legs fringed with long hair, especially on the propodites, where there is a border of hair on the lower 
margin, and in the second and third legs a row of still longer hair attached near the upper margin on 
the posterior surface, the length of the hairs being twice as great as the width of the propodite. Tlie 
legs diminish in stoutness from the first to the fourth. The first leg is a little longer than the second, 
the third about as long as the first. Propodites stout, upper margins convex. Dactylus of first three 
legs long, curved, the slender homy tips about 
half the entire length ; dactylus of foiulh leg sim- 
ilar in shape, but very much smaller. 
Abdomen of male suboblong, distally taper- ^ SAVfti M»»- (^ " — «i-^M«#\ 
ing, at base not more than half the width of the vJWf^l^X v ,' ^~" ~ ^/''^ 
sternum; sutures faint except the one marking 
the subtriangular terminal segment. 
Lengthof carapaceof male, holotype, I mm.; \V/>^ fljt. ^1111 ^ . .^ jur ^^jm^ -ja 
width of same, 1.3 mm. 
The almost minute specimen upon which 
this species was established and which , up to the 
present time, is unique, was detected by Dr. 
Mary J. Rathbun among some material sent to ^o..o.-Pa,apinni.a beauM^nsis. ventral view. Type. 
the United States National Museum from the 
fishing grounds, 20 miles off Beaufort Inlet. From its small size, relatively large eyes, the long 
hairs on the legs, and the thin prehensile edges of the lingers. Dr. Rathbun surmises that the specimen 
may possibly represent a postlarval stage of some crab, the adult of which is as yet tmknown. 
We are indebted to Dr. Rathbun for permission to copy her description and figiire of this specimen. 
Owing to its small size and the lateness of its discovery it has not been possible to secure a satisfactory 
photograph for the plates whi(^ illustrate this paper. 
Genus PINNIXA White. 
Pinnixa White, 1846, p. 177. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Chela with the thxunb much shorter than the movable finger and bent downward. 
6. Posterior part of carapace with a short transverse ridge more or less interrupted in the middle. 
c. Penultimate article of third pair of walking legs about as broad as long chxtopterana. 
cc. Penultimate article of third pair of walking legs distinctly longer than broad sayana. 
bb . Posterior part of carapace with a conspicuous transverse ridge extending uninterruptedly from side 
to side cristata. 
aa. Chela with the thumb about as long as the movable finger and not bent downward cylindrica. 
Pinnixa cheetopterana Stimpson. PI. xxxvi, fig. 4. 
Pinnixa chtEtopterana Stimpson, i860, p. 235; Sumner, rgii, p. 674. 
Pinnixa cylindrica Stimpson, 1859, p. 68. 
Carapace transversely oval, a little more than twice as wide as long; surface uneven, sides densely 
pubescent, and the regions well defined by pubescent sulci; cardiac region with an acute transverse 
crest broadly interrupted in the middle so as to form two dentiform prominences, more conspicuous 
in the male than in the female; front narrow and with a deep median groove. 
Chelipeds stout, pubescent; hand, in the male, with the palmar edge perpendicular, the immovable 
finger very short, deflected, and with a tooth on its cutting edge, the movable finger strongly curved, 
69571°— 18 29 
446 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
smooth on both edges and meeting its fellow only at the tip; hand of female smaller, its palmar edge 
oblique and the immovable finger considerably longer than in the male. Second and third pairs of legs 
slender; fourth pair longer and much stouter, conspicuously pubescent and with the inferoposterior 
margins of the third, fourth, and sixth segments dentate; fifth pair like the fourth, but smaller. 
Measurements of a male : Length of carapace , 5.25 mm.; width, 12 mm.; length of hand , 5 mm. 
Color, nearly white, but usually much obscured by the brown or blackish hairs and the dirt collected 
in them. 
This crab lives commensally with the worms Chreiopterus pergamentaceus and Amphitrite ornaia and 
is seldom found outside their tubes." 
Pinniza sayana Stimpson. PI. xxxvi, fig. 3. 
Pinnixa sayana Stunpson, 1S59, p. 236: Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 323; Sumner, 1911. p. 674. 
Pmnixa cyliiidrica Smith, 1873, p. 546. 
Carapace smooth and polished, lightly pubescent on the sides, depressed at the middle, and with 
a low, ill defined, transverse ridge parallel with and close to the posterior margin extending about one- 
third tlie width of the carapace; two similar ridges on the anterolateral slope, distant from but nearly 
parallel with each other, the superior one curving inward and defining the branchial region; front 
deeply grooved above. 
Hands stout, compressed, hardly twice as long as broad; immovable finger very short; movable 
finger strongly curved; both fingers toothless. Walking legs smooth, penultimate pair larger than the 
others, but not so much so as in P. chcctopterana. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 3 mm.; width, 6 mm. 
Color, almost white, but more or less stained with brown. 
This crab, tlie carapace which resembles that of P. cyliiidrica, while its hands are more like those 
of P. chceiopterana, is said to be occasionally found in the sand-walled tubes of Arenicola cristata. The 
specimens from which the species was originally described by Stimpson were dredged in 6 fathoms, 
sandy mud, off the mouth of Beaufort Harbor. 
Pinnixa cristata Rathbun. PI. xxxvi, fig. 5. 
Pinniza cristata Rathbun, 1900, p. 589. 
Carapace smooth, polished, and very slightly pubescent at the extreme outer corners, not depressed 
in the middle and with a conspicuous sharp, almost straight ridge which extends without a break 
entirely across the shell a little in front of the posterior border; anterolateral ridge less conspicuous. 
Chelipeds stout and constructed like those of C. chmtopterana, but perfectly smooth except for a 
band of fine hair along the lower margin on the inner siu^ace. Walking legs somewhat longer than 
those of related species and sparsely hairy along the margins only. 
Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 4.3 mm.; width, 10 mm. 
The only known specimen of this species was collected at Beaufort many years ago by Prof. H. E. 
Webster, of Union College, N. Y., and is now in the United States National Museum. No data accom- 
panied it, so we are iminformed as to its mode of life. It doubtless lives as a commensal in the tube of 
one of the many species of worms and should be looked for with care . In general appearance it resembles 
P. cyliiidrica, but has a hand like P. sayana. The shell is broader in proportion to the length than in P. 
cylindrica, however, and the legs are markedly more slender. The long, unbroken ridge across the back 
is a mark that can hardly be overlooked. 
Pinnixa cylindrica (Say). PI. xxxvi, fig. 2. 
Pinnotheres cylindricum Say, 181S, p. 452; De Kay, 1844. p. 13. 
Pinnixa cylindrica White, 1846, p. 177: Stimpson. i860, p. 235; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 324. 
Pinnixa Iceviffaia Stimpson, 1859. p. 68. 
Carapace smooth, polished, punctate, pubescent at the extreme outer comers, depressed in the 
middle, a very inconspicuous transverse ridge parallel with and close to the posterior margin, and a 
more conspicuous anterolateral ridge; front bilobed, but not as deeply grooved as in P. chcEtopterana or 
P. sayana. 
a Enders, H. F.: "Notes on the commensals found in the tubes of Chcetcpterus pergamentaceus," Amer. Nat., vol. xxxix, 
190S. p. 37. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 447 
Chelipeds moderately stout; hand about one and one-half times as long as wide, fingers gaping at 
base and of nearly equal length, the immovable one curved upward and with a tooth near its tip; the 
movable one curved and with a tooth near the middle . Walking legs smooth above and below , pubescent 
only on the basal articles, the meral and carpal articles more or less crested and fringed with hairs; 
penultimate pair large and thick. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 5.2 mm.; width, 10.5 mm.; hand, 4 mm. 
This species, like the others of the genus, is found most frequently as a commensal in some worm 
tube. An occasional specimen has been found swimming about in the water. 
Family GRAPSIDAE. 
Brachyrhyncha having the body more or less distinctly quadrate, the front broad, 
the eyestalks of moderate length, and a gap of at least appreciable size between the 
third maxillipeds. 
Thirty-nine genera are included in this family. Of these, five are represented in 
the Beaufort fauna. 
KEY TO THB genera of THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Antennae covered by the front. 
b. Third maxillipeds without a pubescent oblique ridge. 
c. Carapace decidedly broader than long Pachygrapsus. 
cc. Carapace about as long as broad ; legs strongly fringed with hairs Planes. 
bb. Third maxillipeds with an oblique pubescent ridge crossing the ischium and meros Sesarma. 
aa. Antennas visible from above. 
6. Antennules covered by the front; carapace broadest anteriorly Euchirograpstis. 
bb. Anteimules folded back into a pair of deep frontal notches; carapace broadest at about the 
middle Plagusia. 
Genus PACHYGRAPSUS Randall. 
Pachygrapsus Randall, 1839, p. 127. 
Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes. Mottled shore crab. PI. xxxvi, fig. 9. 
Pachygrapsus transversus Gibbes, 1850, p. 181; Ratfabun, 1901, p. 17. 
Carapace rectangular, about one-fourth wider than long, depressed, polished, and finely plicate, 
the plicae being transverse except on the branchial regions, where they are oblique. Sides strongly 
converging posteriorly and with a well-marked tooth behind the orbital angle. Front slightly more 
than half as wide as carapace, its edge sinuous, and its upper surface with four low elevations. 
Chela finely granulate, ridged longitudinally on lower outer surface, margins rounded; dactyl with 
smooth upper margin. Posterodistal angle of the meros of ambulatory legs and anterodistal angle of 
meros of chelipeds dentate. 
Measurements of a male : Length, 11 mm.; width, 14 mm. 
The ground color is almost black, crossed by numerous fine greenish-gray lines which follow the 
transverse and oblique plicae and at intervals unite to form spots of various sizes and shapes. The 
ambulatory legs are dark brown or blackish with gray spots. 
This crab appears to occur in this region very irregularly. The first specimen was collected in 
1902 from the piles of the railroad wharf at Morehead City. No more were observed until 1912, when 
it became common on the beaches of Bogue and Shackleford Banks. In 1913 and 1914 it was not col- 
lected, but in 1915 and 1916 it was again found in small numbers on the Shackleford jetties. Owing 
to its close resemblance both in appearance and habits to Sesarma cinerea it is apt to be overlooked 
except by one familiar with it. 
448 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Genus PLANES Bowdich. 
Planes Bowdich, 1825, p. is. 
Planes minutus (Linnaeus). Gulf-weed crab. PL xxxvi, fig. 6. 
Cancer -minuius Linnseus, 1758, p. 625. 
Grapsus minutus Latreille, 1803. p. 68. 
Planes dypeatus Bowdich, 1825, p. is. 
Nantilograpsus minutus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. n, p. 90; De Kay, 1844, p. 15. 
Planes minutus. White, 1847, p. 42; Verrill, 1908, p. 325; Sumner, 1911, p. 675; Fowler, 1912, p. 14&-141. 
Carapace quadrilateral, as wide as long, depressed, smooth, and with a shallow foveola or longi- 
tudinal groove between the orbits; front decurved, usually slightly emarginate in the middle, its 
edges minutely denticulate or smooth; orbits large; outer orbital angle spiniform and behind it a 
small sinus. 
Eyes large, on stout stalks. Chelipeds large and heavy; chelae inflated and smooth, the immovable 
finger bent downward, movable finger curved, both with blunt teeth throughout their length; carpus 
with a strong spine on inner face; meros and ischium with a thin serrate crest along the inner margin, 
which terminates at the distal end of the meros in two or three spines. Walking legs with brown, 
homy dactyls and a few minute denticles. 
This little crab is truly pelagic and of world-wide distribution. It is occasionally found along 
the outer beach and more rarely in the harbor on floating planks and logs covered with goose barnacles. 
It is of a reddish-fawn color, more or less blotched with dark brown, and usually has a small white spot 
on each side or a large white spot on the front of the carapace. 
Genus EUCHIRO GRAPSUS A. Milne-Edwards. 
Euckirograpsus A. Milne-Edwards, 1853, p. 175 (141). 
Euchirograpsus americanus A. Milne-Edwards. PL xxxvi, fig. 7. 
Euckirograpsus americanus A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 18. 
Carapace flattened, subquadrate, the length and width about equal, the lateral borders nearly 
straight and parallel; surface finely granulate and with a few very short, fine hairs visible only with 
a lens; front somewhat produced, lamellate and rather broadly notched. There is a small shoulder 
at the inner canthus of the orbit. The external orbital angle is spiniform, and behind this, on the 
margin of the carapace, are three smaller spines, of which the first and third are less developed than 
the second. 
Chelipeds stout; the meros with a dentate crest below; the hand with longitudinal granulate 
ridges, those of the upper surface with hairs. Ambulatory legs strong, long, and with flattened, spiny 
meral articles, the dactyli with five or six strong spines, of which the distal three are especially promi- 
nent at the tip of the leg. 
Length of carapace, 8 mm.; width, 8.25 mm. 
Color, light brown, the legs with five or six bands of red. 
One specimen, a young female, was taken by the Fish Hawk in 47 fathoms about 25 miles ofE Cape 
Lookout. 
Genus SESARMA Say. 
Sesarma Say, 1817, p. 76. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Lateral margin of carapace with a tooth behind the outer orbital tooth ; body strongly 
convex above reticulata. 
aa. Lateral margin of carapace without a tooth behind the outer orbital tooth ; body 
nearly flat above citierea. 
Sesarma reticulata Say. Marsh crab. PL xxxvi, fig. 12. 
Sesarma reticulata Say, 1817, p. 73; Gibbes, i8so, p. 180; Smith, 1S69, p. 156; Coues, 1S71, p. 121; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 
323; Sumner. 1911, p. 675: Fowler, 1912. p. 440, pi. 139. 
Carapace rectangular, about one-fourth wider than long, convex, regions distinct, siuiace punctate 
and with scattered clumps of setae above and in front; obliquely striate and setose on the posterolateral 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUEORT, N. C, REGION. 449 
regions and with regular rows of low tubercles bearing short curved hairs on the inferolateral and frontal 
regions. The dorsal portion of the carapace overhangs the sides, and beneath the projecting shelf there 
is a line of cilia; front broad, slightly sinuate above basal segments of antennae; anterolateral angle 
with a small tooth behind it. 
Eyestalks short and stout. Chelipeds of male stout; the hand with a slight crest above and the 
meros with a low, smooth-edged crest along its anterior border; chelipeds of female similar, but much 
smaller. Walking legs hairy distally. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 14 mm.; width, 16 mm.; width of front, 10 mm.; 
depth of body, 10 mm. 
Color, dark olive, nearly black or purple. 
This crab, which occurs from Cape Cod to the Gulf of Mexico, has been found in the Beaufort region 
in the salt marshes near Fort Macon, where it lives in burrows, similar to those of Uca minax, at about 
high-tide level. It has also been collected in a marsh on the mainland near Lenoxville and in the 
marshes along Newport River above Beaufort. The specimens from these localities and all the others 
we have seen alive were of a deep piu^ile color, with the tips of the fingers white or yellowish. 
Sesarma cinerea Say. Wharf crab, wood crab. PI. xxxvi, fig. 11. 
SesaTTTia cinerea Say, 1818, p. 442: Gibbes, 1850, p. 180; Coues, 1871, p. 121; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 323; Smith, 1869, p. 157. 
Similar to S. reticulata, but with the carapace somewhat narrower in proportion to its length and 
less convex ; front not sinuate above bases of antennse and lateral margin without a tooth behind the 
anterolateral angle. 
Chelipeds with the hand shorter and less evidently crested than in S. reticulata; anterior margin 
of meros produced into a triangular denticulate plate. Walking legs with only a few scattered stiff 
hairs distally. Abdomen of the male broadest at third segment; fourth, fifth, and sixth, with sides 
gradually converging; seventh abruptly narrow and longer than broad. 
Measiu'ements of a male: Length of carapace, 13.5 mm; width, 15 mm.; width of front, 9 mm.; 
depth of body, 8 mm. 
Color, brown, varying toward olive. 
This little crab occurs throughout the region and is everywhere abundant. Throughout the wanner 
months of the year it is found crawling actively about on the wharves and stone jetties or resting in 
shallow burrows above tide mark along the shores. When ptirsued it scampers away with astonishing 
swiftness and if caught is always ready to escape by dropping off the legs by which it is held. Its eggs 
are produced in early summer although an occasional female with eggs may be found late in July or 
even in August. 
Genus PLAGUSIA Latreille. 
Plagusia Latreille, 1806, p. 33. 
Plagusia depressa (Fabricius). Rock crab. PI. xxxvi, fig. 10. 
Cancer depressus Fabricius, 1775, p. 406. 
Plagusia depressus Say, 1817, p. 100. 
Plagusia depressa Ratlibun. 1901, p. 19: Verrill, 1908, p. 332. 
Carapace subhexagonal, wider tlian long, depressed, covered with flattened tubercles margined 
with short setae; front broad, with a deep median furrow and deep notches for the antennules; a spini- 
form tubercle on each side between the median furrow and the antennulary notch; postorbital angle 
produced into a strong curved spine and followed, along the anterolateral margin, by three similar 
spines of diminishing size. 
Chelipeds small and weak; hands and carpus broadly ribbed above, the ribs fringed with setae; 
meros with three small spines above at the distal end. Walking legs strong, increasing in size from the 
first to the third, the fourth shorter than the second; dactyli strong and spinulose below; upper sur- 
face of all with anterior and posterior fringes of hairs, the posterior fringe the stronger and on the distal 
articles of the legs situated on the upper siuface; meral articles flattened and with a strong spine near 
the distal end; second and third legs with a broad, dentate crest above on the basal article. 
Length of carapace of a male, 21 mm. ; width, 23 mm. 
This crab is an accidental visitor from the south. Two specimens, both males, were collected in 
August, 1912, on the rock jetty on Shackleford Bank. Their presence there at that time was probably 
due to the heavy southwest winds which had blown continuously for almost two weeks. 
450 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Family OCYPODIDAE. 
Brachyrhyncha having the body more or less distinctly quadrate, the front of 
moderate width or narrow, the eyestalks usually long and little or no gap between the 
third maxillipeds. 
This family comprises 14 genera, of which 2 are represented within the Beaufort 
limits. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Eyestalks stout; chelipeds of male somewhat unequal Ocypoda. 
aa. Eyestalks slender; chelipeds of male very unequal Uca. 
Genus OCYPODE Weber. 
Ocypode Weber, 1795, p. 92; Fabricjus, 1798, p. 312. 
Ocypode albicans Bosc. Sand crab. PI. xxxvn, fig. i. 
Ocypode albicans Bosc, 1802, p. 196: Rathbun, 1901, p. 6; Sumner. 1911, p. 675; Fowler, 1912, p. 457, pi. 148, 149. 
Ocypode arenarius Say, 1817, p. 69; Verrill, 1908, p. 306. 
Ocypode arenaria H. Milne-Edwards. 1834-1840, t. u, p. 44; Coues, 1871, p. 122: Kingsley, 1878, p. 322. 
Carapace quadrilateral, convex above from front to back, the sides nearly vertical and the front 
Strongly deflexed; dorsal region finely granulate on middle and posterior portions, coarsely granulate 
toward the sides; a raised, dentate ridge marks off the dorsal region from the sides and is continued 
into a prominent acute angle at the outer comer of the orbit; a similar, but lower ridge extends upward 
and forward from the base of the fourth leg; orbits very large and open, extending all along the ante- 
rior margin on either side of the narrow front, both upper and lower margins crested and dentate. 
Eyestalks large, club-shaped; the cornea covering over half the distal article. Antennules and 
antennae much reduced, the flagellum of the former being hidden beneath the front. Chelipeds, in 
both sexes and even in the young, unequal, well developed, the larger chela with a vertical stridu- 
lating ridge of tubercles on tlie inner surface near the base of the movable finger; lower margin of hand 
thin and serrate; outer surface coarsely tuberculate. Ambulatory legs long, compressed, their margins 
with numerous tufts of stiff yellow hairs. Between the basal articles of the third and fourth legs, on 
the venti-al sm^ace, is a hair-fringed breathing slit. 
Measurements of a female: Length of carapace, 42 mm.; mdth, 51 mm. 
Color, gray or grayish white with yellow markings below and on the legs. Young very unlike the 
adults, being a mottled gray and brown. 
The sand crabs are of the most characteristic animals of the region and occur in abimdance along 
the ocean beaches and to some extent within the harbor. Their holes, which they dig to a depth 
from 2 to 4 feet, are to be found in large numbers near the extreme high-tide mark on the outer beaches, 
in smaller numbers still higher up and occasionally in the dunes, from an eighth to a quarter of a mile 
from the water. During the heat of the day they keep pretty well to their holes, though it is not at all 
imusual to find them out in the full glare of the noonday sun, but as evening approaches they sally 
forth in search of food and probably prowl about dining the greater part of the night. At night they 
gather by the hundreds along tlie beach just at the edge of the water whence they rush down after each 
receding wave to pick up fragments of food left on the sand. At such times they enter the water without 
hesitation but do not go out from the shore more than a few feet. They are, also, to be found high up 
on the beaches and will gather in numbers about a fire built where they can see it. They vnW approach 
slowly until the heat becomes evident, then scurry away only to come back and repeat the performance. 
When abroad in the daytime they are alert and are able to distinguish a large moving object a long 
distance ofi. If one of them is approached it moves away slowly and perhaps will attempt to hide. 
If it is pursued it runs with great rapidity until it finds a hole, either its own or that of another crab, 
into which it can dart. If a hole is not available it will take to the water, run out a few feet from the 
shore and settle into the sand. 
The egg-laying season appears to be confined to the spring or very early summer. The only egg- 
bearing female we have seen collected was caught in a haul seine near Fort Macon in July, 1913. Only 
a few unhatched eggs remained of the large number that she had had a few days earlier, for her 
swimmerets were well covered with empty egg skins. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 45I 
Genus UCA Leach. The fiddler crabs. 
Vca Leach, 1814, p. 430; Rathbun, 1897b, p. 154. 
Gelasimus Latreille, 1817, p. 517. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
o. Carapace fully one and one-half times as wide as long; color dark, often vrith blue on the front; size 
small; large chelipedof male with an oblique tuberculate ridge on the inner surface pugnax. 
aa. Carapace less than one and one-half times as wide as long. 
b. Thickness of body less than two-thirds the width of the carapace; color dark, usually with more 
or less grayish toward the front margin; size large; large cheliped of male with an oblique tuber- 
culate ridge on the inner surface minax. 
bb. Thickness of body two-thirds the width of the carapace; color light purplish gray mixed with 
brown; size small; large cheliped of male without a tuberctilate ridge on the inner siu-- 
face pugilator. 
Dca minax (Le Conte). Large fiddler crab. PI. xxxvn, fig. 3. 
Gelasimus minax Le Conte, 1855, p. 403: Coues, 1871. p. 121; Kinglsey, 1880, p. 148; Paulmier, 1905, p. 147. 
Gelasimus vocatoT Kingsley, i88oa, p. 399. 
Uca minax Rathbun, 1900, p. 585; Su mn er, 1911, p. 67s; Fowler, 1912, p. 450, pi. 144, 145. 
Carapace quadrilateral , about one and one-third times as wide as long, convex and nearly smooth 
above; front deflexed; lateral regions nearly vertical; anterolateral angle slightly produced, continued 
backward and inward as a low, but well-defined ridge and, above the orbits, entirely across to the oppo- 
site side as a low revolute ridge ; a semicircular groove on each side inside the anterolateral angle. Orbits 
large and open, their lower margin dentate. Front rather narrow. 
Eyestalks long, slender. Antennules and anteimae small, the flagellum of the former being hardly 
visible. Chelipeds in the male very unequal, in the female equal and of small size. Large hand of 
male tuberculate above and in front, ridged above, inner surface with a central, oblique tuberculated 
ridge; fingers strong, meeting only at their tips, their cutting edges tuberculate and with a few larger 
teeth at irregular intervals, immovable finger truncate at tip. Walking legs strong and sparsely hairy. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 20 mm.; width, 30 mm.; length of large hand, 56 mm. 
Color, chestnut brown becoming gray in front, chelipeds with red spots at the articulations, chelse 
ivory white, legs olive or grayish brown. 
This is the largest of the three fiddler crabs foimd in the region and is to be looked for in the marshes 
some distance back from the salt water. In such situations they dig holes, often considerably above 
high tide level, which penetrate to a depth of i or 2 feet. In the moat at Fort Macon and along the 
banks of the canal leading to the Neuse River U. minax may be found living where the water about them 
is almost perfectly fresh. In some cases they build at the mouth of their burrow a low chimney or roof 
over a short tunnel along the surface of the ground with the mud pellets which they bring up, but usually 
the excavated material is scattered at some distance from the burrow. Females with eggs have been 
found as late as August. 
Dca pugnax (Smith). Mud fiddler. PI. xxxvii, fig. 4. 
Gelasimus vocans Gould, 1841, p. 325; De Kay, 1844, p. 14 (pt). 
Gelasimus palustris Stimpson, 1859, p. 62 Cpt.). 
Gelasimus pugnax Smith, 1869, p. 131; Coues, 1871. p. 121; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 322: Paulmier, 1905. p. 147. 
Gelasimus vocaior Kingsley, 18S0, p. 147. 
Uca puffnax Rathbun, 1900, p. 585; Sumner, 1911, p. 675; Fowler, 1912, p. 454, pi. 146, 147. 
Carapace one and one-half to one and three-fifths times as wide as long. Large hand of male slender, 
its inner surface with a tuberculate ridge like that of U. minax; fingers long and slender, widely gaping 
at base and meeting only at their tips; movable finger strongly curved, evenly denticulate; immovable 
finger with one larger tooth near the middle, its inferior border nearly straight, its tip sometimes 
depressed. 
Measiu-ementsof amale: Length of carapace, 10.5mm.; width, 17 mm.; length of large hand, 30 mm. 
Color of carapace, dark olive, almost black, becoming bluish on the front ; chelipeds brownish yellow ; 
legs brown. 
452 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
This species, which appears to combine the characters of U. minax and U. pugilator, is in most 
cases readily distinguishable by the characters given above. In habits it is most like U. minax. fre- 
quenting salt marshes and seldom or never occxxrring on the beaches as does U. pugilator, but is seldom 
found at any great distance from the water. 
Uca pugilator (Bosc). Sand fiddler. PI. xxxvii, fig. 2. 
Ocypoda pugilator Bosc, 1802, 1. 1, p. 197. 
Cdasimus pugilator I.atreille, 1817, p. 520: Coues, 1871, p. 121: Kingsley, 18S0, p. 150; Paulmier, 1905, p. 147. 
Gelasimus -vocans De Kay, 1844 (pt), p. 14. 
Uca pugilator Rathbun, 1900, p. 585; Sumner, 1911, p. 675; Fowler, 1912, p. 446, pi. 142, 143. 
Carapace less than one and one-half times as wide as long, gastric and cardiac regions separated 
by a distinct transverse line, lateral border often with a line of granules just within the margin. Large 
hand of male without the tuberculate ridge possessed by U. minax and U. pugnax and mth the fingers 
stronger than those of the latter species and with larger teeth placed at irregular intervals; inferior 
surface of immovable finger convex. 
Measurements of a male: Length of carapace, 12 mm. ; width, 17.5 mm. ; length of large hand, 25 mm. 
Color, purplish gray of varj'ing shades with irregular markings of brown or dark gray; hand of male 
white, more or less suffused at the base with piuple. 
This is the smallest and most abundant fiddler crab of the region and is found in countless numbers 
on the sandy and muddy beaches of the harbor and the creeks tributary to it. This species lays its eggs 
in the spring and early summer, and by August the yoimg, from 2 to 5 mm. across, may be found among 
the droves of adults.o 
Subtribe OXYRHYNCHA. 
Brachygnatha having the body more or less triangular in form, the fore part nar- 
row, usually forming a distinct rostrum, and the orbits usually incomplete. 
This subtribe comprises three families, of which two are represented in the Beau- 
fort fauna. 
Family INACHIDAE. The spider crabs. 
Oxyrhyncha having the cheUpeds not a great deal larger than the other legs and 
the fingers not bent at an angle with the hand, the second article of the second antenna 
well developed but usually fused with the epistome and often with the front, the orbits 
generally more or less incomplete and the body usually more or less covered with hooked 
hairs. 
No less than 145 genera are assigned to this family, 14 of which are represented in 
the Beaufort fauna. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Basal article of antenna extremely slender throughout its length and usually long; eyes without 
orbits and not concealed. 
6. Carapace elongate, narrowed in front; external maxillipeds somewhat pediform, with the palp 
large and coarse and the meros usually narrower than the ischium ; basal article of anteima usually 
subcylindrical. 
c. Rostrum extremely long; dactyli of walking legs as long as or longer than the propodi. 
d. Carapace smooth, even above ; antennae concealed beneath the rostrum Slenorynchus. 
dd. Carapace rough and uneven above; antennae long, fiagella exposed Metoporliaphis. 
cc. Rostrum short; dactyli of walking legs shorter than the propodi Podocliela. 
bb. Carapace usually subtriangular; external maxillipeds with the meros at least as broad as the 
ischium and the palp small; basal article of antenna flattened or concave ventrally. 
c. Inner crest of basal article of antenna very prominent and projecting downward at right angles 
to the outer crest; rostrum simple Collodes. 
a For an account of the habits of this and other fiddler crabs, see Pearse: Smiths. Rept. for 1913, p. 415-42S, 1914. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 453 
cc. Inner crest of basal article of antenna advanced to the line of the front, or nearly so; rostrum 
bifid Euprognathus. 
aa. Basal article of antenna not slender, often very broad; eyes with orbits or capable of concealment. 
6. Eyes without true orbits. 
c. Eyestalks short, sunk in the sides of a huge rostrum formed of two contiguous horns 
Sphenocarcintis. 
cc. Eyestalks not short, concealed beneath long, curved supraocular horns; rostrum consisting of 
two curved, divergent horns Tyche. 
66. Eyes with true orbits. 
c. Orbits with a large, blunt, cupped postocular process into which the eye is retractile, but is not 
entirely concealed. 
d. Carapace covered with short hairs, rostrum double Pelia. 
dd. Carapace nearly or quite naked, rostrum single Pyromaia. 
cc. Orbits complete, wholly concealing the retracted eyes. 
d. Fingers spoon-shaped at tips. 
e. Carapace suboblong or suboval; legs not spiny Pitho. 
ee. Carapace subtriangular ; legs spinous Mithrax. 
dd. Fingers acute at tips. 
e. Orbits tubular, directed outward ; carapace subtriangular or oblong. 
/. Carapace with lateral spines Stenocionops. 
ff. Carapace without lateral spines Macrocmloma. 
ee. Orbits not tubular, directed obliquely forward. 
/. Carapace orbicular Libinia. 
ff. Carapace subpyriform , somewhat depressed Microphrys. 
Genus PODOCHELA Stimpson. 
Podochcla Stimpson, i860, p. 194. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Rostrum broad, rounded in front riisei. 
aa. Rostrum drawn out into a slender point gracilipes. 
Podochela riisei Stimpson. PI. xxxvn, fig. 9. 
Podochela riisei Stimpson, i860: p. 196; Rathbun, 1901, p. 54: Verrill, 1908, p. 398. 
Podochcla reisei A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 193. 
Coryrhynchus riisei Kingsley, 18S0, p. 384, 
Cephalothorax pyriform, depressed, the greatest width near the posterior margin about two-thirds 
the length; rostrum broad, rounded in front, deeply excavated below for the antermules, carinate above 
and with a tuft of curled hairs; orbits rounded, their margins thickened and with a row of hairs; dorsal 
region uneven and with tufts of hairs. Stemtun of male thrown into ridges which radiate to the bases 
of the legs. 
Eyestalks short and stout, the cornea oblique; basal segment of antenna with a high crest on each 
margin; chelipeds slender in both sexes, the fingers in contact throughout their length; first pair of am- 
bulatory legs considerably stouter than the others, about three times as long as the carapace; upper 
surface of all the legs with regularly spaced tufts of stiff, curled hairs. 
Length of a male, 15 mm.; width, 10 mm. 
Several specimens of this homely crab are reported to have been taken among hydroids at Beaufort. 
It may have occurred in former years but there is no recent record of it having been collected anywhere 
within the harbor. During the seasons of 1913 and 1914 a few specimens came in from the Fish Hawk 
dredgings. Two of these, from stations D7943 and D8204, have the chela like that described for P. 
macrodcra, stout, the propodus dilated, and the fingers gaping at the base; otherwise they agree with 
the present species. 
454 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Podochela gracilipes Stimpson. PI. xxxvii, fig. 6. 
Podochda gracilipes Stimpson, 1871, p. 126: A. Milne-Edwards, 1879, p. 193; Rathbun, 1894, p. 50. 
Cephalothorax pyriform, depressed, about two-thirds as wide as long; rostrum drawn out into a 
slender point, nearly flat above and with curled hairs along the margin; dorsal region uneven, as in 
P. riisei, but with very few crispate hairs; crests on basal article of antenna less pronounced than in P. 
riisei and with the dactylus of the first pair more than one-third as long as the propodus. ' 
Dimensions of a female: Length of carapace, 9.75 mm.; width, 6.5 mm. 
One specimen was taken by the Fish Hawk in 47 fathoms about 23 miles east of Cape Lookout. 
The species is readily distinguished from both P. riisei and P. macrodera by the shape of the rostrum. 
Genus METOPORHAPHIS Stimpson. 
Metoporliaphis Stimpson, i860, p. 198. 
Metoporhaphis calcaratus (Say). PI. xxxvii, fig. 5. 
Leptopodia calcarata Say, 1818. p. 455. 
Metoporhaphis calcarata Stimpson, i860, p. 198. 
Metoporhaphis calcaratus A. Milne- Edwards, 1880, p. 174; Rathbun, 1894, p. 45. 
Carapace triangular, very imeven, nodulose, each nodule surmounted by a tubercle and this in turn 
usually with a pencil of soft, hooked hairs; rostrum as long as or longer than the carapace, subcylin- 
drical, upcurved, trispinous at the extreme tip. 
Legs slender, the articles cylindrical but somewhat crooked; each leg with a strong terminal spine 
on the superior surface of the meral article; dactyli of all the legs with a double fringe of hairs. 
Chelipeds comparatively small, less than half as long as first ambulatory legs; meral article with a 
marginal row of spines; carpus with a spine; hand with an incurving row of stiff bristles along each 
margin; fingers weak, widely gaping at base. 
Measurements of a female; Length of carapace and rostrum, 21 mm.; length of rostrum, 10.5 mm.; 
width of carapace, 10 mm. 
Color, a dirty gray. 
Not uncommon among hydroids and ascidians at Beaufort, but most frequently obtained by dredg- 
ing in Bogue Sound off Morehead City. 
Genus EUPROGNATHA Stimpson. 
KuproQnalha Stimpson, 1871, p. 122. 
Euprognatha rastellifera Stimpson. PI. x.xxvii, fig. 7. 
EupTognatha rastellifera Stimpson, 1871, p. 123: A. Milne-Edwards, 1878, p. 183: Rathbun, 1898, p. 253: ibid., 1901, p. 58. 
EuproQnatha rastellifera spinosa, Rathbun, 1894, p. 55. 
Carapace a little longer than wide, granulate, and with spines on the gastric, cardiac, and bran- 
chial regions and on the supraorbital margin; postorbital angle tapering to a slender point; rostrum 
considerably advanced, notched at the tip, the teeth short, triangular; basal joint of antenna with a 
slender spine directed obliquely forward and equally advanced with the front; interantennular spine 
inclined downward, equaling or smpassing the front. Sternum regularly granulated except on con- 
cave portion between the chelipeds. 
Chelipeds nearly twice as long as carapace, granulate or spinous; hand swollen; fingers more than 
half the length of the palm, gaping slightly for about half their length. Ambulatory legs granulate, 
with tufts of curled setse and often small spines. 
Length of a male, 14.4 mm.; width, 12 mm. 
Probably extralimital. Although the northern and southern limitsof the range of this species easily 
include the entire Carolina coast, it has not as yet been found in the Beaufort region. It is probably 
to be looked for on the edge of the continental slope. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 455 
Genus PYROMAIA Stimpson. 
Pyromaia Stimpson, 1871. p. 109. 
Pyromaia cuspidata Stimpson. PI. xxxviii, fig. 4. 
Pyromaia cuspidata Stimpson, 1871. p. no; A. Milne-Edwards, 1879. p. 197. p'- xxxvl, fig. 2; Rathbun, 1894, p. 73. 
Apiomaia cuspidata Von Martens, 1S71, p. 182; Miers, 1879, p. 651. 
Carapace triangular, about two-thirds as wide as long, somewhat tumid, granulate, and spiny. Ros- 
trum tapering to a point, spinulose along the margins. Orbits large, open, with a supraorbital, post- 
orbital, and two preorbital spines, the latter belonging to the basal article of the antenna and the pos- 
terior one of them directed downward. Mid-dorsal line with five erect spines — two on the gastric area, 
two on the cardiac area, and one on the first segment of the abdomen — the first three of these spines 
stand vertically but the last two are directed backward. Mesogastric and branchial areas each with 
one or two large and several small spines. 
Antennulary septum prolonged downward into a sharp, triangular tooth. Chelipeds exceeding 
the rostrum by about the length of the fingers, weak, sparsely hairy, and with an irregular border of 
small spines. Walking legs long and slender, the meral articles spiny at the distal end, the dactyli 
long, slender, and ciu-ved. 
Length of a male, 16 mm. ; width, 9 mm. 
Color, brown, the legs with lighter cross bands. 
This species has been collected on the fishing banks in about 15 fathoms on two occasions. A small 
male was seciu-ed in 1914 and 5 specimens, 3 males and 2 females, in 1915. They are all immature but 
do not differ materially from larger specimens from the Florida coast. 
Genus STENORYNCHUS Lamarck. 
Leptopodia Leach, 1815, p- 15 (not Leptopodia Leach, 1814, p. 431). 
Siencryncku* Lamarck, 1818 (pt.), p. 236 (not Stenorhynchus Latreille, 1825. nor Stenorynchus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834). 
Stenorynchus Sagittarius (Fabricius). Arrow crab. PI. xxxvii, fig. 8. 
Cancer Sagittarius Fabricius, 1793, 1. 11, p. 44a 
Leptopodia sagittaria Leach, 1815, p. 16. 
Stenorynchus seticornis Lamarck, i8iS, p. 237. 
Stenorynchus Sagittarius Rathbun, 1901, p. 53; Verrill, 1908, p. 397. 
Carapace triangular, broadest behind, diminishing in width to the eyes and thence produced into 
the slender, flattened, laterally spinuliferous rostrum, which varies from slightly longer than the cara- 
pace to twice as long; there is a small postorbital spine. 
Legs very slender and composed of cylindrical articles which bear spines at their distal ends and 
scattered spines near the middle of their length; the first pair of ambulatory legs is from eight to eight 
and a half times as long as the carapace ; the second, third, and fourth legs successively shorter. 
Chelipeds slender, cylindrical; hand weak, dactylus contained from two and a half to foiu times in 
the length of the propodus. 
Measiu-ements of a male: Length of carapace and rostrum, 45.3 mm.; length of rostrum, 23.2 mm.; 
width of carapace, 19 mm. 
Color, creamy white or buff, with bands of brown or black diverging from the median line to the 
posterior margin; fingers blue; spines of rostrum, legs, and teeth of chelae orange or red. 
An occasional specimen of this curious crab has been taken by the Fish Hawk during the dredging 
operations off Beaufort Inlet and Cape Lookout. A number of fine examples were secured in 1914 on 
the Blackfish Banks and to the southward. 
Genus PELU BeU. 
Pelia Bell, 1835. p. 170. 
Pelia mutica (Gibbes). PI. xxxvm, fig. 7. 
Pisa mutica Gibbes, 1850, p. 171. 
Pe/ia mKfico Stimpson. i860, p. 177; Kingsley, 1S78-79, p. 316; A.Milne-Edwards, 1880. p. 73: Rathbun. i-oi, p. 6j; Sum- 
ner, 1911, p. 670. 
Carapace pyriform, regions elevated, covered everywhere with a thin coating of soft hair; rostrum 
about two-fifths as long as rest of carapace and composed of two horns tmited at the base but divergent 
distally. 
• 
456 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Chelipeds rather long; in the male about as long as body, feeble; fingers sharp-pointed, finely 
denticulate, and in contact distally. First pair of legs larger than the others; last pair much reduced 
in size. 
Dimensions of a male: Length, 9.5 mm.; width, 5.8 mm. 
Occasionally found among the hydroids and sponges growing on wharf piles. The carapace and 
legs are usually covered with such a thick gro\vth of sponge that it is only after tediously removing the 
foreign objects that the crab can be definitely seen. 
Genus LIBINIA Leach. 
Libinia Leach, 1815, p. 129. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Median line of carapace with about six spines dubia. 
aa. Median line of carapace with about nine spines emarginaia. 
Libinia emarginata Leach. Spider crab. PI. xxxviii, fig. 6. 
Libinia emarginata Leach, 1815, p. 130; Smith, 1879, p. 45; Rathbun, 1892, p. 235; Paubnier. 1905. p. 145; Sumner, 1911, 
p. 670; Fowler, 1912, p. 386. 
Libinia canalic-ulata Say, 1817, p. 77; H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. i, p. 300; Gibbes, 1850, p. 169; Coues, 1871, p. 120; 
Kingsley, 1S7S-79, p- 316. 
Carapace orbicular, about one-sixth longer than wide, spinous and tuberculate, and with a dense 
covering of short hairs. The larger spines are arranged as follows: A median row of about nine, ex- 
tending from near the base of the rostrum to the posterior border; two subhepatic, of which the anterior 
is the longer; a lateral row of five; two spines, in addition to the median one, just above the posterior 
border; and about three on the branchial region; spiniform tubercles are scattered about among the 
larger ones. Rostrum slightly depressed, emarginate, or bifid at tip; a median groove between the 
eyes. A deep groove marking off the gastric region. Orbits \vith a prominent preorbital spine, two 
smaller spines beneath, on the basal article of the antenna, and one fissure above and one beneath. 
Chelipeds equal, larger in the male; hands granulate, fingers smooth, evenly denticulate and about 
half as long as himd. Ambulatory legs long, hairy, luiarmed, often unequal and asymmetrical — the 
result, perhaps, of injurj' and subsequent regeneration. 
Color, a brownish or dirty yellow. 
Length of a female, 62 mm.; greatest width, 58 mm. 
Not uncommon in Beaufort Harbor. 
Libinia dubia H. Milne-Edwards. Spider crab. PI. xxxvni, fig. 5. 
Libinia dubia H. Mihie-Edwards, 1834-1840, 1. 1, p. 300; Gibbes, 1850, p. 169; A. Milne-Edwards, iSSo, p. 129; Pautmier, 
190S, p. 14s: Simmer, 1911, p. 670; Fowler, 1912, p. 114. 
Very similar in general characters to L. emarginaia but with a more pyriform carapace and fewer 
spines. There are but six spines in the median row; tlie preorbital, subhepatic, and lateral spines are 
stronger than in L. emarginata, but the spiniform tubercles are few or wanting altogether, and the ros- 
trum is slightly longer and more definitely bifid. The antero-lateral angle of the buccal frame is spinous 
in the present species. 
Length of carapace of a male, 85 mm.; width, 75 mm. 
This is the more common species in Beaufort Harbor and can usually be collected when wanted 
in the shallower water xuider the wharves along the town front. Occasionally large individuals are 
found on Bird Shoal in pools left by the falling tide ; less frequently a specimen is brought up in the 
dredge. Immature individuals are often completely overgrown with sponges, hydroids, or ascidians, 
but the larger ones are usually nearly clean. Neither this nor the preceding species appear to be as 
abundant at Beaufort as they are farther north. 
Genus MACROCCELOMA Miers. 
Macrocceloma Miers, 1S79, p. 665. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace with dorsal spines in addition to the epibranchial and posterior spines camptocerum. 
aa. Carapace without dorsal spines in addition to the epibranchial and posterior spines. . .irispinosum. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OK THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 457 
Macrocoeloma trispinosum (Latreille). PI. xxxvm, fig. 11. 
Pisa Irispitwsa Latreille, 1825, p. 142. 
Pericera trispino^a H. Milne- Edwards. 1834-1840. 1. 1, p. 336; A. Milne-Edwards, 1880, p. 52. 
MacTocwloma trispinosum "Miers, 1879b, p. 665; Rathbun, 1901, p. 74: Verrill, 190S, p. 414. 
Carapace irregularly triangular, with a velvety covering of short brown hairs; the mid-dorsal region 
much elevated and bearing four low rounded tubercles, one on the gastric, one on the cardiac, and one 
on each epibranchial region; posterolateral angle prolonged into a strong flattened spine which is 
directed outward and somewhat backward; posterior margin with a broad, triangular projection the 
tip of which may be slightly recurved; front formed of two somewhat flattened horns which are nearly 
parallel at the base but gradually curve away from each other at the tip. 
Basal article of antenna with its inner angle produced, greatly exceeding the frontal margin and 
forming on each side of the bifurcate rostrum a broad spine directed obliquely outward. 
Chelipeds weak; the meros nodose; the hand small with short fingers, the movable one of which 
is lightly furrowed above. 
Length of a male, 27 mm.; width, 25 mm. 
One young individual of this species has been found among seaweeds in the harbor. Others have 
been found outside the harbor in floating masses of Sargassum and it has been brought up in the dredge 
at the Blackfish Banks. 
Macrocceloma camptpcenun (Stimpson). PI. xxxvm, fig. 12. 
Pericera camptocera Stimpson, 1870, p. 113; A. Milne-Edwards, 1873, p. 57. 
Macrocceloma camptocera Miers, 1886, p. 79, 80; Rathbun, 1892, p. 249; ibid, 189S, p. 257. 
Carapace irregularly triangular, sparsely covered with light -colored, stiff, curled hairs and with 
four strong spines on the dorsal region — one on the gastric, one on the cardiac, and one on each epi- 
branchial lobe; posterolateral angle prolonged into a strong, acute, conical spine directed obliquely 
outward and backward; posterior margin with a conical, acute, somewhat recurved spine; front com- 
posed of two rather strongly divergent horns. 
Basal article of antenna with its inner angle produced into a rather slender, curved spine which 
is directed obliquely outward and forward about midway between the orbit and the rostral horn. 
Chelipeds weak, smooth throughout; hand small, fingers short and not grooved above. 
Length of a female, 24 mm.; width, 20 mm. 
Color, a dirty brown. 
Two specimens were obtained by the Fisk Hawk on the fishing banks in water 14 fathoms deep. 
Genus MITHRAX Latreille. 
Mithrax Latreille, 1817, p. 23. 
Trachoniles Latreille in Desmarest, 1S33, p. 263. 
Miihraculus White, 1847, p. 7. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace with oblique, parallel branchial grooves .forceps. 
aa. Carapace without oblique, parallel branchial grooves. 
6. Rostral horns about as long as broad depressus. 
bb. Rostral horns shorter, broader than long pkuracanthiis. 
Mithrax forceps (A. Milne-Edwards). ,P1. xxxvni, fig. i. 
Mithraculus forceps A.Milne-Edwards, 1873-1880 [1875], p. 109. 
Mithraculus hirsutipes Kingsley, 1880, p. 389. 
Mithrax forceps Miers, 1886, p. 88; Rathbun, 1901, p. 70. 
Carapace about one-fifth wider than long, deeply sculptiured in the young but becoming smoother 
with age; anterolateral border with four tubercles (apart from the outer orbital spine) the last two or 
three of which are usually acute and turned forward at the tip; from near the bases of the first, second, 
and third teeth three broad grooves run diagonally backward over the branchial area thus leaving two 
well-defined imbroken ridges on this part of the carapace; the cardiac and gastric regions are crossed 
by less sharply defined ridges which are more or less broken up into low, roimded tubercles; front 
with a broadly V-shaped, median notch on each side of which is a rounded lobe; superior and inferior 
anteorbital teeth of about equal size and not greatly exceeding the postorbital teeth. 
458 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Chelipeds strong; meros with two strong spines or tubercles in front, five much smaller ones along 
posterior margin and usually two on the upper surface near the posterior margin; carpus entirely 
smooth or with a small spine near iimer distal angle; hand smooth, polished, and somewhat tumid; 
fingers stout, widely gaping at the base but with expanded, hollowed-out tips; movable finger with 
a single large tooth at basal third or with two or three small teeth; immovable finger with from one 
to three teeth at the middle. Ambulatory legs spiny or denticulate and with many fine hairs. 
Dimensions of a male: Length of carapace, 13 mm.; width, 16 mm. 
Color, red, approaching vermilion and with little or no trace of purple. 
This species, which was formerly thought to be the common Mitkrax of the Beaufort region, is 
unquestionably much less abimdant than the next, M. depressus. The two species, so far as can be 
determined, live together imder the same conditions on the Blackfish Banks. Neither has ever been 
taken within the harbor or close to the shore. 
Mithraz depressus A. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxxviri, fig. 2. 
Mithrax depressus A. Milne-Edwards, 1S73-1S80 [1875]. p. 96: Rathbun, 1901, p. 68; Verrill, 190S. p. 407. 
Carapace little if any wider than long, conspicuously tuberculate; spines of anterolateral border 
well developed, the anterior one or two inclined to be double, while the posterior one or two are acute 
and curved forward; on the gastric region there are five small tubercles in a transverse row and in front 
of these two pairs of tubercles, the anterior pair being at the base of the rostral horns; on the mesogastric 
region there are two tubercles on each side in a transverse line; on the cardiac region a group of three 
or four poorly defined ones and on the branchial area four rather strong tubercles and several smaller 
ones arranged more or less in three oblique rows which start at the anterolateral margin; front broadly 
notched; lower anteorbital tooth considerably exceeding the upper one, its tip acute and strongly 
incurved ; postorbital teeth much smaller than the anteorbitals. 
Chelipeds rather slender; meros with one blunt spine in front, five smaller ones on posterior margin 
and a few on upper surface; carpus with several small tubercles; hand rather slender, upper and lower 
borders nearly straight; fingers slightly gaping, dentate for nearly their entire length. Ambulatory 
legs dentate and hairy. 
Dimensions of a male : Length of carapace, 15 mm.; width, 15.6 mm. 
Color, brownish red. 
It appears to be the commonest and most characteristic crab of the offshore banks, where it is 
found in company with M. forceps. 
Mithras pleuracanthus Stimpson. PI. xxxvni, fig. 3. 
Mithrax pleuracanthus Stimpson, 1871, p. 116: Rathbun, 1901, p. 68. 
Mithrax hispidus Rathbun, 1892 (pt.), p. 265. 
Similar in all general characters to M. depressus but with the carapace broader in proportion to 
its length and with the anterolateral margins less arcuate. The rostral horns are shorter and wider 
and placed closer together, the interspace tending toward a narrow V-shape. The tubercles of the 
carapace differ in that the two of each pair on the mesogastric region are confluent. There are also 
small tubercles about the base of each lateral spine. 
The two species are so much alike that, after they have been for a time in alcohol, only the closest 
study and the comparison with well authenticated specimens of both species will make their separation 
possible. It is probable , however, that living specimens of M. pleuracanthus may be readily recognized 
by their color, which, judging from comparatively fresh specimens in formalin, is a much deeper red 
with distinct crimson cast. 
Three or four specimens were taken on the Blackfish Banks in 1913 and 1914. 
Genus MICROPHRYS H. Milne-Edwards. 
Microphrys H. Milne-Edwards. 1851, p. 251. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OP THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace without lateral laminiform processes; one branchial spine bicornutus. 
aa. Carapace with two lateral laminiform processes; two branchial spines platysoma. 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OP THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 459 
Microphrys bicomutus (Latreille). PI. xxxvni, fig. 10. 
Pisa bicornuta Latreille. 1825, p. 141; Gibbes, 1850, p. 170. 
Milnia bicornuta Stimpson, i860, p. 51. 180. 
MicTophrys bicomutus A. Milne-Edwards, 1872, p. 247: ibid, 1S73-1880 (1873], p. 61, pi. xrv. fig. 2-.*; Rathbun, 1901, p. 72, 
Carapace subpyriform, uneven and covered with rounded tubercles, among which are scattered 
hooked hairs. Rostrum composed of two stout, rather long horns which may diverge slightly from 
the base but are often nearly parallel; a strong spine below the front of the orbit; supraorbital spine 
well-developed and postorbital angle prominent. Branchial area with two or three short spines, the 
larger one of which usually curves upward. 
Chelipeds moderately strong, the meral and carpal articles somewhat nodose; hand smooth, fingers 
about two-thirds as long as the palm. 
Length, 14 mm.; width, 10.5 mm. 
Color, in alcohol, light gray; in life, yellowish brown. 
Three immature specimens of this species were obtained in 14 fathoms on the fishing banks off 
Beaufort in 1915. 
Microphrys platysoma (Stimpson). PI. xxxviii, fig. 9. 
M ilnia pialysotna stimpson. iS6o. p. iSo. 
Microphrys platysoma A. Milne- Edwards, 1873-1880, p. 62; Rathbun, igoi. p. 72. 
Carapace slightly longer than wide, broadly subpyriform and depressed; surface thickly covered 
with tubercles and short, stout spines among which are bands and patches of crispate hairs; there are 
two or three strong spines on each branchial region, a prominent tuberculate boss on the cardiac region 
and a strong spine on the superior margin of the orbit; anterolateral margin with two laminiform proc- 
esses, one on the branchial, the other on the hepatic region; rostral horns slender, acute, and directed 
straight forward. The spine of the basal article of the antenna extends obliqtiely outward and is about 
one-half the length of the rostrum. 
Chelipeds rather weak, exceeding the rostral horns by less than the length of the hand; meros with 
a dentate, laminate, superior crest; carpus tuberculate; hand smooth, the palm about twice as long as 
broad; fingers widely gaping at the base. Ambulatory legs hairy, the meral and caroal articles with a 
strong spine. 
Length of a male, i8 mm.; width, 16.5 mm.; length of rostrum, 5 mm. 
Three specimens, one male and two females, were taken, at as many stations, on the Blackfish 
Banks by the Fish Hawk in 1914 at depths ranging from 13 to 16 fathoms. 
Genus PITHO Bell. 
Pitho Bell, 1836, p. 172. 
Otbonia Bell, 1836a, p. 55. 
PiloTonus Gistel, 1848, p. x (substitute for Pitho Bell). 
Engyzo-maria Gistel. loc. cit. (substitute for Othonia Bell). 
Microrynchus Desbonne and Schramm, 1867, p. 20. 
Pitho Iherminieri (Desbonne and Schramm). PI. xxxviii, fig. 8. 
0//wnia /Aer7ramjeri Desbonne and Schramm, 1S67, p. 20; A. Milne-Edwards, 1875, p. 116 (not O. Iherminieri Rathbun, 
1892). 
Othonia carolinensis Rathbun, 1892, p. 256. 
Pitho llierminieri 'RaXhhun, 1897, p. 8; Rathbun, igoi, p. 78. 
Carapace as long as or longer than broad, oval; back with tubercles of various sizes and scattered 
hooked hairs; sides arcuate and armed with five strong teeth (exclusive of postorbital tooth) of which 
the first is the largest, the second and third are subequal, and the fourth and fifth are much smaller; 
eye sockets tubular, the distal extremity being bidentate and nearly or quite as advanced as the frontal 
teeth; the latter are short, conical, and separated by a V-shaped notch. 
Antennae short and fringed with stiff hairs, the first article coalesced with the carapace to form the 
floor of the orbit, the second article flattened and considerably produced into a lobe on the outer mar- 
gin. 
Chelipeds of full grown male from one and one-half to nearly two times as long as body, the meros 
subcylindrical while the carpus and hand are more or less compressed and distinctly angled along the 
margins. 
460 BULLETIN OP THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Length of a male, 15 mm. ; width, 14 mm. 
Several specimens of this crab, mostly of small size, were brought in by the Fish Hawk in 1913 
and igi4 from the Blackfish Banks. It has never been taken close to the shore. 
Genus STENOCIONOPS Latreille. 
Stenodonops Latreille, 1829, p. 59. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace with about eight strong median spines spinosissima. 
aa. Carapace with about four spiniform tubercles in the median line .furcala coelata. 
Stenocionops spinosissima (Saussure). PI. xxxix, fig. 2. 
Pericera spinosissima Saussure, 1858, p. 10, pi. i, fig. 2; A. Milne-Edwards, 18S0, p. 52. 
Pericera attantica Rathbun, 1892, p. 247. • 
Pericera spinosissima Rathbun, 1898, p. 256. 
Carapace oval, about one and one-half times as long as broad, granulate and covered with a sparse 
growth of short and fine curled hairs among which are a number of stout spines; about eight spines, 
larger and smaller, form a longitudinal median row extending from the front of the cardiac area to the 
posterior margin, there are two spines on each side on the mesogastric area and two, stronger than the 
others mentioned, well down on the branchial region; both the anterior and posterior orbital angles 
are spiniform, and behind the eye on the margin of the carapace is a spine; the rostral horns are stout, 
straight, and widely divergent. Basal article of antenns armed in front with a fiat spine much shorter 
than the orbital spines. 
A single immature specimen was obtained by the Fish Hawk at station 7313, depth 69 fathoms, 
and another at a depth of about 50 fathoms 30 miles due south of Cape Lookout Lightship. 
Stenocionops furcata coelata (A. Milne-Edwards). PI. xxxix, fig. 3. 
Pericera ccelala A. Milne-Edwards, 1879, p. 200, pi. XVo, fig. 3. 
Pericera cornuta coelata Rathbun, 1892, p. 244. 
Stenocicnops furcata ccelata Rathbun, 1901. p. 73. 
Carapace pyriform, about one-half longer than wide, uneven, with strong spines and a dense cov- 
ering of short setae among which are many longer hooked hairs. Rostrum consisting of two nearly 
straight diverging horns with rows of hooked setae; orbital region broad; preorbital spine strong; subor- 
bital and postorbital spines much smaller. Mid-dorsal line with four strong spiniform tubercles, of 
which one is on the gastric region, while the other three are on the cardiac and intestinal regions; the 
most posterior spine has its tip curved forward. Lateral border with foiu" stout spines, of which one is 
on the hepatic and the others on the branchial region. In addition to the spines mentioned there are 
two rather strong ones on the branchial region on each side and various smaller ones toward the front. 
Ventral surface of body and legs, except the distal articles of the chelipeds so closely covered with 
bulbose setae that the shell is hidden. 
Chelipeds slender; chelae weak, the fingers less than half as long as the palm; meral article with a 
strong spine above near the distal end followed by several smaller spines. Walking legs more or less 
rough and with clusters of hooked hairs. 
Length, including rostral horns, 60 mm.; width, including spines, 40mm.; rostral horns, 18 mm. 
Color, in life, dark red. 
The large male described above and one immature specimen were obtained in 1915, in about 15 
fathoms, on the fishing banks off Beaufort. 
Genus SPHENOCARCINUS A. Mihi'e-Edwards. 
Sphenocarcinus A. Milne-Edwards, 1873-1880, p. 135. 
Sphenocarcinus corrosus A. Milne-Edwards. PI. xxxix, fig. i. 
Sphenocarcinus corrosus A. Milne-Edwards, 1873-1880, p. 13s; Rathbun, 1S94, p. 66. 
Carapace subtriangular, the lateral margin concave and the posterior one convex, depressed, deeply 
grooved, and prolonged anteriorly into a rostrum composed of two long cylindrical horns which in old 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 46 1 
individuals are slightly divergent at the tip. The grooves of the dorsal surface are deep and their surface 
is finely punctate. The elevations of the carapace are as follows: One gastric, placed longitudinally, 
a small circular lobe on each side; a cardiac, placed transversely with a deep notch on each side pos- 
teriorly; an intestinal, the outer ends of which extend outward along the posterior margin; a lateral, 
paired, extending from the lateral angle forward nearly to the eye; a small post ocular and a larger 
supraocular elevation on each side; the margins of these elevations are sharply defined and the surface 
is finely eroded. 
Chelipeds rather small and weak. First pair of walking legs longer than any of the others and 
exceeding the chelipeds by more than the length of the dactyli. 
Measurements of a male: Total length, 21 mm.; rostrum, 13 mm.; extreme width, 10 mm. 
Color, orange red. 
Foiu- specimens of this remarkable little crab were brought in by the Fish Hawk from a depth of 
about 100 fathoms, 30 miles south of Cape Lookout. It has been recorded by Dr. Mary J. Rathbun 
from 90 fathoms ofif Cape Fear. In the specimens at hand an interesting variation is shown in the ros- 
trum. In the largest individual, a female, the two horns extend straight forward and are in contact 
except close to the tip ; their length is exactly equal to the extreme width of the carapace. In the next 
specimen, a male, the horns are proportionally longer, ctirved outward and are divergent for about the 
terminal half. In the next individual the horns are considerably shorter than the width of the cara- 
pace and in close contact throughout their length. In the last individual, 8 mm. wide, the location 
of the horns is occupied by a single conical process showing no indication of bifurcation. 
Genus TYCHE Bell. 
Tyche Bell, 1836a, p. 57. 
Tyche emarginata White. PI. xxxix, fig. 4. 
Tyche emarginata Wliite, 1847, p. 206; Stimpson, 1871, p. 119; A. Milne-Edwards, 1S73. p. 126. 
Platyrkinchus irUuberciUaius Desbonne and Schramm. 1867, pi. m. figs. 7, 8. 
Carapace about one and two-thirds times as long as wide, irregular and angular, prolonged in front 
into four long, cylindrical, ciu-ved horns, the median pair belonging to the rostrum and the lateral one 
springing from above the eyes; from the front the carapace slopes abruptly upward, the gastric regions 
being concave, to an irregularly octagonal dorsal area which has nodulose lateral borders and which is 
prolonged behind into a laminiform expansion that overhangs the base of the abdomen and the basal 
articles of the walking legs. The anterior margin, behind the base of the supra-orbital horns, is lamini- 
form and divided by a deep, narrow fissure. 
Eyestalks long, but projecting very little beyond the margin of the carapace. Antenna concealed 
beneath the front. Third maxillipeds with the exopodite provided with a hook which overlaps the 
base of the ischium of the endopodite ; ischium and meros with similar interlocking processes. Chelipeds 
short and weak. Walking legs of moderate size, their dactyli very long and slender. 
Length, posterior margin to base of rostrum, 28 mm.; width, 20 mm. 
A single specimen of this ctnious crab was brought in by the Fish Hawk from the fishing grounds 
(station 7944) where it was dredged in about 14 fathoms. It was completely overgrown with sponge, 
hydroids, bryozoans, and worm tubes, the entire mass being twice or three times the size of the crab. 
After the removal of as much of the foreign growth as could be taken off without injury to the specimen 
it proved to be a female with her abdominal pouch filled with eggs. 
Family PARTHENOPIDAE. The long-armed crabs. 
Oxyrhyncha having the chelipeds much larger than any of the other legs and with 
the fingers bent on the hand at an angle toward the side on which the immovable finger 
is set, the second article of the second antenna small, short and not fused with the 
epistorae or the front, the orbits well formed, and hooked hairs very seldom present. 
This family comprises 17 genera, of which 4 are represented in the Beaufort fauna. 
69571°— 18 30 
462 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OK FISHERIES. 
KEY TO THE GENERA OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Carapace not laterally expanded. 
b. Carapace rough, tuberculate or subspinous, 
c. Carapace triangular, convex; pterygostomian and subhepatic regions not deeply excavated to 
form passages to the efferent branchial apertures Parthenope. 
cc. Carapace subrhomboidal, depressed; pterygostomian and subhepatic regions excavated so as 
to form, in conjunction with the retracted chelipeds, passages to the efferent branchial aper- 
tures Plalylambtis. 
bb. Carapace smooth Sohnolambus. 
aa. Carapace expanded laterally to form a vault beneath which the walking legs are concealed, 
Heterocrypta. 
Genus PARTHENOPE Weber. 
Parthenope "Weber, 1795. p. 9a. 
Lambrus Leach. 1815. p. 30S, 310. 
KEY TO THE SPECIES OF THE BEAUFORT REGION. 
a. Margins of chelipeds denticulate or subspinous agona. 
aa. Margins of chelipeds with serrate tubercles and laciniate spines pourtalesii. 
Parthenope agona (Stimpson). PI. xxxix, fig. 5. 
Lambus agonus Stimpson, 1871, p. 131; A. Milne-Edwards. 1873-1880 [1878], p. 151; 1879, pi. 'xxvni. fig. 3; Rathbun, 1901, 
P- 79- 
Carapace slightly (about one-eighth) broader than long, elevated along the middle line and with the 
branchial regions inflated; surface coarsely punctate and with many more or less spiniform tubercles, 
the larger of which are arranged as follows: Near *.he middle of the gastric region a transverse row of 
four; behind these a longitudinal row of ioui larger ones; one on each side, marking the ends of the pos- 
terior margin; four or five on each branchial region, the posterior one spiniform and turned obliquely 
outward; one on each hepatic region. The margin of the branchial region bears five or six small teeth; 
below and partly behind this is a short crest and below this a stout spine. Front produced, narrow at 
the tip but broad and with raised margins proximally. Orbit with an open fissure above and a broad 
gap below. A conical tubercle on the sternum at the base of the cheliped and a similar one on the 
coxal article of that appendage. Proximal segment of the abdomen with a sharp transverse crest 
forming a lobe in the center and a tooth on each side. 
Chelipeds very long and slender, prismatic, finely rugose above, denticulate on both margins and 
with an additional row of denticles, median on the meros and carpus but approaching the outer margin 
on the hand; the denticles on the margins of the hand are much stronger distally. Ambulatory legs 
long, slender and nearly smooth. 
Length of carapace, 16 mm.; width, 17.5 mm. 
Color, light buff, more or less marbled with purple; chelipeds and legs with broad bands of purple. 
One specimen, a female, was taken by the Fish Hawk 23 miles east of Cape Lookout in 47 fathoms. 
Parthenope pourtalesii (Stimpson). PI. xxxix, fig. 6. 
Lambrus pourtalesii Stimpson, 1S71, p. 129. 
Lanibrus verrillii Smith, 1881. p. 415; ibid. 1883, p. 14; ibid, 1S87, p. 63S (24). pi. 11, fig. 2. 
Parthenope pourtalesii Verrill. 1908, p. 418. 
Carapace triangtilar, nearly as long as broad, somewhat tumid in the mid-dorsal and branchial 
regions which are separated from each other by a pair of deep longitudinal depressions; surface every- 
where minutely pimctate or eroded; median line with four strong spiniform tubercles, one of which is on 
the gastric and three on the cardiac region; two small spines placed transversely in front of the gastric 
spine; branchial region with a conspicuous, laciniated spine at the posterolateral angle from which a row 
of two or three similar but smaller spines extends toward tlie gastric region; another row of from two to 
five extends along the posterior margin, and another row extends forward along the anterolateral margin. 
Rostrum directed obliquely downward, broad at the base and vnth conspicuous raised margins, but 
suddenly contracted near the tip. 
/ 
DECAPOD CRUSTACEANS OF THE BEAUFORT, N. C, REGION. 463 
Chelipeds long, slender, tuberculate and with a border of serrate tubercles and laciniate spines on 
both margins; meros with an additional median row of spiniform tubercles on the upper surface and the 
hand with an obsolete median row beneath. Meral articles of walking legs subspinous on both margins. 
Measxu-ements of male: Length, 9.5 mm.; width, 10 mm.; hand, 11. 5 mm. 
Color, purplish red with cross bands of buff on chelipeds and walking legs. 
A series of four small specimens, one male and three females, was secured by the Fisk Hawk in about 
100 fathoms, 30 miles south of Cape Lookout. They agree in essential characters with specimens of 
P. pourtalcsii in the United States National Museum. No two specimens are exactly alike with respect 
to spines, but in all the breadth is slightly in excess of the length. 
Genus PLATYLAMBRUS Stimpson. 
Platylainbrus Stwaxtson, 1871, p. 129. 
Platylambrus serratus (H. Milne-Edwards). PI. xxxix, fig. 7. 
Lambrus serratus H. Milne-Edwards, 1834-1840, t. I, p. 357. 
Platylambrus serratus A. Milne-Edwards, l873-i88o[i878], p. 156; Ratbbun, 1901, p. 80. 
Carapace subtriangular, about three fourths as long as wide, depressed, strewn with spines and 
tubercles; anterolateral margins ctu-ved, cut into seven or eight teeth and terminating posteriorly in a 
strong flat spine ; posterolateral border with three short erect spines ; on the back the spines are irregularly 
arranged, there being about eight prominent and numerous smaller ones on each branchial region and a 
median row of five, the anterior one of which is on the middle of the gastric region, while the posterior 
one is on the posterior margin. A pair of ridges converge from the orbits to the anterior median spine. 
Rostrum short, narrow and with raised margins which are continuous with the superior walls of the 
orbits. 
Chelipeds, when extended, about twice as long as carapace, trigonal, smooth beneath, more or less 
tuberculate on upper surface and with the margins cut into lanceolate or triangular teeth which are 
fringed with fine hairs and much stronger on the outer than on the inner side of the articles; on the manus 
there are about nine teeth alternately large and small; fingers stout, very oblique. Ambulatory legs of 
moderate size, the longest not exceeding the meros of the cheliped. 
Color, a rosy red more or less mottled with gray; fingers carmine, shading to black. 
Dimensions of a male: Length, 17 mm.; width, 22 mm.; meros, 18 mm.; manus, 23 mm. 
Several specimens were dredged by the Fish Hawk south and east of the fishing banks, about 15 
or 20 miles off Beaufort Inlet. It has not been collected near the shore. 
Genus SOLENOLAMBRUS Stimpson. 
Solenolambrus Stimp:x)n, 1871, p. 132. 
Solenolambrus tenellus Stimpson. PI. xxxix, fig. 8. 
SoUnolambrus tenellus Stimpson, 1871, p. 134. 
Pisolambrus nitidus A. Milne-Edwards, 1873-1880 [1878], p. 158, pi. xxx, fig. 4. 
Carapace a little broader than long and about equally produced in front of and behind the line 
of the lateral angles, strongly convex, and with four protuberances — one gastric, one cardiac, and two 
branchial; surface naked, glossy, and rather coarsely punctate; margins crenulate and dentate, the 
five or six teeth of the expanded and broadly rounded lateral angle being the most prominent; postero- 
lateral margin slightly concave; posterior margin convex, its angles obtuse. Hepatic region with two 
or three denticulate teeth, those of the gastric and cardiac regions obtusely rounded ; ridge of tlie bran- 
chial region well marked near the posterolateral margin, but almost obsolete anteriorly. Rostrum 
rather prominent and faintly tridentate at the extremity, median tooth smallest and most prominent. 
Eyes large, with a very minute tubercle at the summit. 
Chelipeds very long and slender, their general siuface smooth and polished ; their edges denticulate; 
meros with about 13 teeth on either edge, the tliird tooth from the distal end being larger than the others; 
hand with 12 sharp, forward-cm^ng teeth on the superior edge, the terminal tooth above the finger 
being spiniform and considerably longer than the others;outer margin with about 11 small teeth; inner 
margin with 19 or 20 very minute teeth. 
464 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Length of a male, 6.25 mm.; width, 6.75 mm.; hand, 8 mm.; meros of cheliped, 7.25 mm. 
One specimen, a female, was brought in by the Fisk Hawk in 1902 from off Cape Lookout in 69 fath- 
oms. It was taken to the United States National Musetun for identification, but since its return to 
the laboratory has been lost. 
Genus HETEROCRYPTA Stimpson. 
Heterocrypta Stimpson, 1871. p. 102, 
Heterocrypta granulata (Gibbes). Hexagon crab. PI. xxxix, fig. 9. 
Cryptopodia gratmlata Gibbes, 1850, p. 173. 
Heterocrypta granulata Stimpson, 1871, p. 102; Kingsley, 1878-79, p. 317; Rathbun, 1901. p. 83: Su m ner, 1911, p. 669. 
Carapace subtriangular, its length two-thirds its width; anterolateral margins nearly straight, 
forming a sharp, slightly sinuous edge from which the shell slopes upward to a prominent granulate 
ridge which runs nearly parallel with the margin on each side, is connected with its fellow in front 
by a short transverse ridge, and behind joins the ridge which forms the posterior margin of the shell; 
from the ends of the short anterior transverse ridge a pair of granulate crests run forward to the margins 
of the rostrum. On the cardiac region there is a large granulate boss. Except on the ridges and margins 
the carapace above is smooth. Sternum and lower surface of abdomen coarsely granulate. Third, 
fourth, and fifth segments of male abdomen fused. 
Chelipeds unequal , rather heavy, and longer than the width of the carapace ; outer and inner margins 
of upper surface of meros, carpus, and manus expanded into irregular granulate or dentate crests; fingers 
short, the movable one very oblique and, in the larger chela, meeting the thumb for only a short dis- 
tance near the tip. Ambidatory legs short, almost completely hidden beneath the carapace. 
Length of a female, 11 mm.; width, 17 mm. 
Color, varying from light gray to nearly black, usually with these two colors more or less commingled 
so as to produce an irregular mottling or marbling. 
This cxuious little crab is not infrequently brought to the surface by the dredge from the shelly 
bottoms off Morehead City and in other places about the harbor. Its angular form and its coloration 
bear so close a resemblance to the fragments of shells among which it lives that it is extremely difficult 
to detect it. 
The females frequently bear eggs, as these appear to be produced throughout the summer. 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 
The following list includes the titles of the papers on systematic carcinology to 
which it has been necessary to refer during the preparation of this report : 
Alcock, a. 
1895. Materials for a carcinological fauna of India, no. i. The Brachyura Oxyrhyncha. Journal, 
Asiatic Society of Bengal, vol. LXiv, pt. 11, no. 2, pi. m-v. 
1901. Descriptive catalogue of the Indian deep-sea Crustacea, Decapoda, Macrura, and Anomura. 
Bate, C. Spence. 
1888. Report on the Macroura, Challenger Reports, vol. xxiv. London. 
Beix, T. 
1836. Account of the Crustacea of the coasts of South America. Proceedings, 2kx)logical Society 
of London, vol. ui, for 1835, p. 169-173. London. 
1836a. Some account of the Crustacea of the coasts of South America. Transactions, Zoological 
Society of London, vol. 11, p. 39-66. London. 
1853. British stalk-eyed Crustacea. London. 
1855. Horae carcinologicae. Transactions, Linnsean Society of London, vol. xxi, p. 277-314, pi. 
xxx-xxxiv. London. 
Benedict, J. E. 
1892. Preliminary descriptions of thirty-seven new species of hermit crabs of the genus Eupagurus 
in the United States National Museum. Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 15, 
p. 1-26. Washington. 
1901. The anomuran collections made by the Fish Hawk expedition to Porto Rico. Bulletin, United 
States Fish Commission for 1900, vol. xx, pt. 2, p. 129-148, pi. 3-6, 9 fig. (Separate 1901, 
full vol. 1902.) 
1902. Descriptions of a new genus and forty-six new species of crustaceans of the family Galatheida, 
with a list of the known marine species. Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 26, 
P- 243-334- Washington. 
1903. Revision of the genus Lepidopa. Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 26, p. 889-895. 
Washington. 
Benedict, J. E., and Rathbun, M. J. 
1891. The genus Panopeus. Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 14, p. 355-385, pi. XIX- 
XXIV. Washington. 
BlRGE, E. A. 
1883. Johns Hopkins University Biological Studies, vol. 11, no. 3, pp. 411-426, pis. xxx-xxxm. 
Baltimore. 
Boas, J. E. V. 
1880. Studier over Decapodemes Sloegtskabsforhold , Det kongelige Videnskabemes Selskabs 
Skrifter, 6 Raekke, Naturvideuskabelige og Mathematiske, Aid. i, p. 2. 
Borradaile, L. a. 
1907. On the classification of the decapod crustaceans. Annals and Magazine of Nattwal History, 
set. 7, vol. XIX. 
1915. On the species of Lucifer and their distribution. Annals and Magazine of Natiual History, 
ser. 8, vol. xvi, pp. 226-231. 
Bosc, L. a. G. 
1802. Histoire naturelle des crustac6s. Suites a Bu£fon. T. i et n. 
BouviER, E. L. 
See Milne-Edwards, A., et Bouvier, E. L. 
46s 
466 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
BowDicH, T. E. 
1825. Excursions in Madeira and Porto Santo. London. 
Brandt, J. F. 
1851. Krebse. In Middendorff's Siberieshe Reise, vol. 11, theile I, p. 79-148. 
Brooks, W. K. 
1883. Lucifer, a study in development. Philosophical Transactions, Royal Society of London, vol. 
CLXXin, p. 57-137, pi. i-xi. London. 
Brooks, W. K., and Herrick, F. H. 
1892. The embryology and metamorphosis of the Macroura. Memoirs, National Academy of 
Science, vol. v, pp. 323-463, pi. i-LVi. 
Cole, L. J. 
See Sumner, Osburn, and Cole. 
CouES, Elliott. 
1871. Notes on the Natural History of Fort Macon, N. C, and vicinity. (No. 2.) Proceedings, 
Academy of Natural Science of Philadelphia, vol. xxni, p. 120-148. Philadelphia. 
CouES, Elliott, and Y.^rrow, H. C. 
1878. Notes on the Natural Historj' of Fort Macon, N. C, and vicinity. (No. 5.) Proceedings, 
Academy of Nattural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. xxx, p. 278, 297-315. Philadelphia. 
CoutiSrE, H. 
1899. Les Alpheidae. Annales des Sciences Naturelles (Zool.). Ser. 8, vol. ix. 
1909. The Americanspeciesof snappingshrimpsof thegenus5>'na//)/icM.r. Proceedings, U. S. National 
Museum, vol. 36, p. 1-93. Washington. 
1910. The snapping shrimps ( Alpheidse) of the Dry Tortugas. Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, 
vol. 37, p. 485-487. Washington. 
CuviER, G. L. 
1829-1830. Le regne animal * * * aiK^ed., vols. i-iv. Paris. 
Dana, J. D. 
1851a. Conspectus Crustaceorum quae in Orbis Terrarum Circumnavigatione * * * lexit et 
descriprit J. D. Dana. American Journal of Science, 2'"* ser., vol. xi, p. 26S-274. 
1851b. On the classification of the Cancroidea. American Journal of Science, 2'"* ser., vol. xn, 
p. 121-131. 
1851-1852. Conspectus crustaceorum, etc. Proceedings, Philadelphia Academy of Sciences, voL 
V, p. 247, and vol. vi, p. 6 and 73. Philadelphia. 
1852. United States Exploring Expedition. Crustacea, vol. xiu, pt. i and atlas. 
De Haan, W. 
1833-1849. Crustacea. In Fauna Japonica * * *, P. F. de Siebold. Lugduni, Batavia, p. 1-24, 
1833; 25-64, 1835; 65-72, 1837; 65-72, i838(?); 73-108, 1839; 109-164, 1841; 165- 
(end), 1849. 
De Kay, J. E. 
1844. Natural History of New York. Crustacea, pt. vi. 
De Man, J. G. 
1887. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrgang lui, bd. i. 
1911. Siboga Expedition, Decapoda. Monograph x.xxixa. 
De Saussure, H. 
1858. Memoire sur divers crustaces nouveaux des Antilles et du Mexique. Memoires, Societe 
Physique et d'Histoire naturelle de Geneve, t. xiv, p. 419-494, pi. i-iv. 
Desbonne, I., et Schramm, A. 
1867. Crustac6s de la Guadeloupe. 
Desmarest, A. G. 
1S24. Malacostraces. In Dictioimaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xxvm, p. 138-425. 
1825. Considerations gfen^rales sur la classe des crustaces. Paris. 
Desmarest, E. 
1849. Description d'un nouveau genera de Crustaces * * * Annales, Soci6t6 entomologique 
de France, 2 iem, 2 ser., voL vn, p. 87-94. 
BIBIvIOGRAPHY. 467 
Erichson, W. F. 
1846. Uebersicht der Arten der Gattung Astacus. Archiv fur Naturgeschicht, xii Jahrgang, bd. i, 
p. 86-103. 
Fabricius, J. C. 
1775. Systema Entomologiae. 
1781. Species Insectorum * * *. Hamburg! et Kilonii. 
1792-1794. Entomologica systematica * * *. T. n (1792). Hafnia. 
1798. Supplementum Entomologiae Systematicae. Hafnia. 
Faxon, W. 
1879. Johns Hopkins University Biological Studies, vol. i, no. 3. Baltimore. 
1884. Descriptions of new species of Cambarus, to which is added a synonymical list of the known 
species of Cambarus and Astacus. Proceedings, American Academy of Arts and Sciences, 
vol. XX, p. 107-158. 
1885. A revision of the Astacidae. Memoirs, Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. x, no. 4, p. 1-186, 
pi. l-x. Cambridge. 
iSgs- The stalk-eyed Crustacea. Memoirs, Museum, Comparative Zoology, vol. xvn, p. 1-292, pi. 
A-K and i-LVi. Cambridge. 
1914. Notes on the crayfishes in the United States National Museum and the Museum of Compara- 
tive Zoology. Memoirs, Museum Comparative Zoology, vol. xu, no. 8, p. 351-427, pi. 1-13. 
Cambridge . 
Fowler, H. W. 
1912. The Crustacea of New Jersey. Report, New Jersey State Museum, 1911, p. 29-650, pi. 1-150. 
GiBBES, L. R. 
1850. On the carcinological collections of the United States. Proceedings, American Association 
for the Advancement of Science, vol. iii, p. 167-201. 
GiRARD, Chas. 
1852. A revision of North American Astaci. Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences of Phila- 
delphia, vol. VI, p. 87-91. Philadelphia. 
GiSSLER, C. F. 
1884. The crab parasite Sacculina. American Naturalist, vol. xviii, p. 225. New York. 
GiSTEL, J. 
1848. Natiu-geschichte des Thierreichs * * *. Stuttgart. 
Gould, A. A. 
1841. Report on the invertebrate animals of Massachusetts. Cambridge. 
Gronovius, L. T. 
1763-1781. Zoophylacium Gronovianum. * * * Fasc. i (1763); fasc. 11 (1764); fasc. in (1781). 
Gu6rin-Meneville, F. E. 
1828-1837. Iconographie du r^gne animale de G. Cuvier. 
1854. Description du genre Hypoconcka, nouveaux Crabes * « *. Revue et Magasin de Zoologie, 
2 iem, ser., t. vi, p. 333-343. pl- V- 
1857. La Sagra's Histoire physique, politique et natxxrelle de File de Cuba, pt. 2, vol. vii, p. xui- 
LXVIII. 
Hagen, H. A. 
1870. Monograph of the North American Astacidae. Memoirs, Museum Comparative Zoology, no. 
HI, p. 1-109, pi. i-xi. Cambridge. 
Harlan, R. 
1830. Description of a new species of the genus Astacus. Transactions, American Philosophical 
Society, vol. iii, p. 464-465. 
Hay, W. p. 
1917. Preliminary descriptions of five new species of crustaceans from the coast of North Carolina. 
Proceedings, Biological Society of Washington, vol. 30, p. 71-74, 1917. Washington. 
Heller, C. 
1869. Zur naheren Kentniss der in den siissen Gewassem des Siidlichen Europa vorkommenden 
Meerescrustaceen. Zeitschrift fiir Wissenschaftliche Zoologie, bd. xix, p. 156-162. 
468 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OF FISHERIES. 
Henderson, J. R. 
1888. Report on the Anomoura. Challenger Reports, vol. xxvu. London. 
Herbst, J. F. W. 
1782-1804. Versuch einer Naturgeschichte der ICrabben und Krebse, vol. 1, p. 1-86, 1782; p. 
87-238, 1782-1788; vol. II, p. 1-48, 1790-1792; p. 49-78, 1792; p. 79-146, 1793; p. 
147-162, 1794; p. 163-226, 1794-1796; vol. ui, heft I, 1799; heft 2, 1801; heft 3, 1803; 
heft 4, 1804. Berlin. 
Herrick, F. H. 
1892. See Brooks and Herrick, 1892. 
1895. The American lobster: A study of its habits and development. Bulletin, U. S. Fish Com. 
mission, vol. v, p. 1-252, pi. A-J and 1-54. Washington. 
Holmes, S. J. 
1895. Notes on West American Crustacea. Proceedings, California Academy of Sciences, ser. 2, 
vol. IV, p. 563. 
1900. Synopsis of California stalk-eyed Crustacea. Occasional papers of the California Academy 
of Sciences, vol. vn, p. 1-262, pi. i-iv. 
KlNGSLEY, J. S. 
1878a. Notes on the North American Caridea in the museum of the Peabody Academy of Science 
at Salem, Mass. Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. xxx, 
p. 89-98. Philadelphia. 
18786. List of the North American Crustacea belonging to the suborder Caridea. Bulletin 
Essex Institute, vol. x, p. 50-71. Salem, Mass. 
1878c. A synopsis of the North American species of the genus Alpheus. Bulletin, U. S. Geo- 
logical Survey of the Territories (Hayden), vol. iv, no. i, p. 189-199. 
1878-1879. List of decapod Crustacea of the Atlantic coast whose range embraces Ft. Macon. Pro- 
ceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. xxx, p. 316-330, 316- 
328, 1878; 329-330, 1879. Philadelphia. 
1880a. On a collection of Crustacea from Virginia, North Carolina, and Florida, with a revision 
of the genera of Crangonidje and Paljemonidje. Proceedings, Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. xxxi for 1879, p. 383-427, pi. xiv. Philadelphia. 
18806. Carcinological notes, revision of the Gelasimi. Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, vol. xxxii, p. 135-155, pi. ix, x. Philadelphia. 
1880C. Carcinological notes, synopsis of the Grapsidae. Proceedings, Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, vol, xxxii, p. 187-224. Philadelphia. 
iSSod. Carcinological notes, revision of the genus Ocypoda. Proceedings, Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. .xxxii, p. 179-186. Philadelphia. 
1899a. Synopsis of North American invertebrates, in. The Caridea of North America. Ameri- 
can Naturalist, vol. xxxiii, p. 709-720. New York. 
18996. Synopsis of North American invertebrates, iv. Astacoid and Thalassinoid Crustacea. 
American Naturalist, vol. x.xxm, p. 819-824. New York. 
Lamarck, J. B. P. 
1801. Systeme des Animaux sans Vertfebres. Paris. 
1818. Histoire naturelle des animaux sans vertfebres, 2nd 6dit. T. V. 
Latreille, P. A. 
1503. Histoire natiu-elle g6n6rale et particulifere des Crustac^s * * *. T. v-Vi. 
1504. Annates, Museum d 'Histoire Naturelle. T. iii. 
1806. Genera crustaceorum et insectorum. T. i. Paris. 
1816-iSig. Nouveau dictionnaire des Histoire Naturelle * * * 2". 6dit. 36 vols. 
1823. Dictionaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xxviii, p. 263. ' 
1824. Malacostraces. In Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xxvni, p. 138-145. 
1825. Encyclopedic m6thodique. Entomologie, ou histoire naturelle des Crustac6s, des Arachnides 
et des Insects, vol. x. 
1829. Crustac^s. In Cuvier's Regne Animal, 2d ed. iv, 1829. 
BIBLIOGRAPHY. 469 
Leach, W. E. 
1813-1814. Edinburgh Encyclopedia, voL vn. Article Cnistaceology. 
1815a. Zoological miscellany, vol. n. London. 
18156. Transactions, Linnsean Society of London, vol. xi, p. 308, 320 (p. 196), 309, 321. London. 
1816. Malacostraca podophthalma Brittanniae * * *. London. 
1817. Zoological Miscellany, vol. ui, p. 18, 22 (p. 159). 
1820. Dictionnaire des Sciences Naturelles, vol. xvm. Paris. 
Le Conte, J. 
1855. On a new species of Gelasimus. Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, 
vol. vn, p. 402-403. Philadelphia. 
LiNN.aus, C. 
1758. Systema Naturs, editio decima * * *. Holmiae. 
1760, 1763. Amoenitates academics * * *. Holmiae, Lipsiae, Batavia. v. Natura Pelagi, 
1760; VI. Centuria Insectorum, 1763. 
1767. Systema Naturae, editio duodecima * * *. Holmiae. 
MiERS, E. J. 
1878a. Notes on the Penaeidae in the collection of the British Museum, with descriptions of some 
new species. Proceedings, Zoological Society of London, p. 298-311, pi. xvn. London. 
18786. Revision of the Hippidae. Journal, Linnaean Society of London, vol. xiv, p. 311-336, 
pi. 5. London. 
1879. On the classification of the Maioid Crustacea, or Oxyrhyncha, with a synopsis of the families, 
subfamilies, and genera. Journal, Linnaean Society of London, vol. xiv, 634-673, pi. 
xn, xin. London. 
1881. On a collection of crustaceans made by Baron Hermann-Maltzan at Goree Island, Senegambia. 
Annals and Magazine of Natural History, 5th ser., vol. vin, p. 204-220, 259-281, 364-377, 
pi. xm-xvi. 
1886. Report on the Brachyura collected by H. M. S. Challenger during the years 1873-1876. 
Challenger Reports, Zoology, vol. xvn. 
Melne-Edwards, a. 
1858-1861. fitudes zoologiques sur les crustacfe r^cents de la famille des Portuniens. Archives 
du Museum d'Histoire Naturelles, Paris, t. x, p. 309-428, pi. xxviii-xxxvni. Paris. 
1865a. Etudes zoologiques sur les crustac6s r^cents de la famille des Canc^riens. Nouveau 
Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, vol. I, p. 177-308, pi. xi-xix. 
18656. Descriptions de quelques crustacds nouveaux appartenant a la tribu des Maiens. Ann^les, 
Societe Entomologie de France, 4th ser., vol. v, p. 133-147, pi. 3-5. 
1865c. Description de quelques crustacfe nouveaux ou peu connus de la famille des Leucosiens. 
Annaels, Societe Entomologie de France, 4th ser., vol. v, p. 148-159, pi. 6. 
1870. Revision du genre Callianassa (Leach) et description de plusieurs especes de ce groupe 
faisant partie de la collection du Museum. Nouveau Archives du Museum d 'Histoire Natu- 
relle. Tome VI, p. 75-101, pi. i-ii. 
1872. Nouveau Archives du Museum d'Histoire Naturelle, t. viii, p. 245. 
1873-1880. Etudes sur les Xiphosures et les Crustacfes de la Region Mexicaine. Mission ,Scientifique 
au Mexique * * * part 5, t. i, published in numbers as follows: No. i and 
2, p. 1-56, 1873; no. 3, p. 57-120, 1875; no. 4, p. 121-184, 1878; no. 5 and 6, p 1S5- 
264, 1879; J^°- 7 ^^^ 8, p. 265-368, 1880. 
1880. Reports on the results of dredging by the United States Coast Survey steamer Blake. Vol. 
vm. Etudes preliminaires sur les crustac^s. Bulletin, Museum of Comparative Zoology, 
vol. vin, p. 1-68. Cambridge. 
Milne-Edwards, A., et Bouvier, E. L. 
1892. Observations preliminaires sur les Paguriene recueillis par les expeditions du Travailleur et 
du Talisman. Annals des Sciences Naturelles, Zoology, 7 eme ser., vol. xm, 185-226. 
1893. Description des crustac^s de la famille des Paguriens * * *. Memoirs, Museum of Com- 
parative Zoology, vol. XIV, no. 3, p. 1-172, pi. i-xii. Cambridge. 
1894. Considerations g^nferales sur la famille des Galatli^idfes. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 
ser. 7, vol. xvi, p. 191-327, fig. 1-36. 
470 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Milne-Edwards, A., et Bouvier, E. L.— Continued. 
1897. Reports on the results of dredging under the supervision of Alexander Agassiz in the Gulf 
of Mexico, in the Caribbean Sea, and along the Atlantic coast of the United States. — 
Description des crustac6s de la famille des Galath^id^s recueillis pendant 1 'expedition. 
Memoirs, Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. xix, no. 2, p. 1-141, pi. i-xn. Cambridge. 
Mii.nE-Edw.'vrds. H. 
1834-1840. Histoire naturelle des Crustacea. T. I [1834], 11 [183?], iii [1840], and atlas. Paris. 
1851. Melanges carcinologiques. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 3 iem ser., t. xvi, p. 221-291, 
pi. 8-1 1. 
1853. Memoire sur la famille des Ocypodiens. Annales des Sciences Naturelles, 3 iem ser., t. xx, 
p. 163-22S, pi. 6-11. 
OuviER, G. A. 
1811. Encyclop^die Methodique, * * * vol. viii. Paris. 
Ordw-W, a. 
1863. Monograph of the genus Callinectes. JoiuTial, Boston Society of Natural History, vol. vii, 
p. 568-579. Boston. 
Ortmann, a. E. 
1891-1894. Die Dekapoden-Krebse der Strassbiu-ger Museums, Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abtheiltmgen 
fur Systematik, bd. v, 437 and 693-750, 1891; bd. vi, 1-58, 241-326 and 532-588, 1892; 
bd. VII, p. 23-88 (1893), 411-495 and 683-772 (1894). 
1893. Ergibnisse der Plankton Expedition der Humboldt-Stiftung, Dekapoden und Schizopoden. 
1895. A study of the systematic and geographical distribution of the decapod family Crangonidae 
Bate. Proceedings, Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. XLVii, p. 173-197. 
Philadelphia. 
1897. Carcinologische Studien. Zoologische Jahrbucher, Abtheilung fiir Syst., bd. x,p. 258-372, 
pi. 17. 
Osburn, R. C. 
See Sumner, Osburn, and Cole. 
Pauumier, T. C. 
1905. Higher Crustaceaof New York City. Bulletin 91, New York State Museum, p. 118-186. New 
York. 
R.'VNDALL, J. W. 
1840. Catalogue of the Crustacea brought by Thomas Nuttall and J. K. Tovtnsend from the west 
coast of North America and the Sandwich Islands * * *. Journal, Academy of Natural 
Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. viii (for 1839), p. 106-147. Philadelphia. 
Rathbun, M. J. 
1891. See Benedict and Rathbun. 
1892. Catalogue of the crabs of the family Periceridas in the United States National Museum. 
Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 15, p. 231-277, pi. xxviil-XL. Washington. 
1893. Catalogue of the crab family Maiidse in the United States National Museum. Proceedings, 
U. S. National Museum, vol. 16, p. 63-103, pi. ni-vin. Washington. 
1894. Notes on the crabs of the family Inachidse in the United States National Museum. Proceed- 
ings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 17, p. 43-75, pi. i. Washington. 
1S96. The genus Callinectes. Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 18, p. 349-375, pi. xii- 
xxviii. Washington. 
1897a. List of the decapod Crustacea of Jamaica. Annals, Institute of Jamaica, p. 1-46. 
18976. A revision of the nomenclature of the Brachyuja. Proceedings, Biological Society of 
Washington, vol. XI, p. 153-167. Washington. 
i8g7C. Synopsis of the American Sesarmae with description of a new species. Proceedings, 
Biological Society of Washington, vol. xi, p. 89-92. Washington. 
1898a. The Brachyiu'a of the biological expedition to the Florida Keys and the Bahamas in 
1893. Bulletin, Laboratory of Natiu'al Histor>' of the State University of Iowa, vol. iv, 
no. 3, p. 250-294, pi. i-ix. 
1898&. The Brachyura collected by the United States Fish Commission steamer Albatross on 
the voyage from Norfolk, Virginia, to San Francisco, California, 1887-1888. Proceed- 
ings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 21, p. 567-616, pi. xh-xliv. Washington. 
BIBUOGRAPHY. 47 1 
Rathbun, M. J. — Continued. 
1900a. Results of the Branner-Agassiz expedition to Brazil, i. The decapod and stomatopod 
Crustacea. Proceedings, Washington Academy of Sciences, vol. 11, p. 133-156, pi. 
vin. Washington. 
19006. Synopses of North-American invertebrates: vn. The Cyclometopous or Cancroid crabs 
of North America, p. 13 1-143: ibid., x. The Oxyrhynchous and Oxystomatous crabs 
of North America, p. 503-519: ibid., xi. The Catometopous or Grapsoid crabs of 
North America, p. 583-591, American Naturalist, vol. xxxiv. New York. 
1901. The Brachyura and Macrura of Porto Rico. Bulletin, United States Commission Fish and 
Fisheries, vol. xx, pt. 2, p. 1-137, pi. i and 2. Washington. 
1904. Some changes in crustacean nomenclature. Proceedings, Biological Society of Washington, 
vol. XVII, p. 169-172. Washington. 
igo6. The decapod crustaceans of west Africa. Proceedings, United States National Museum, 
vol. 22, p. 271-316. Washington. 
1916. Description of three species of crabs {Osachila) from the eastern coast of North America. 
Proceedings, U. S. National Museum, vol. 50, p. 647-652, pi. 36, i fig. Washington. 
1918. The Grapsoid crabs of America. Bulletin, U. S. National Museum, no. 97. Washington. 
Rathbun, R. 
1884. Natural history of the economic crustaceans of the United States, The Fisheries and Fishery 
Industries of the United States, sec. i, part 5, p. 763-829. Washington. 
Risso, J. A. 
1829. Histoire naturelle des principales productions de I'Europe meridionale, vol. v. 
Roux, J. L. F. P. 
1828. Crustac^s de la Mediterranee et de son littoral. Marseilles and Paris. An incomplete work 
with unnumbered pages. 
Say, Thos. 
181 7. An account of the Crustacea of the United States, Journal, Academy of Natural Sciences 
of Philadelphia, vol. i, pt. i, p. 57-63, 65-80, 97-101, 155-169, 235-253, 316-319, 374-401, 
423-441, pi. IV. Philadelphia. 
1818. An account of the Crustacea of the United States. Journal, Academy of Natural Sciences of 
Philadelphia, vol. i, pt. 2, p. 235-253, 316-319, 374-401, 423-441, and appendix 445-458. 
Philadelphia. 
Schramm. 
1867. See Desbonne and Schramm. 
Smith, S. I. 
18690. Notes on new or little known species of American cancroid Crustacea. Proceedings, 
Boston Society of Natural History, vol. xii, p. 274-289. Boston. 
18696. Notice of the Crustacea collected by Prof. C. F. Hartt on the coast of Brazil. * * *, 
Transactions, Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. 11, p. 1-41, pi. i. 
1870. Notes on American Crustacea, no. i, Ocypodoidea. Transactions, Connecticut Academy of 
Arts and Sciences, vol. n, p. 9, (185), 241; p. 113-176, pi. ii-v. 
1873. In Verrill and Smith, 1873. 
1879. The stalk-eyed crustaceans of the Atlantic coast of North America north of Cape Cod. Trans- 
actions, Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. v, p. 27-136, pi. vm-xu. 
1880a. On the species of Pinnixa inhabiting the New England coast, with remarks on their early 
stages. Transactions, Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. iv, p. 248-253. 
18806. Occasional occurrence of tropical and subtropical species of decapod Crustacea on the 
coast of New England. Transactions, Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, 
vol. IV, p. 254-267. 
1881. Preliminary notice of the Crustacea dredged, in 64-325 fathoms, off the coast of New England 
by the United States Fish Commission steamer in 1880. Proceedings, United States 
National Museum, vol. 3, p. 413-452. Washington. 
1883a. The Crustacea of the fresh waters of the United States. Report, United States Commis- 
sioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1881, p. 637-661, pi. i, u. Washington. 
472 BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Smith, S. I.— Continued. 
18836. Preliminary reportonthe Brachynra and Anomura dredged in deep water o£E the south coast 
of New England by the United States Fish Commission steamer in 1880, 1881, and 1882. 
Proceedings, United States National Museum, vol. 6, p. 1-57, pi. I-Vl. Washington. 
1884. Report on the decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United 
States in 1883. Report, United States Commissioner of Fish and Fisheries for 1882, p. 
345-424, pi. i-x. Washington. 
1885. On some genera and species of Penaeidse, mostly from recent dredgings of the United States 
Fish Commission steamer. Proceedings, United States National Museum, vol. 8, p. 167- 
190. Washington. 
1886. Report on the decapod Crustacea of the Albatross dredgings off the east coast of the United 
States during the summer and autumn of 1884. Report, United States Commissioner of 
Fish and Fisheries for 1885, p. 605-701, pi. i-xx. 
Smith, S. I., and Verrill, A. E. See Verkill. 
Stebbing, T. R. R. 
1893. A history of Crustacea. International Scientific series. New York. 
Stimpson, William. 
1857-1860. Prodromus descriptionis animalium evertebratorum quae in expeditione ad Oceanum 
Pacificum septentrionalem a Republica Federata missa. * * *. Proceedings, 
Academy Natural Sciences of Philadelphia, vol. ix (1857), p. 216-221 [23-28]; vol. x 
(1858), p. 31-40 [29-37], 93-110 [39-56], 159-163 [57-61], 223-252 [63-90]; vol. xn 
(i860), p. 22-47 [91-116]. 
1859. Notes on North American Crustacea, no. i. Annals, Lyceum of Natural History of New 
York, vol. VII, p. 49-93, pi. I. New York. 
i86oa. A trip to Beaufort, N. C. American Journal of Sciences and Arts, ser. 2, vol. xxrx, p. 
442-445- 
18606. Notes on North American Crustacea, no. 2. Annals, Lycetim of Natural History of New 
York, vol. vn, p. 176—246, pi. n-v. 
1866. Description of new genera and species of macrurous Crustacea from the coasts of North Amer- 
ica. Proceedings, Chicago Academy of Sciences, vol. i, p. 46-48. Chicago. 
18710. Notes on North American Crustacea in the Museum of the Smithsonian Institution, iii. 
Annals, Lyceum of Natural Historj'of New York, vol. x, p. 92-136 [119-163]. 
18716. Preliminary report on the Crustacea dredged in the Gulf Stream in the Straits of Florida 
by L. F. de Poiulales, assistant United States Coast Survey, pt. i, Brachyura. Bulletin, 
Museum of Comparative Zoology, vol. n, p. 109-160. Cambridge. 
Sumner, F. B., Osburn, R. C, and Cole, L. J. 
igii. A biological survey of the waters of Woods Hole and vicinity. Bulletin, Bureau Fisheries, 
vol. XXXI, pt. I and 2. 
Verrill, A. E. 
1908. Decapod Crustacea of Bermuda;i — Brachyura and Anomura. Their distribution, variations, 
and habits. Transactions, Connecticut Academy of Arts and Sciences, vol. xm, p. 299-474, 
pi. ix-xxvm. 
Verrill, A. E., and Smith, S. I. 
1873. Report on the invertebrate animals of Vineyard Sound and the adjacent waters. Report, 
United States Fish Commission for 1871-1872, p. 295-778, pi. i-xxxvin. Washington. 
1875. Report, United States Fish Commission for 1871-72, p. 550. Washington. 
Von Martens, E. 
1872. Ueber Cubanische Crustaceen. Archiv fiir Naturgeschichte, Jahrgang xxxvm, bd. i, p. 
77-147, pi. iv-v. 
Weber, F. 
1795. Nomenclator entomologicus. Chilonii et Hamburg. 
White, A. ^ 
1846. Notes on four new genera of Crustacea. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xvin, 
p. 176-178. 
1847a. Annals and Magazine of Natural History, vol. xv. 
18476. Lis* of Crustacea in the British Museum, pt. 4. 
Yarrow. See CouES and Yarrow. 
EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
The figures are from photographs taken by the senior author and unless otherwise 
indicated are of specimens collected in the region about Beaufort. 
Plate XXV. 
Fig. I. — Sicyonia laevigata, S and $ , natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Sicyonia edwardsii, c? , natural size. 
Fig. 3. — Sicyonia dorsalis, g , natural size. 
Fig. 4. — Sicyonia brevirostris, ? , 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 5. — Peneus setiferus, c? , natitfal size. 
Fig. 6. — Peneus brasiliensis, c? , ^ natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Parapenaeus politus, c? , natural size. 
Fig. 8. — Parapenaeus megalops, <f , natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Trachypeneus constrictus, S , natural size. 
Plate XXVI. 
Fig. I. — Synalpheus townsendi, 1? X 2. 
Fig. 2. — Synalpheus longicarpus, c?, X 2. 
Fig. 3. — Synalpheus minus, 9 , X 2. 
Fig. 4. — Crangon packardii, S , X lyi- 
Fig. 5. — Crangon formosus, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 6. — Crangon heterochaelis, c? , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Automate kingsleyi, 9 , type, natural size. 
Fig. 8. — ^Hippolyte pleuracantha, 9 . X 4- 
Fig. 9. — Ogyris alphserostris, 9 . natural size. 
Fig. 10. — Leucifer faxoni, <? , X 6. 
Fig. II. — Concordia gibberosus, 9, X 2, coast of 
South Carolina. 
Fig. 12. — Hippolysmata wurdemanni, (7, natural 
size. 
Fig. 13. — Latreutes ensiferus, 9 > X 5. 
Plate XXVII. 
Fig. I. — Crangon armillatus, i , natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Tozeuma carolinense, S and 9. X i>2. 
Fig. 3. — Palaemonetes exilipes, <? , natural size. 
Fig. 4. — Palaemonetes carolinus, <f, X 2. 
Fig. 5. — Palaemonetes vulgaris, S and 9 . natural 
size. 
Fig. 6. — Palaemon tenuicomis, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Urocaris longicaudata, J , X 4- 
Fig. 8. — Coralliocaris wilsoni, d" and 9 . X iX- 
Fig. 9. — Crago septemspinosus, c? , natural size. 
Plate XXVIII. 
9 , type, nat 
Fig. I. — Gnathophyllum modestum 
ural size. 
Fig. 2. — Scyllarus americanus, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 3. — Panulirus argus, young <? , ,' 2 natural size. 
Fig. 4. — Cambarus diogenes, 9 , K natural size. 
Fig. 5. — Cambarus blandingii, 9 , K natural size, 
Lake Mattamuskeet, N. C. 
Fig. 6. — Cambarus uhleri, 9 ,natiu-alsize, Dorches- 
ter Coimty, Md. 
Fig. 7. — Homarus americanus, young <? , }4 natural 
size, coast of Massachusetts. 
Fig. 8. — Munida irrasa, c? , natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Munida longipes, tf , K natm-al size. 
Plate XXIX. 
Fig. I. — Petrolisthes galathinus, <f and 9 , natural 
size. 
Fig. 2. — Pachycheles rugimanus, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 3. — Euceramus praelongus, J , natural size. 
Fig. 4. — Galathea rostrata, c5' , natural size, coastof 
Yucatan. 
Fig. 5. — Callianassa stimpsoni, <? , natural size. 
Fig. 6. — Porcellana soriata, c? , y.2yi. 
Fig. 7. — Porcellana sayana, 9 . natural size. 
Fig. 8. — Polyonyx macrocheles, c? and 9 , natural 
size. 
Fig. 9. — Upogebia afiinis, i , natural size. 
Fig. 10. — Callichirus major, c? , natural size. 
Fig. II. — Catapagurus sharreri, <? and 9. natural 
size. 
Fig. 12. — Pagurus amiulipes, cf , X3. 
Fig. 13. — Pagurus longicarpus, <? and 9, natural 
size. 
473 
474 
Fig. I 
Fig. 2 
Fig- 3 
Fig. 4 
Fig- S 
Fig. 6 
Fig. I 
Fig. 2 
Fig. 3 
Fig. 4 
Fig- 5 
BULLETIN OF THE BUREAU OP FISHERIES. 
Plate XXX. 
— Pagurus pollicaris, <? , yi natural size. 
— Pagurus cokeri, g , natural size. 
— Paguristes moorei, $ , natural size. 
— Pagurus corallinus, c? , natural size. 
— Pylopagurus rosaceus, d" , natural size. 
, — Petrochirus bahamensis, <? , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Paguristes armatus, $ , nattiral size. 
Fig. 8. — Emerita talpoida, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Clibanarius vittatus, i , natural size. 
Fig. 10. — Homola barbata, $ , natural size. 
Fig. II. — Albiuiea gibbesii, S , natural size. 
Fig. 12. — Lepidopa websteri, $ , natural size. 
Plate XXXI. 
, — Ranilia muricata, (J , natural size. 
-Hj'poconcha arcuata, 9 , natural size. 
-Hypoconcha sabulosa, 9 . natural size. 
. — Latreillia elegans, 9 , natural size. 
-Dromidia antillensis, cf , natural size. 
Fig. 6.— Calappa sulcata, S , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Calappa angusta, c? , natural size. 
Fig. 8. — Calappa flammea, t? , natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Osachila semilevis, <? , natural size. 
Fig. 10. — Osachila tuberosa, t? , natural size. 
Plate XXXII. 
Fig. I 
Fig. 2 
Fig. 
Fig. 
Fig. 5 
Hepatus epheliticus, c? , K natural size. 
Iliacantha subglobosa, c? , natural size, 
Straits of Florida. 
3. — Iliacantha intermedia, .J, natural size. 
4. — Speloeophorus nodosus, 9 2nd ventral 
surface, natural size. 
Speloeophorus pontifera, c?, X 2- 
Fig. 6. — Lithadia cariosa, cf and 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Ovalipes ocellatus ocellatus, ^ , % nat- 
ural size. 
Fig. 8. — Ovalipes ocellatus floridanus, 9 > H nat- 
ural size. 
Fig. 9. — Persephona punctata, $ , ^ natural size. 
Plate XXXIII. 
Fig. I. — Portunus gibbesii, ^ , li natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Portunus sayi, S , natural size. 
Fig. 3. — Portunus (Acheloiis) spinicarpus, $ , nat- 
ural size. 
Fig. 4. — Portunus (Acheloiis) spinimanus, 9 . K 
natural size. 
Fig. 5. — Portunus (Acheloiis) sebae, 9> fi natitfal 
size, St. Thomas, W. I. 
Fig. 6.- 
■Portimus (Acheloiis) ordwayi, 9 . K nat- 
ural size, off Cape Lookout. 
7. — Portimus (Acheloiis) depressifrons, 9. K 
natural size, Key West, Fla. 
Fig. 8. — Portunus (Acheloiis) anceps, $ , natural 
size, Eleuthera Island, Bahamas. 
Fig. 
Plate XXXIV. 
Fig. I. — Callinectes sapidus, i , % natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Callinectes omatus, $ , J^ natiu^ size. 
Fig. 3. — Arenseus cribrarius, $ , yi natural size. 
Fig. 4. — Eurypanopeus depressus, c? and 9 . nat- 
ural size. 
Fig. 5. — Lobopilumneus agassizii, $ , natural size. 
Fig. 6. — Leptodius agassizii, 5 . natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Hexapanopeus angustifrons, $, natural 
size. 
Fig. 8. — Neopanope texana sayi, $ , natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Panopeus herbstii, <? , natural size. 
Plate XXXV. 
Fig. I. — Cancer irroratus, 9 . natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Cancer borealis, young S , natural size. 
Fig. 3. — Pilumnus lacteus, c? , natiu-al size. 
Fig. 4. — Pilumnus sayi, <?, natural size. 
Fig. 5. — Rhithropanopeus harrisii, $ and < 
Indian River, Fla. 
Fig. 6. — Eriphia gonagra, <? , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Eurytium limosum, t? . H natural size, 
Port Royal Island, S. C. 
Fig. 8. — Menippe mercenaria, ,? , K natural size. 
Fig. g. — Pinnotheres ostreum, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 10. — Pinnotheres maculatus, $ and 9 . natural 
size. 
EXPLANATION OF PLATES. 
475 
Plate XXXVI. 
Fig. I .— Dissodactylus mellitae, 9 , X 8. 
Fig. 2. — Pinnixa cylindrica, S and ?, natural 
size. 
Fig. 3. — Pinnixa sayana, 9 > X 2. 
Fig. 4. — Pinnixa chsetopterana, S and ? , X 2. 
Fig. 5. — Pinnixa cristata, 9 , type, X 2. 
Fig, 6. — Planes minutus, S , natural size. 
Fig. 7. — Euchirograpsus americanus, young 9 . 
natural size. 
Fig. 8. — Euryplax nitida, <? , X iK- 
Fig. g. — Pachygrapsus transversus, <?, natural size. 
Fig. 10. — Plagusia depressa, c? , natural size. 
Fig. II. — Sesarma cinerea, ,J and 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 12. — Sesarma reticulata, <? and 9 .natural size. 
Plate XXXVII. 
Fig. I. — Ocypode albicans, ^ , J/i natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Uca pugilator, cf and 9 . natural size. 
Fig. 3.— Uca minax, c? and 9 . natiu-al size. 
Fig. 4. — Uca pugnax, J and 9 . natural size. 
Fig. 5. — Metoporhaphiscalcaratus, c? and 9. natu- 
ral size. 
Fig. 6.— Podochela gracilipes, 9 . X z. 
Fig. 7. — Euprognatha rastellifera, <f, X iX- 
Fig. 8. — Stenorj'nchus Sagittarius, t? , natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Podochela riisei, d , natural size. 
Plats XXXVIII. 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
Fig 
I. — Mithrax forceps, <? , nattu-al size. 
2. — Mithrax depressus, c? , natural size. 
3_ — Mithrax pleuracanthus, (? , natural size. 
4. — Pyromaia cuspidata, 9 > natural size. 
5. — Libixda dubia, 9 . H natural size. 
6. — Libinia emarginata, ^ , }^ natural size. 
7. — Pelia mutica, d , X 2. • 
8. — Pitho Iherminieri, young 9 . natural size. 
Fig. 9. — Microphrys platysoma, (? , X 1J-2' 
Fig. 10. — Microphrys bicomutus, yoimg c? , natural 
size. 
Fig. 11. — Macrocoeloma trispinosum, ?, nattual 
size. 
Tig. 12. — Macrocoeloma camptocerum, 9 . natural 
size. 
Plate XXXIX. 
Fig. I. — Sphenocarcinus corrosus, adult 9 and two 
immatiu'e, natural size. 
Fig. 2. — Stenocionops spinosissima, young $ , yi 
natural size. 
Fig. 3. — Stenocionops furcata coelata, S , yi natu- 
ral size. 
Fig. 4. — Tyche emarginata, $ , natural size. 
Fig. 5. — Parthenope agona, 9 , natural size. 
Fig. 6. — Parthenope pourtalesii, c? , X 2. 
Fig. 7. — Platylambrus serratus, cf , natural size. 
Fig. 8. — Solenolambrus tenellus, 9 , X 2. 
Fig. 9. — Heterocrypta granulata, S and 9 . natiu-al